diff --git a/docs/userguide/de/applications.html b/docs/userguide/de/applications.html index 3ebf19f6fc..e040ee1467 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/de/applications.html +++ b/docs/userguide/de/applications.html @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Humdinger + * Finest Bug * --> @@ -36,11 +37,12 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « Workshop -:: Inhalt +:: Contents :: Desktop Applets » @@ -52,19 +54,19 @@

    Vor der Beschreibung der von Haiku mitgelieferten Anwendungen, eine Erklärung wie man Programme installiert und deinstalliert, die man sich z. B. von Webseiten heruntergeladen hat, die auf der Willkommen Seite gelistet sind.

    -
    Archive sollten immer unter Haiku entpackt/installiert werden. Packt man sie nämlich zum Beispiel unter Linux oder Windows aus und kopiert später einfach nur den Ordern rüber zu Haiku, fehlen wichtige Attribute. Diese werden von den anderen Betriebssystemen nämlich in der Regel ignoriert.
    +
    Archive sollten immer unter Haiku entpackt/installiert werden. Packt man sie zum Beispiel unter Linux oder Windows aus, und kopiert später einfach nur den Ordner nach Haiku, gehen wichtige Attribute verloren. Diese werden von anderen Betriebssystemen in der Regel ignoriert.

    index Anwendungen installieren

    Haiku Software kommt immer als Archiv. Meist ist es ein ZIP, einige alte BeOS Pakete kommen auch mal in Software Valet's PKG Format. Software Valet konnte automatisch Installationsskripte ausführen, so dass man nach dem Doppelklicken nur noch einen Zielordner angeben musste und alles weitere von selbst ging.
    -Handelt es sich um ein ZIP Archiv, öffnet ein Doppelklick den Expander wo man ebenfalls den Zielordner angeben kann und es anschließend entpackt. Wie im Kapitel Dateisystem Layout beschrieben, ist das Ziel entweder

    +Handelt es sich um ein ZIP Archiv, öffnet ein Doppelklick den Expander wo man ebenfalls den Zielordner angeben kann und es anschließend entpackt. Wie im Kapitel Dateisystem Layout beschrieben, ist das Ziel entweder:

    /boot/common/apps/ für Anwendungen auf die alle Benutzer Zugriff haben sollen
    /boot/home/apps/ für Anwendungen auf die man nur selbst Zugriff haben soll
    -

    Diese Unterscheidung wird natürlich erst relevant wenn Haiku mehrere Benutzer unterstützt.

    -

    Ist das Archiv entpackt, sollte man mal in das neue Verzeichnis schauen. Oft enthält es ReadMe Dateien oder andere interessante Informationen.

    +

    Dieser Unterschied wird natürlich erst relevant, sobald Haiku ein Mehrbenutzersystem geworden ist.

    +

    Ist das Archiv entpackt, sollte man einen Blick in das neue Verzeichnis werfen. Oft enthält es ReadMe Dateien oder andere interessante Informationen.

    Einige Programme benötigen noch weitere Konfiguration. So müssen z.B. Tracker Add-Ons, Translatoren und andere Erweiterungen in besonderen Ordnern abgelegt werden. Oft findet man dazu ein kleines Skript (meistens mit der Endung .sh) wie install, das nach einem Doppelklick alles nötige erledigt.
    Manchmal findet man auch Ordner, die mit dem entsprechenden Zielort verlinkt sind und z.B."drag [filename] here..." heißen. Man folgt also einfach dieser Anweisung, macht also ein Drag&Drop der entsprechenden Datei auf den Ordner und verschiebt sie so.

    Meistens ist sowas aber nicht nötig und es bleibt beim einfachen Entpacken.
    @@ -160,7 +162,7 @@ Andernfalls löscht man einfach den Ordner der Anwendung.

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/de/applications/activitymonitor.html b/docs/userguide/de/applications/activitymonitor.html index 36e43d5199..1a08bc97e1 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/de/applications/activitymonitor.html +++ b/docs/userguide/de/applications/activitymonitor.html @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Humdinger + * Finest Bug * --> @@ -35,6 +36,7 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -53,7 +55,7 @@ Einstellungen:~/config/settings/ActivityMonitor settings


    -

    Um Systemressourcen im Auge zu behalten, kann der ActivityMonitor gestartet werden, um darin die für einen interessanten Information anzeigen zu lassen.

    +

    Um die Systemressourcen im Auge zu behalten, kann der ActivityMonitor gestartet werden, um sich darin die für einen interessanten Information anzeigen zu lassen.

    activitymonitor.png

    Mit einen Rechtsklick ins Fenster kann die Anzeige verschiedener Ressourcen ein- und ausgeschaltet werden:
    Benutzter/gecacheter Speicher, Auslagerungsgröße, CPU Auslastung, Netzwerk Empfang/Versand, Page Faults, Semaphores, Ports, Threads, Teams, Laufende Anwendungen, Raw/Text Clipboard Größe, Media Nodes.

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/de/preferences/appearance.html b/docs/userguide/de/preferences/appearance.html index 2c544c1539..2288de59d4 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/de/preferences/appearance.html +++ b/docs/userguide/de/preferences/appearance.html @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Humdinger + * Finest Bug * --> @@ -35,6 +36,7 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -58,7 +60,7 @@ index Farben appearance-colors.png -

    Im ersten Reiter, Colors, lassen sich die Farben einiger Teile der Oberfläche einstellen. In das Farbfeld können Farben per Drag & Drop aus anderen Programmen, wie z.B. WonderBrush, Icon-O-Matic oder dem Backgrounds Panel, reingezogen werden.

    +

    Im ersten Reiter, Colors, lassen sich die Farben einiger Teile der Oberfläche einstellen. In das Farbfeld können Farben per Drag & Drop aus anderen Programmen, wie z.B. WonderBrush, Icon-O-Matic oder dem Backgrounds Panel, gezogen werden.

    index @@ -87,7 +89,7 @@ Antialiasing Typ

    appearance-glyph-off.png
    Grayscale, Hinting: ausappearance-subpixel.png
    LCD subpixel, Hinting: aus

    Subpixel Antialiasing verleiht Objekten einen leicht farbigen Umriss, den nicht jeder mag. In Haiku kann man beide Antialiasing Methoden mischen und die für einen richtige Einstellung mit einem Schieberegler finden.

    -
    Die Kombination von Subpixel Antialiasing und Glyph Hinting ist durch ein Softwarepatent geschützt und daher nicht von Hause aus verfügbar. Je nachdem in welchem Land der Erde man sich befindet, existiert u.U. eine dieses Feature enthaltene Version. Das ist sehr schade. Abhilfe könnte ein Gespräch mit seinem Abgeordneten bringen.
    +
    Die Kombination von Subpixel Antialiasing und Glyph Hinting ist durch ein Softwarepatent geschützt und daher nicht von Haus aus verfügbar. Je nachdem in welchem Land der Erde man lebt, bekommt man u.U. eine dieses Feature enthaltende Version. Das ist sehr schade. Abhilfe könnte eventuell eine Petition bringen.

    Wenn Glyph Hinting zusammen mit LCD Subpixel Antialiasing aktiviert wird, indem man den Sourcecode entsprechend ändert und neu kompiliert, sieht das so im Vergleich mit Hinting bei Grayscale Antialiasing aus:

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/de/preferences/e-mail.html b/docs/userguide/de/preferences/e-mail.html index 1a7ae4b599..c241d662e9 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/de/preferences/e-mail.html +++ b/docs/userguide/de/preferences/e-mail.html @@ -36,11 +36,12 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « Deskbar -:: Einstellungen +:: Preferences :: FileTypes » @@ -150,7 +151,7 @@ Im ersten Textfeld gibt man die zu prüfende Kopfzeile an. Diese Werte möglich:
    appearance-glyph-on.png
    Grayscale, Hinting: an
    appearance-glyph-on-subpixel.png
    LCD subpixel, Hinting: an
    Spam/Genuine Estimate der errechnete Wert des Spam-Filters für diese Mail; dieser Wert wird in wissenschaftlicher Schreibweise notiert, so steht zum Beispiel 1.065e-12 für 1,065/(10^12), also für "1,065 dividiert durch 10 hoch 12" - was ausgeschrieben 0,000000000001065 ergibt
    -

    Das zweite Textfeld ist für das Suchmuster. Hier können "reguläre Ausdrücke" - sogenannte Reguläre Ausdrücke (reg_ex) - verwendet werden. Damit erreicht man zwar eine sehr hohe Flexibilität bei den Suchmustern, unglücklicherweise sind reguläre Ausdrücke aber nicht leicht anzuwenden. Ein wenig Einarbeitung ist es aber wert und einfache reg_ex sind auch nicht zu schwer.

    +

    Das zweite Textfeld ist für das Suchmuster. Hier können "reguläre Ausdrücke" - sogenannte Reguläre Ausdrücke (reg_ex) - verwendet werden. Damit erreicht man zwar eine sehr hohe Flexibilität bei den Suchmustern, unglücklicherweise sind reguläre Ausdrücke aber nicht leicht anzuwenden. Ein wenig Einarbeitung ist es aber wert und einfache reg_ex sind auch nicht zu schwer.

    Über das Menü darunter lässt sich eine Aktion ausführen, wenn das Suchmuster erkannt wurde. So kann der Status der Mail verändert, oder die Mail an sich verschoben oder direkt gelöscht werden.

    @@ -179,7 +180,7 @@ Wenn man seine Netzwerkverbindung über eine Wählverbindung aufbaut, ist es rat diff --git a/docs/userguide/de/preferences/network.html b/docs/userguide/de/preferences/network.html index a9551f7376..d169baf803 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/de/preferences/network.html +++ b/docs/userguide/de/preferences/network.html @@ -37,11 +37,12 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Mouse  -::  Einstellungen  +::  Preferences  ::  Printers  » @@ -71,7 +72,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/en/preferences/network.html b/docs/userguide/en/preferences/network.html index 24a26f629d..2f1e39199e 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/en/preferences/network.html +++ b/docs/userguide/en/preferences/network.html @@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  •  «  Mouse  diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/activitymonitor.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/activitymonitor.html index e71dc6bb6d..13c8c3d81a 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/activitymonitor.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/activitymonitor.html @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/bepdf.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/bepdf.html index ba776e0092..f2aeedbf98 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/bepdf.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/bepdf.html @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/bezillabrowser.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/bezillabrowser.html index 2b226f63f0..97e3d21b0b 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/bezillabrowser.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/bezillabrowser.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • «  BePDF  -::  Aplicaciones  +::  Applications  ::  Pe  » @@ -65,7 +66,7 @@ Caveat: Sólo funciona con páginas en línea, no con los documentos almacenados diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/cdplayer.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/cdplayer.html index 4ac5b2ef3f..0d1f287ad3 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/cdplayer.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/cdplayer.html @@ -36,11 +36,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • «  Monitor de Actividades  -::  Aplicaciones  +::  Applications  ::  Mapa de caracteres  » @@ -71,7 +72,7 @@ Active el botónRepeat (repetición) a la izquierda --> diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/charactermap.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/charactermap.html index 2a4a15e943..89a0f31dd5 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/charactermap.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/charactermap.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • «  CDPlayer (Reproductor de discos)  -::  Aplicaciones  +::  Applications  ::  CodyCam  » @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/codycam.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/codycam.html index 208890243b..291bc900bf 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/codycam.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/codycam.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Mapa de caracteres  -::  Aplicaciones  +::  Applications  ::  Calculadora de escritorio  » @@ -65,7 +66,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/deskcalc.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/deskcalc.html index e15fcc62d2..25d6022e13 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/deskcalc.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/deskcalc.html @@ -37,11 +37,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « CodyCam -:: Aplicaciones +:: Applications :: DiskProbe » @@ -90,7 +91,7 @@ O puede arrastrar y colocar un cálculo directamente de un correo electrónico a diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/diskprobe.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/diskprobe.html index 3a365d657a..a4ce95e3c6 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/diskprobe.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/diskprobe.html @@ -37,12 +37,13 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Calculadora de escritorio  -::  Aplicaciones  -::  Uso de disco  » +::  Applications  +::  DriveUsage  » @@ -73,8 +74,8 @@ Esta es una característica útil principalmente cuando se observe en los sistem diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/diskusage.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/diskusage.html index c22ddbac75..78c247ad0f 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/diskusage.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/diskusage.html @@ -37,11 +37,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  DiskProbe  -::  Aplicaciones  +::  Applications  ::  DriveSetup  » @@ -78,7 +79,7 @@ El clic izquierdo en el centro del círculo le llevará un nivel hacia arriba de diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/drivesetup.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/drivesetup.html index 2c3c7220a9..c8105550da 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/drivesetup.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/drivesetup.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  DiskUsage  -::  Aplicaciones  +::  Applications  ::  Expander  » @@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ Si se desea usar la partición para una instalación de Haiku o si se quieren us diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/icon-o-matic.html index 10e44fbbb7..a315d91795 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/icon-o-matic.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/icon-o-matic.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « Expander -:: Aplicaciones +:: Applications :: Installer » @@ -70,23 +71,24 @@


    -

    Before we come to the actual creating of icons in Icon-O-Matic, a few words on Haiku's icons in general.

    +

    Antes de adentrarnos en la creación de iconos con Icon-O-Matic, comencemos con una introducción general sobre los iconos en Haiku.

    index -BeOS bitmap vs. Haiku vector icons

    -

    Contrary to the BeOS, Haiku uses vector icons instead of bitmap icons. A special Haiku Vector Icon Format (HVIF) was developed that is highly optimized for small file sizes and fast rendering. That's why our icons are for the most part much smaller than either a bitmap or the widely used SVG format. Also, unlike BeOS' bitmap icons, Haiku isn't limited to an 8bit palette (256 colors).
    -Take this icon of the Terminal, for example:

    +Los mapas de bits de BeOS frente a los iconos vectoriales de Haiku

    +

    En contraposición a BeOS, Haiku usa iconos vectoriales en lugar de iconos de mapas de bits. Se ha desarrollado un formato especial para este tipo de iconos: HVIF (Haiku Vector Icon Format); que está altamente optimizado para archivos de poco tamaño y rápido servicio. Esa es la razón de por qué la mayor parte de nuestros iconos much ocupan menos espacio que un mapa de bits o el ampliamente usado formato SVG. Además, a diferencia de los iconos de BeOS, Haiku no tiene la limitación de 8 bits (256 colores), +
    +Tomemos este icono de Terminal, por ejemplo:

    - + - +
    BitmapSVGHVIF
    Bitmap (Mapa de Bits)SVGHVIF
    i-o-m-terminal-bitmap32 i-o-m-terminal-bitmap16terminal-icon_32terminal-icon_32
    1,024 byte
    + 256 byte
    7,192 byte 768 byte
    1,024 bytes
    + 256 bytes
    7,192 bytes 768 bytes
    -

    Note that the BeOS used two versions of an icon, one 16x16 and one 32x32, to achieve good visuals in List and Icon View mode.

    -

    This trick isn't needed with vector icons. Besides only taking up a few hundred bytes in a file, vector icons also scale much better than bitmaps. (Note: BeOS offered only a 16x16 and 32x32 display.)

    +

    Fíjese en que BeOS usa dos versiones de cada icono, una de 16x16 y otra de 32x32, para conseguir buenos efectos visuales tanto en el modo de visión Listado, como en el de Vista de Iconos.

    +

    Este ingenioso truco no es necesario con los iconos vectoriales. Además de ocupar menos espacio en disco, los iconos vectoriales también se amplían mucho mejor que los maspas de bits. (Nota: BeOS ofrecía sólo una visualización de 16x16 y 32x32.)

    - + @@ -101,40 +103,40 @@ Take this icon of the Terminal, for example:

    index -Icons are attributes

    -

    Icons are stored as an attribute with their file. However, that doesn't mean that every file has to have this attribute to appear with an icon in a Tracker window: data files inherit their icon from their filetype. To globally change the filetype's icon you use the FileTypes preferences. If you only want to add a special icon to an individual file, you use the FileType Add-On on it instead. See topic Filetypes for more information.

    -
    Being an attribute, it follows that only filesystems supporting metadata can retain a file's individual icon. So, if you move files off your BFS volume, consider zipping them up so you don't lose icons or other attributes.
    +Los iconos son atributos +

    Los iconos se almacenan como un atributo de su archivo correspondiente. Sin embargo, eso no significa que cada archivo tenga que tener este atributro para ser mostrado con icono en una ventana del Tracker: Los archivos de datos reciben su icono según su tipo. Para cambiar cambiar los iconos asociados a cada tipo de archivo se puede hacer desde las preferencias de FileTypes(Tipos de Archivo). Si sólo quiere añadir un icono especial a un archivo en concreto, se puede hacer a través de FileType Add-On simplemente. Lea la información de Filetypes (Tipos de Archivo) para más información.

    +
    Al ser un atributo, sólo en sistemas de archivos que soporten "metadata" se puede mantener el icono incdividual de un archivo. Por lo tanto, si saca archivos de su volumen BFS, considere la opción de comprimirlos para no perder sus iconos u otros atributos.

    index -Creating icons with Icon-O-Matic

    -

    Icon-O-Matic is Haiku's icon editor that can save your work as HVIF, SVG or PNG. The icon can also be directly attached as attribute to an existing file or exported as a resource or source file used by developers. Since the application was tailored to the optimized HVIF format, its usage reflects the inner workings of this format.

    +Creación de iconos con Icon-O-Matic +

    Icon-O-Matic es el editor de iconos de Haiku que puede exportar el resultado tanto en HVIF, como en SVG y PNG. El icono también puede ser directamente enlazado a un archivo existente o exportado como un archivo de fuente de un programa usado por desarrolladores. Como la aplicación se ha hecho a medida del formato optimizado HVIF, su utilización da muestras del trabajo interno de este formato.

    Other than your normal vector graphics software, you don't deal with separate objects that each include all their specific properties like path, stroke width, stroke and fill color etc. Rather, you assemble your objects ("shapes") from shared paths and colors ("styles") and set certain properties. This re-using of elements is one secret of HVIF's efficiency. Although that imposes some constraints on the icon designer, there are a few advantages, too.
    For example, by re-using a path, several objects can be modified together by manipulating this one path. Think of an object and its shadow. Modifying their shared path will change the object itself and automatically its (maybe slightly distorted/translated) shadow.

    -

    Here's a quick overview of Icon-O-Matic's window:

    +

    Aquí se muestra una visión general de la ventana de Icon-O-Matic:

    i-o-m-overview.png -

    To create any visible object on the canvas, you need a shape with a path and a style. Conveniently, you can create one, two or all three of those together from the Shape menu. Every kind of object (Paths, Shapes, Transformers, and Styles) has a menu above its list of elements, offering various commands. Every element has certain options that are set in the Properties view.

    +

    Para crear cualquier objeto visible en el área de trabajo, se necesita una de las ya mencionadas formas con una ruta y un estilo. Según interese, se pueden crear una, dos, o tres juntas desde el menú Forma. Cada tipo de objeto (Rutas, Formas,Transformadores y Estlios) tiene un menú sobre u lista de elementos, ofreciendo diversas órdenes. Cada elemento tiene un determinado número de opciones que se configuran desde Propiedades.

    index -Path

    -

    A path consists of several points which are connected with lines or Bezier curves. To add or change points, make sure the path is selected in the path list.

    +Rutas +

    Se llama ruta a un conjunto de puntos interconectados con líneas o curvas Bezier. Para añadir o cambiar puntos, asegúrese de que la ruta deseada está seleccionada en la lista de rutas.

    -

    Simply clicking in the canvas will set the first point. While setting a point, you decide if the resulting line will be straight or curved: a simple click and release produces a straight line, holding down the mouse button and moving the mouse will drag out the handles for a Bezier curve. Of course, you can also change it all later on.

    +

    Con sólo clicar en el área de trabajo se establece un punto inicial. Mientras se coloca un punto se decide si la línea resultante será recta o curva: un simple click y soltar produce una línea recta, manteniendo presionado el botón del ratón y moviendo el cursor se delimita una línea Beizer curva. Evidentemente, es poible cambiar después los tipos de líneas.

    i-o-m-path-ab

    To get from "A" to "B", you have to transform some points from corner-points to curve-points. That's done by holding ALT while clicking on a point and dragging out the handles. This results in a symmetrical Bezier: the second handle follows the movement of the other. If you need to move the handles independently, again click&drag on a Bezier handle while holding ALT.
    Vice versa, to go from Bezier to a corner-point, hold ALT and click on a point.

    -

    To move a point, simply click&drag it. To select more than one point, hold down SHIFT and draw a selection rectangle. Selected points are marked with a red border instead of the usual black.
    -To insert a point into a path you click on the connecting line between two points.
    -Selected points are deleted by pressing DEL or by clicking on any point while holding CTRL.

    +

    Para amover un punto, simplemente se coge con el cursor y se suelta en su nueva ubicación. Para sleccionar más de un punto mantenga pulsado SHIFT y marque un rectángulo de selección. Los puntos seleccionados están marcados por un borde rojo en vez del negro habitual.
    +Para insertar un punto dentro de una ruta se clica en la línea de unión entre dos puntos.
    +Los puntos seleccionados son eliminados al presionar DEL o al clicar sobre cualquier punto mientras se deja pulsada la tecla CTRL.

    -

    The mouse pointer indicates the current mode:

    +

    El puntero del ratón indica el modo actual:

    16x1632x3264x64128x128
    Bitmap
    Bitmap (Mapa de Bits) i-o-m-bitmap16 i-o-m-bitmap32 i-o-m-bitmap64
    @@ -145,25 +147,25 @@ Selected points are deleted by pressing DEL or by click - - - - - - + + + + + +
    i-o-m-pointer-move-pathi-o-m-pointer-select
    Move point(s)Insert pointAdd pointDelete point
    CTRL
    Corner↔Bezier
    ALT
    Select points
    SHIFT
    Mover punto(s)Insertar puntoAñadir puntoBorrar punto
    CTRL
    Esquina↔Bezier
    ALT
    Seleccionar punto
    SHIFT
    -

    You can invoke a context menu by right-clicking a point or a selection of points:

    +

    Se puede solicitar un menú contextual clicando con el botón derecho sobre un punto o una elección de puntos:

    - - - - - + + + + +
    Select allALT ASelects all points of the current path.
    TransformTPuts all selected points in a transformation box, so you can move, resize and rotate them together. It works just like with shapes, described a bit further down.
    SplitSplits selected points into two, one sitting on top of the other.
    FlipRotates selected points by 180°. Only has an effect on Bezier points.
    RemoveDELDeletes selected points.
    Seleccionar todoALT ASelecciona todos los puntos de la ruta actual.
    TransformarTPone todos los puntos seleccionados en una caja de transformación, pudiendo moverlos, redimensionarlos y rotarlos todos a la vez. Funciona igualmente con formas, como se describe un poco más abajo.
    DividirDivide los puntos seleccionados en dos, uno sobre otro.
    VoltearRota los puntos seleccionados 180°. Sólo tiene efecto en los puntos del tipo Bezier.
    EliminarDELElimina los puntos seleccionados
    -

    Path Menu

    -

    The Path menu offers a few obvious entries to Add Rectangle and Add Circle or to Duplicate or Remove a path. Here are some that may need a bit more explaining:

    +

    Menú Ruta

    +

    El menú Ruta ofrece unas pocas opciones básicas a Añadir Rectángulo y Añadir Círculo o a Duplicar o Eliminar una ruta. Aquí están algunos casos que pueden necesitar algo más de explicación:

    @@ -172,19 +174,19 @@ Selected points are deleted by pressing DEL or by click
    ReverseIf your path isn't "closed" (see Path Properties below), a click into the canvas always creates a new point, connecting it with the last one. "Reverse" will reverse this order and your new point will connect to original start point instead.
    Rotate Indices LeftALT SHIFT RDoes the same in the other direction.
    -

    Path Properties

    -

    Properties at the bottom left of the window offers all available settings of the currently selected object. A path only has two: a Name and if it's Closed or not.

    +

    Propiedades de Ruta

    +

    Propiedades, en la zona inferior izquierda de la ventana, ofrece todas las herramientas disponibles para el objeto seleccionado en ese momento. Una ruta sólo tiene dos: un Nobre y si está Cerrada o no.

    index -Shape

    -

    A shape groups together one or more paths with a style. Practically, it's the object that you'll actually see on the canvas. The grouping is done with the checkboxes in front of the paths and styles: Just select your shape and tick off the desired path(s) and a style.

    +Ruta +

    Una forma agrupa juntas una o más rutas con un estilo. A efectos prácticos, es el objeto que se verá en el área de trabajo. La agrupación se hace mediante los recuadros de selección frente a rutas y estilos: Simplemente seleccione y marque la ruta y el estilo deseados.

    A shape defines how a path and style is applied, e.g. if the object is filled or only stroked (which is done by using Transformers on the shape, we'll get to that later). Also, a shape can be moved, rotated or resized without touching the used path. That way, you can re-use a single path and get different, but related, shapes.

    i-o-m-shape -

    When a shape is selected from the list, a rectangle is drawn around it. Depending on where exactly you grab it, the shape is moved, resized or rotated around a point in its center, which itself can be moved. Holding SHIFT will lock direction when moving, limit rotating to 45° angles and restrict the aspect ratio while resizing. The mouse pointer again indicates the current mode:

    +

    Cuando se selecciona una forma de la lista, se dibuja un rectángulo a su alredeor. En función de dónde se seleccione, la forma es movida, redimensionada o girada alrededor de un punto en su centro, e cual puede ser movido. Manteniendo pulsado SHIFT se fija la dirección al ser movida, limitando la rotación a 45 grados y restringiendo la proporción cuando se redimensiona. El estado del puntero indica, de nuevo, el modo de trabajo actual:

    @@ -193,17 +195,17 @@ Selected points are deleted by pressing DEL or by click - - - - + + + +
    i-o-m- move-shapei-o-m-pointer-move-rotation
    MoveResizeRotateMove
    rotation point
    MoverRedimensionarRotarMover
    centro de rotación

    Shapes lie on top of each other, each is on its own layer, if you will. To reorder them you drag&drop their entry to a different position in the list.

    -

    Shape Menu

    -

    The Shape menu offers the before mentioned possibility to Add Empty, With Path/Style/Path&Style and to Duplicate or Remove a shape. Then, there is:

    +

    Menú Forma

    +

    El menú Shape ofrece las opciones anteriormente mencionadas de Añadir Vacía, Con Ruta/Estilo/Ruta&Estilo y Duplicar o Eliminar una forma. Entoces hay:

    Reset TransformationReverts all the move, resize and rotate transformations you have applied to the shape.
    Freeze TransformationWhen you transform a shape, its assigned path(s) stay in their original position. This may be intended; maybe more than one shape is using that path, maybe you intentionally used Options | Snap to Grid to set the points at precise pixel borders.
    @@ -218,7 +220,7 @@ If not, "Freeze Transformation" will apply the current shape transformation to t
    Max LODMaximum Level of Detail
    -
    Level of Detail (LOD)
    +
    Nivel de Detalle
    @@ -235,30 +237,30 @@ For example, if Shape 1 were to be shown below 48px and Shape 2 from 48px upward
    16x1632x3264x64
    - + - +
    OKNot OK!
    Shape 1Min LOD0.00Min LOD0.00
    Forma 1Min LOD0.00Min LOD0.00
    Max LOD0.74Max LOD0.75
    Shape 2Min LOD0.75Min LOD0.75
    Forma 2Min LOD0.75Min LOD0.75
    Max LOD4.00Max LOD4.00

    index -Style

    -

    A style can either be a solid color or some type of gradient.
    -Besides the predefined colors under Swatches, you can mix your own by clicking on the current color. Also, note the slider under the color spectrum which sets the alpha-channel (transparency).

    +Estilo +

    Un estilo puede ser un color sólido o algún tipo de gradiente.
    +Además de los colores predefinidos bajo Swatches, se pueden mezclar colores propios clicando sobre el color actual. Fíjese, además en el control deslizante bajo el espectro de colores, el cual establece el nivel de transparencia.

    i-o-m-gradients -

    You quickly create a new style by mixing your color and simply drag&dropping it into the list of styles.

    +

    De forma rápida se crea un nuevo estilo mezclando su color y simplemente arrastrando & soltándolo en la lista de estilos.

    If you go for a gradient, you set the type (Linear, Radial, Diamond, Cone) and then define the start and end colors. This is done with a drag&drop from a color bucket into the respective color indicator under the gradient.
    Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. You can also insert more indicators to add more colors by double-clicking into the gradient. Pressing DEL removes the selected indicator.

    You can move, resize and rotate the representing box of a gradient on the canvas until it fits your needs. This works just like with shapes.

    -

    Style Menu

    +

    Menú Estilo

    The Style menu offers the usual entries to Add, Duplicate or Remove a style and to Reset Transformation.

    -

    Style Properties

    -

    The Name is the only Properties of a style.

    +

    Propiedades de Estilo

    +

    El Nombre es la única Propiedad de un estilo.

    @@ -286,7 +288,7 @@ Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. Y

    index -Saving an icon

    +Guardar un icono

    There's your usual menu bar at the top, File, Edit, Options. The usage is pretty much self-explaining, so we'll only look at how to save your work.

    File | Save As... will save in a special Icon-O-Matic format that retains additional information like the names of paths, shapes and styles. These will be stripped from the actual icon once you export it to save space. It's a good idea to back-up your work like this, because without named objects everything's named "<path>/<shape>/<style>" which makes specific changes tedious.

    @@ -305,7 +307,7 @@ Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. Y

    index -Tips & Tricks

    +Consejos y Trucos

    A few things you should keep in mind when working with Icon-O-Matic and some general tips for its usage:

    • Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.

    • @@ -339,7 +341,7 @@ Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. Y diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/installer.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/installer.html index 097cf4d8db..e8055a9c0e 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/installer.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/installer.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
    • Русский
    • Svensk
    • 日本語
    • +
    • Українська
    • English
    « Icon-O-Matic -:: Aplicaciones +:: Applications :: Magnify » @@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ La segunda ventana emergente especifica el destino para la instalación. Esta pa diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/magnify.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/magnify.html index b5ba14cd14..e1e3811432 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/magnify.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/magnify.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Icon-O-Matic  -::  Aplicaciones  +::  Applications  ::  Mail (Correo)  » @@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ Se puede mover el marco rojo con las teclas CURSOR.

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/mail.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/mail.html index a33fa09af1..f0a30990ef 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/mail.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/mail.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Magnify  -::  Aplicaciones  +::  Applications  ::  MediaPlayer  » @@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/mediaplayer.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/mediaplayer.html index 86a0c26a47..c5db50a09e 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/mediaplayer.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/mediaplayer.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Mail (Correo)  -::  Aplicaciones  +::  Applications  ::  MidiPlayer  » @@ -62,7 +63,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/midiplayer.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/midiplayer.html index 1c6a1684e5..5e771998fb 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/midiplayer.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/midiplayer.html @@ -35,12 +35,13 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  MediaPlayer  -::  Aplicaciones  -::  PackageInstaller (Instalador de paquetes)  » +::  Applications  +::  PackageInstaller  » @@ -62,8 +63,8 @@ --> diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/pe.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/pe.html index eb91ea9ee8..1644f42951 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/pe.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/pe.html @@ -36,11 +36,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  BeZillaBrowser  -::  Aplicaciones  +::  Applications  ::  Vision  » @@ -65,7 +66,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/people.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/people.html index de51a8391d..d698bdfa3a 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/people.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/people.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • - «  PackageInstaller (Instalador de paquetes)  -::  Aplicaciones  + «  PackageInstaller  +::  Applications  ::  PoorMan  » @@ -71,8 +72,8 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/poorman.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/poorman.html index 88ed6f3291..abe66d3f9f 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/poorman.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/poorman.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  People  -::  Aplicaciones  +::  Applications  ::  Screenshot  » @@ -71,7 +72,7 @@ The Advanced tab holds the setting for the maximum sim diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/screenshot.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/screenshot.html index fb20346922..125f325992 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/screenshot.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/screenshot.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « PoorMan -:: Aplicaciones +:: Applications :: Showimage » @@ -87,7 +88,7 @@ Note: OPTION -b, --border takes only effect when used with -w, --window diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/soundrecorder.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/soundrecorder.html index 587839478f..22b7419019 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/soundrecorder.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/soundrecorder.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Showimage  -::  Aplicaciones  +::  Applications  ::  StyledEdit  » @@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/stylededit.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/stylededit.html index 0179a450fe..5fd2096830 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/stylededit.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/stylededit.html @@ -36,11 +36,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « SoundRecorder (Grabador de sonidos) -:: Aplicaciones +:: Applications :: Terminal » @@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ MIME String 11 "BEOS:TYPE" diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/terminal.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/terminal.html index bad7d4a7b9..d2de4ce52a 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/terminal.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/terminal.html @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * miguel~1.mx * --> @@ -33,12 +35,13 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « StyledEdit -:: Aplicaciones -:: TextSearch (Buscador de texto) » +:: Applications +:: TextSearch » @@ -50,61 +53,61 @@ Deskbar:Aplicaciones Ubicación:/boot/system/apps/Terminal Configuración:~/config/settings/Terminal
    -~/.profile - adds/overrides defaults in /boot/system/etc/profile
    -~/.inputrc - adds/overrides defaults in /boot/system/etc/inputrc +~/.profile - agrega/sobrescribe predeterminados en /boot/system/etc/profile
    +~/.inputrc - agrega/sobrescribe predeterminados en /boot/system/etc/inputrc


    -

    The Terminal is Haiku's interface to bash, the Bourne Again Shell.

    -

    Please refer to the topic on Scripting for a few links to online tutorials on working in the shell. Here, we'll concentrate on the Terminal application itself.

    +

    La Terminal es la interfaz de Haiku a Bash, un intérprete de comandos (Bourne Again Shell en inglés).

    +

    Por favor refiérase al tema Scripting para ver algunos enlaces a tutoriales en línea sobre trabajo en el intérprete de comandos. Aquí nos concentraremos en la aplicación Terminal.

    index -Appearance

    -

    You can open as many Terminals as needed, either each in it's own window by simply launching more Terminals or with ALT N from an already running Terminal. Or you use Terminal's tabbed view and open another tab with ALT T.

    -

    A Terminal window can be resized like any other window or you use the presets from the Settings | Window Size menu. ALT ENTER toggles fullscreen mode.

    -

    Changed window size and text encoding are only kept choosing Settings | Save as default.

    +Apariencia +

    Puede abrir tantas Terminales como se necesite, cada una de ellas en su propia ventana simplemente abriendo más Terminales o con ALT N desde una Terminal que ya esté corriendo. O puede usar la vista por pestañas de Terminal y abrir otra pestaña con ALT T.

    +

    Una ventana de Terminal se puede retamañar como cualquier o puede usar los ajustes preestablecidos desde el menú Settings | Window Size (Selecciones | Ventana). ALT ENTER habilita o deshabilita el modo a pantalla completa.

    +

    El tamaño de ventana modificada y la codificación del texto sólo se mantienen seleccionando Settings | Save as default (Selecciones | Guardar como predeterminado).

    terminal.png
    -

    Settings | Preferences opens a panel where you can set font type, font size and the different text and background colors. You can save different settings as separate profiles, which on double-click open an accordingly configured Terminal.
    -Pressing OK will save the current settings as default.

    +

    Settings | Preferences (Selecciones | Preferencias) abre un cuadro de diálogo donde se puede seleccionar el tipo de letra, el tamaño y los diferentes colores de texto y fondo. Puede guardar diferentes selecciones como perfiles separados, los cuales pueden abrirse con un doble clic en una Terminal configurada apropiadamente.
    +Al presionar OK se guardará la selección actual como predeterminada.

    index -Bash customization

    -

    Coming from Unix, there are countless possibilities to customize the bash itself. There are two files that are especially important to the user: .profile and .inputrc
    -Both files can be created in the home/ folder and add or override the system defaults that are defined in /boot/system/etc/.

    +Personalización de Bash +

    Viniendo de Unix, hay incontables posibilidades para personalizar al propio Bash. Hay dos archivos que son especialmente importantes para el usuario: .profile y .inputrc
    +Ambos archivos pueden crearse en la carpeta home/ y agregar o sobrescribir los predeterminados del sistema que se definen en /boot/system/etc/.

    .profile

    -

    The .profile is loaded every time you open a new Terminal. It sets all kinds of aliases and variables that will affect bash's behavior and appearance. You'll find many online resources that will detail all possibilities.

    -

    The Haiku/BeOS Tip Server has quite a few tips to get you started, for example:

    +

    El archivo .profile se caraga cada vez que se abre una Terminal nueva. Selecciona toda clase de "aliases" y variables que afectarán el comportamiento y apariencia de Bash. Encontrará muchos recursos en línea que detallen todas las posibilidades.

    +

    El "Haiku/BeOS Tip Server" (Servidor de consejos de Haiku/BeOS, en inglés) tiene bastantes consejos para iniciar, por ejemplo:

    -

    There are more, have a look.

    +

    Y hay más, déle un vistazo.

    .inputrc

    -

    The .inputrc deals with keybindings. Since Haiku provides useful defaults, you probably don't have to mess with these more involved settings. If you do have special needs here, consult one of the many online resources, e.g. The GNU Readline Library.

    +

    El archivo .inputrc trata con teclas de acceso rápido. Ya que Haiku proporciona predeterminados útiles, probablemente no tenga que lidiar con estas selecciones más envueltas. Si tiene necesidades especiales aquí, consulte alguno de los vastos recursos en línea, p. ej., The GNU Readline Library (La biblioteca de lectura en línea de GNU, en inglés).

    index -Keyboard shortcuts

    -

    You'll find a list of useful shortcuts in Shortcuts and key combinations.

    +Atajos de teclado +

    Encontrará una lista de atajos útiles en Atajos y combinaciones de teclas.

    index -Hints for working with the Terminal

    -
    • Dragging a file or folder from a Tracker window into the Terminal will insert its path at the location of the cursor. Dragging with the right mouse button offers additional actions in a context menu:

      +Pistas para trabajar con la Terminal +
      • Al arrastrar un archivo o carpeta desde una ventana de Tracker a la Terminal insertará su ruta en la posición del cursor. Arrastrar con el botón derecho del ratón ofrece acciones adicionales en un menú contextual:

        - - - - - + + + + +
        Insert Path Inserts the location of the file, same as drag&dropping with the left mouse button.
        Change Directory Changes to the folder of the dragged file.
        Create Link Here Creates a link to the dragged file in the current working directory of the Terminal.
        Move Here Moves the dragged file into the current working directory of the Terminal.
        Copy Here Copies the dragged file into the current working directory of the Terminal.
        Insert Path (insertar ruta) Inserta la ubicación del archivo, igual que arrastrar y soltar con el botón izquierdo del ratón.
        Change Directory (cambiar carpeta) Cambia a la carpeta del archivo arrastrado.
        Create Link Here (crear enlace aquí) Crea un enlace al archivo arrastrado en la carpeta de trabajo actual de la Terminal.
        Move Here (mover aquí) Mueve el archivo arrastrado dentro de la carpeta de trabajo actual de la Terminal.
        Copy Here (copiar aquí) Copia el archivo arrastrado dentro de la carpeta de trabajo actual de la Terminal.
      • -
      • You can open any file with its preferred application with the command open [filename]. This also works with the representation of the current (".") and parent ("..") folder which then open in a Tracker window. So, to open the current working directory, you type:

        +
      • Puede abrir cualquier archivo con su aplicación preferida con el comando open [nombredearchivo]. Esto también funciona con la representación de la carpeta actual (".") y su carpeta padre ("..") que lo abren en una ventana de Tracker. Así que, para abrir la carpeta de trabajo actual, se escribe:

        open .
      @@ -115,8 +118,8 @@ Both files can be created in the home/ folder and add diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/applications/tv.html b/docs/userguide/es/applications/tv.html index d747b6aa2e..75a18603c9 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/applications/tv.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/applications/tv.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
    • Русский
    • Svensk
    • 日本語
    • +
    • Українська
    • English
    - «  TextSearch (Buscador de texto)  -::  Aplicaciones  + «  TextSearch  +::  Applications  @@ -62,8 +63,8 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/deskbar.html b/docs/userguide/es/deskbar.html index e6d8063294..01f3b12ce0 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/deskbar.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/deskbar.html @@ -39,12 +39,13 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • - « Tracker Add-Ons -:: Contenidos -:: Filetypes » + « Agregados de Tracker +:: Contents +:: Tipos de archivo » @@ -134,9 +135,9 @@ Aquí se puede también lanzar un calendario que también aparezca, cuando se so diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/filetypes.html b/docs/userguide/es/filetypes.html index bfea7b7579..08e468970f 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/filetypes.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/filetypes.html @@ -9,12 +9,14 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * Oscar Carballal * --> - Filetypes + Tipos de archivo @@ -33,22 +35,23 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « Deskbar (Barra de Escritorio) -:: Contenidos -:: Atributos » +:: Contents +:: Attributes »
    -

    Filetypes

    +

    Tipos de archivo

    -

    Other than Windows, Haiku doesn't rely on the 3-letter file extension for a file type (e.g. .txt, .jpg, .mp3). This method is only a last resort fallback. Haiku uses MIME types just like it's custom on the internet.

    -
    While there's no reason to use file extensions in Haiku, remember to add them to files you want to share with users of other operating systems, e.g. over email, uploading to a server or via exchange of an USB drive. Otherwise their system may not recognize the file type.
    +

    Al contrario que Windows, Haiku no depende de la extensión de tres letras al final del archivo para definir un tipo de archivo (e.j.: .txt, .jpg, .mp3). Este método es el último recurso de todos. Haiku utiliza tipos MIME como es costumbre en Internet.

    +
    Debido a que no hay razón para utilizar extensiones de archivo en Haiku, deberá recordar ponerlas cuando quiera compartir archivos con usuarios de otros sistemas operativos a través de, por ejemplo, correo electrónico, subiendo el archivo a un servidor o intercambiándolo en una unidad USB. De lo contrario, puede que el sistema no reconozca el tipo de archivo.

    index Setting the filetype of a specific file

    @@ -57,28 +60,28 @@

    index -The File Type

    -

    The above is a PNG file, it's MIME string image/png. Let's say you definitely know that it's not a PNG but a GIF. You can change that either by entering the correct MIME string by hand or with one of the two buttons below the textbox:

    +El tipo de archivo +

    La imagen mostrada arriba es un archivo PNG y su cadena MIME es image/png. Digamos que sabe que no es un PNG, sino un GIF. Puede cambiarlo escribiendo ls cadena MIME correcta a mano, o bien mediante alguno de los dos botones debajo del cuadro de texto.

    - - + +
    Select... (Seleccionar) shows a hierarchical list of filetypes where you navigate to image | GIF Image.
    Same as... (Mismo que) opens a file dialog where you choose any file that already has the filetype you're looking for.
    Select... (Seleccionar) muestra una lista jerárquica donde puede navegar hasta image | GIF Image.
    Same as... (Mismo que) abre un diálogo de archivo donde puede elegir cualquier archivo que ya contenga el tipo que está buscando.

    index -The Preferred Application

    -

    This pop-up menu shows a list of all applications that can handle this particular filetype. From here you can choose which program should open this specific file when it's double-clicked. You could, for example, change a HTML file's preferred application from the browser to a text editor while you're working on it. Every other HTML file still opens in the browser, only this particular one starts in your text editor.

    +La aplicación preferida +

    Este menú desplegable muestra una lista de todas las aplicaciones que pueden manejar este tipo de archivo en particular. Aquí se puede seleccionar que aplicación debe abrir el archivo al hacer doble clic sobre él. Se puede, por ejemplo, cambiar la aplicación preferida para abrir HTML de un navegador a un editor de texto mientras se está trabajando en él. Todos los demás ficheros HTML se abrirán todavía con el navegador, sólo este se abrirá en el editor de texto.

    -

    The Default Application is the one that's set globally for that filetype. If you don't find the program you want to associate with this file in the pop-up menu, you'll again find the buttons Select... and Same As... which do the similar thing described under "The File Type" above.

    +

    La Default Application (Aplicación preferida) es la única que se configura de forma global para el tipo de archivo. Si no encuentra la aplicación que quiere asociar con este tipo de archivo en el menú desplegable, encontrará de nuevo los botones Select... (Seleccionar) and Same As... (Mismo que) que cumplen las mismas funciones que se decribieron en "El tipo de archivo".

    index -The Icon

    +El Icono

    If you're wondering why the icon well on the top right is empty: Icons are normally inherited from the system default for that filetype. You can open the Filetype Add-On of a file that contains an icon and drag&drop it into your file's icon well. Or you double-click the icon well and create or edit your own icon. For more info on icons and how to create your own, see topic Icon-O-Matic.

    index -Special settings for applications

    +Configuraciones especiales para aplicaciones

    If you invoke the Filetype Add-On on an executable (here: StyledEdit), you'll get a different dialog:

    filetype-addon-stylededit.png

    On top, you'll see, instead of a standardized MIME string, the unique application signature. With it, the system finds the program wherever it's installed.

    @@ -106,8 +109,8 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/index.html b/docs/userguide/es/index.html index 90a1782cfa..f8e3a48102 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/index.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/index.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • - « Atributos -:: Contenidos + « Attributes +:: Contents :: Queries »
    @@ -149,8 +150,8 @@ If no volume is specified, the volume of the current directory is assumed. diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/keyboard-shortcuts.html b/docs/userguide/es/keyboard-shortcuts.html index fbfaf03f88..36fe9e71f4 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/keyboard-shortcuts.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/keyboard-shortcuts.html @@ -9,12 +9,14 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * miguel~1.mx * --> - Shortcuts and key combinations + Atajos y combinaciones de teclado @@ -33,11 +35,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • - « Tracker Add-Ons -:: Contenidos + « Agregados de Tracker +:: Contents :: Deskbar (Barra de Escritorio) » @@ -45,85 +48,84 @@
    -

    Shortcuts and key combinations

    +

    Atajos y combinaciones de teclado

    -

    By default, Haiku's shortcut key, to invoke commands from menus for example, is not the usual CTRL key, but ALT instead. This has historical reasons, because the BeOS was inspired somewhat by MacOS. After you get used to it, it actually has advantages as e.g. ALT C and ALT V integrate seamlessly into the bash shell of the Terminal, where CTRL C quits the running process.

    -

    In any case, you can switch to the maybe more familiar CTRL key in the Keymap preferences. The user guide will always describes the default configuration with the command key being ALT.

    -

    If you're in doubt which keys are the OPT or MENU keys on your particular keymap/keyboard-layout, again use the Keymap preferences. There you can see what keystroke is sent when you press a key on your keyboard.

    +

    Predeterminadamente, la tecla de atajo de Haiku para invocar comandos desde los menús, no es la usual CTRL sino ALT. Esto tiene razones históricas, debido a que BeOS se inspiró de alguna manera por MacOS. Después que se acostumbre, realmente tiene ventajas, p. ej., ALT C y ALT V se integran directamente dentro de la Terminal de shell Bash, mientras que CTRL C cierra el proceso que esté corriendo.

    +

    De cualquier modo, puede cambiar a la tal vez más familiar tecla CTRL en las preferencias de Distribución de teclado. La guía de usuario siempre describirá la configuración predeterminada con la tecla ALT como tecla de comando.

    +

    Si hubiera duda sobre cuáles teclas son OPT o MENU en el teclado que esté usando, abra de nuevo el diálogo de preferencias Distribución de teclado preferences. Allí se puede ver qué pulso de tecla se envía cuando se presiona alguna tecla del teclado.

    index -General shortcuts

    -

    Here's a table of many of the most commonly used shortcuts that are always available, even if there isn't a corresponding menu:

    +Atajos de teclado generales +

    Aquí hay una tabla de muchos de los atajos más comúnmente usados que están siempre disponibles, incluso si no haya un menú correspondiente:

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ALT FxSwitches to Workspace X (Fx is the function key corresponding to that workspace). Take the active window with you by adding SHIFT
    CTRL ALT ///Navigates spatially the rows/columns of the available workspaces. Add SHIFT to take the active window with you.
    CTRL TABHold down to bring up the Twitcher.
    CTRL ALT DELOpens the Team Monitor.
    ALT ESCEnters the menu bar (leave with ESC).
    ALT CCopies the selection to the clipboard.
    ALT XCuts the selection to the clipboard.
    ALT VPastes the clipboard's contents.
    ALT WCloses the active window.
    CTRL ALT ZZooms a window to an alternative size (maximum size for most applications).
    CTRL ALT MMinimizes the active window.
    CTRL ALT HHides (minimizes) all windows of the active application.
    CTRL ALT FPulls the active window to the front (only applicable with the mouse setting Focus Follows Mouse).
    CTRL ALT BSends the active window to the back.
    ALT QQuits an application.
    ALT FxIntercambia al Espacio de trabajo X (donde Fx es la tecla de función correspondiente a ese espacio de trabajo). Lleve la ventana activa con usted agregando la tecla MAYÚSCULAS
    CTRL ALT ///Navega espacialmente entre filas y columnas de los espacios de trabajo disponibles. Agregue MAYÚSCULAS para llevar la ventana activa con usted.
    CTRL TABMantener presionado para traer a Twitcher.
    CTRL ALT DELAbre el Monitor de actividad.
    ALT ESCIngresa la barra de menú (se sale con ESC).
    ALT CCopia la selección al portapapeles.
    ALT XCorta la selección al portapapeles.
    ALT VPega el contenido del portapapeles.
    ALT WCierra la ventana activa.
    CTRL ALT ZAjusta una ventana a un tamaño alternativo (tamaño máximo para la mayoría de las aplicaciones).
    CTRL ALT MMinimiza la ventana activa.
    CTRL ALT HOculta (minimiza) todas las ventanas de la aplicación activa.
    CTRL ALT FJala la ventana activa al frente (sólo aplica cuando está activa la preferencia del ratón El foco sigue al ratón).
    CTRL ALT BEnvía la ventana activa al fondo.
    ALT QCierra una aplicación.

    index -Shortcuts for Tracker navigation

    -

    Additionally to the general shortcuts, here are some more for navigating with Tracker:

    +Atajos de navegación de Tracker +

    Adicionalmente a los atajos generales, aquí hay algunos más para navegar con Tracker:

    - - - - - - + + + + + +
    ALT Opens the parent folder.
    ALT o ENTEROpens the selected folder.
    OPTHolding it while opening a folder will automatically close the parent folder. This also works when navigating with the mouse.
    MENUOpens the Deskbar menu (leave with ESC).
    ALT ZUndo last action. The undo history is only limited by the available memory. Note, this only works for actions on the file itself, changed attributes and permission settings can't be undone with this. Also, once a file is removed from Trash it's gone for good.
    ALT SHIFT ZRedo the action you just reverted with ALT Z.
    ALT Abre la carpeta padre.
    ALT o ENTERAbre la carpeta seleccionada.
    OPTManteniéndolo mientras se abre una carpeta automáticamente se cerrará el folder padre. Esto también funciona cuando se navegue con el ratón.
    MENUAbre el menú de la barra de escritorio Deskbar (se sale de ella con ESC).
    ALT ZDeshacer la última acción. La historia de deshacer se limita sólo por la memoria disponible. Nótese, esto sólo funciona para acciones en el propio archivo, los cambios de atributos y selecciones de permiso no pueden deshacerse con esto. También, una vez que un archivo se removió de la Basura se fue para siempre.
    ALT MAYÚSCULAS ZRehacer la acción que se acaba de revertir con ALT Z.

    index -Shortcuts in Terminal

    +Atajos en la Terminal - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ALT NOpens another Terminal session in a new window.
    ALT TOpens another Terminal session in a new tab.
    ALT 1, 2, 3...Switches to the corresponding tab.
    SHIFT /Switches to the previous/next tab.
    ALT TABSwitch to the next Terminal window.
    ALT +, -Increase/Decrease font size.
    ALT ENTEREnter/leave fullscreen mode.
    SHIFT /Scrolls the Terminal output up/down one line.
    SHIFT PageUP/PageDOWN Scrolls the Terminal output up/down one page.
    TABTab-completion. After entering a few letters, press TAB once to auto-complete a filename or path. If there is more than one match, it stops where the name starts to differ and you have to provide some more letters to further distinguish them. You can also press TAB twice to have all matches listed.
    /Moves up or down in a history of all previously entered commands.
    CTRL RBash history. All the commands you enter -are stored in the file ~/.bash_history. Press CTRL R and start to enter a command and you'll be provided with the first match from the bash history. Keep pressing CTRL R until you find the right command line and press ENTER to execute it.
    CTRL CStops the currently running command.
    CTRL DCloses the current Terminal session.
    ALT NAbre otra sesión de Terminal en una ventana nueva.
    ALT TAbre otra sesión de Terminal en una pestaña nueva.
    ALT 1, 2, 3...Intercambia a la pestaña correspondiente.
    MAYÚSCULAS /Intercambia a la pestaña previa/siguiente.
    ALT TABIntercambia a la siguiente ventana de Terminal.
    ALT +, -Incrementa/Decrementa el tamaño de letra.
    ALT ENTEREntra y sale del modo a pantalla completa.
    MAYÚSCULAS /Desplaza la salida de la Terminal hacia arriba/abajo una línea.
    MAYÚSCULAS AvPag/RePagDesplaza la salida de Terminal hacia arriba/abajo una página.
    TABCompletado de línea de comandos. Tras ingresar algunas letras, presione TAB una vez para autocompletar un nombre de archivo o ruta. Si hay más de una concordancia, se detiene donde el nombre comienza a diferenciarse y deben proporcionarse algunas letras más para distinguirlas más. También se puede presionar TAB dos veces para tener un listado de todas las concordancias.
    /Se mueve hacia arriba o abajo en la historia de todos los comandos ingresados previamente.
    CTRL RHistorial de Bash. Todos los comandos que se ingresen se almacenan en el archivo ~/.bash_history. Presione CTRL R y al comenzar a ingresar un comando y se le proporcionará la primer concordancia del historial de Bash. Siga presionando CTRL R hasta que encuentre la línea de comando justa y presione ENTER para ejecutarla.
    CTRL CDetiene el comando corriendo actualmente.
    CTRL DCierra la sesión actual de Terminal.

    index -Other key combinations

    -

    You can add or remove items to/from a selection by holding down a modifier key while clicking on a entry (or file in case of Tracker).

    +Otras combinaciones de teclas +

    Se pueden agregar o remover ítems de/a alguna selección sosteniendo una tecla modificadora mientras se dé clic en alguna entrada (o archivo en el caso de Tracker).

    - - + +
    SHIFTThis will select everything between the first selected item and the one you click on.
    ALTAdds or removes the item you're clicking on from the selection.
    MAYÚSCULASSeleccionará todo entre el primer item señalado y al que se le dé clic después.
    ALTAgrega o remueve el elemento sobre el que se haga clic en la selección.
    -

    In a Tracker window, if you just start typing, Tracker scrolls to and selects the file that best fits your incremental search. If there's no file starting with your typed letters, files that contain the search string anywhere in their name or other displayed attributes are selected. This search is not case-sensitive.
    -The letters you type appear at the bottom-left, where normally the number of items is listed. After a second it reverts back and you could start a new incremental search.

    +

    En una ventana nueva, apenas y comience a escribir, Tracker se desplaza y selecciona el archivo que mejor se ajusta la búsqueda incremental. Si no hubiera archivo comenzando con las letras que se apunten, los archivos que contengan la cadena de búsqueda en cualquier parte en su nombre u otro atributo desplegado se seleccionan. Esta búsqueda no distingue entre mayúsculas y minúsculas.
    +Las letras que escribió aparecen en la parte inferior izquierda, donde normalmente el número de lista de elementos. Después de un segundo se revierte y se puede iniciar una nueva búsqueda intelectual.

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/preferences/e-mail.html b/docs/userguide/es/preferences/e-mail.html index dbeb027778..5e27674753 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/preferences/e-mail.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/preferences/e-mail.html @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ * Translators: * Jorge G. Mare * Oscar Carballal + * miguel~1.mx * --> @@ -36,12 +37,13 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « Deskbar (Barra de Escritorio) :: Preferences -:: Tipos de archivo » +:: FileTypes » @@ -74,54 +76,54 @@ La configuración se realiza desde el panel de preferencias de la aplicación.Empecemos el proceso de configurar una cuenta de correo electrónico..
    Se puede comenzar haciendo clic en el botón Add (Añadir) para crear una cuenta nueva sin nombre. Esto abre una ventana donde se rellena toda la información de la cuenta:

    e-mail-new-account.png -

    Primero, escriba el tipo de cuenta (Account Type) que puede ser o bien Sólo recibir correo (Receive Mail Only), Sólo enviar correo (Send Mail Only), o el tipo mas común, Enviar y recibir correo (Send and Receive Mail). Después se selecciona la forma en la que obtiene el correo, con POP3 o IMAP.

    +

    Primero, escriba el tipo de cuenta (Account Type) que puede ser o bien Receive Mail Only (Sólo recibir correo), Send Mail Only (Sólo enviar correo), o el tipo mas común, Send and Receive Mail (Enviar y recibir correo). Después se selecciona la forma en la que obtiene el correo, con POP3 o IMAP.

    Ahora se introduce la dirección de correo electrónico (E-mail Address), nombre de usuario (Login Name) y clave (Password), escriba un nombre para la cuenta (Account Name) que será como se muestre en Haiku, y su nombre real (Real Name).

    Si la cuenta es de algún proveedor importante de correo electrónico, Haiku ya conoce todos los detalles técnicos como las direcciones IP del servidor y la información se rellena automáticamente. Si ese no es el caso, sólo tiene que seguir esta guía y rellenar los detalles para su cuenta de correo adecuadamente.

    index Configuración para la recepción de mensajes

    -

    Haga clic en Entrante (Incoming) bajo el nombre de su cuenta para configurar cómo se reciben los correos.

    +

    Haga clic en Incoming (Entrante) bajo el nombre de su cuenta para configurar cómo se reciben los correos.

    e-mail-in.png

    Desde el menú emergente se elige el tipo de protocolo que usa su proveedor. IMAP y POP3 están soportados.

    -

    Lo siguiente es la dirección del Servidor de Correo (Mail Server) para los correos entrantes. Si su proveedor necesita que entre por algún puerto específico, añádalo directamente a la dirección, separado por dos puntos. Por ejemplo, pop.su-proveedor.org:1400.

    -

    Then you enter your login information, Username and Password, and if necessary change the Login Type from the default Plain Text to APOP for authentication.

    -

    If you use POP3 and retrieve mails of this account from different computers, you may want to activate the option to Leave mail on server and only Remove mail from server when deleted locally.

    -

    If you use IMAP instead, you have the option to Remove mail from server when deleted locally. You can specify a Top Mailbox Folder to only synchronize with a specific folder and its subfolders.

    -

    The New Mail Notification offers different methods to announce the arrival of new mail. Try different settings to see what works best for you.

    -

    You can change the Location of your inbox (default: /boot/home/mail/in/), which is useful if you'd like to separate the mails from different accounts into their own folders. However, queries let you sort things out just as well.

    -

    Last on this page, you can opt to only Partially download messages that are larger than a certain size. This will only get the header and you can decide if you want to download the rest of the message plus possible attachments after seeing the subject and who sent it. Useful if you have a slow connection.

    +

    Lo siguiente es la dirección del Mail Server (Servidor de correo) para los correos entrantes. Si su proveedor necesita que entre por algún puerto específico, añádalo directamente a la dirección, separado por dos puntos. Por ejemplo, pop.su-proveedor.org:1400.

    +

    Enseguida ingrese la información de identificación (login), Username (nombre de usuario) y Password (contraseña), y de necesitarlo, cambie el Login Type (tipo de ingreso) del predeterminado Plain Text (texto plano) a APOP para la identificación.

    +

    Si usa POP3 y recibe correos de esta cuenta desde diferentes computadoras, tal vez querrá activar la opción para Leave mail on server (dejar los correos en el servidor) y únicamente >Remove mail from server when deleted (borrar correo del servidor cuando se borre) en carpetas locales.

    +

    Si utiliza IMAP en su lugar, tiene la opción de Remove mail from server when deleted (Borrar correo del servidor cuando se borre) en carpetas locales. Puede especificar una carpeta Top Mailbox Folderpara únicamente sincronizar con una carpeta específica y sus subcarpetas.

    +

    La opción New Mail Notification (notificación de correo nuevo) ofrece métodos diferentes para anunciarle la llegada de correo nuevo. Pruebe selecciones diferentes para ver cuál le funciona mejor.

    +

    Puede cambiar la Location (ubicación) de su inbox o bandeja de entrada (predeterminada: /boot/home/mail/in/), lo cual es útil si quisiera separar los correos de cuentas diferentes dentro de sus propias carpetas. No obstante, las consultas le permiten encontrar cosas así de bien.

    +

    Para finalizar el apartado, puede optar por sólo Partially download messages (descargar mensajes parcialmente) que sean más grandes de un cierto tamaño. Esto sólo obtendrá el encabezado y así podrá decidir si quiere descargar el resto del mensaje más probablemente archivos adjuntos después de ver el tema y quién lo envió. Muy útil si se tiene una conexión lenta.

    index Configuración para el envío de mensajes

    -

    Click on Outgoing under your account's name to set up how e-mails are sent.

    +

    Haga clic en Outgoing debajo de su nombre de la cuenta para seleccionar cómo se enviarán los correos electrónicos.

    e-mail-out.png -

    As with incoming mail, you can also change the Location of your outbox (default: /boot/home/mail/out/).

    -

    Next is the SMTP Server address for outgoing mails. As with the incoming server before, you can use a specific port if needed, e.g. mail.your-provider.org:1200.

    -

    If you need to login, you change the Login Type to ESMTP and enter username and password above. The other type is used for providers that need you to check for mail with POP3 before SMTP for identification.

    +

    Como con el correo entrante, puede también cambiar la ubicación en Location de su outbox (predeterminada: /boot/home/mail/out/).

    +

    Enseguida está la dirección del SMTP Server (servidor SMTP) para los correos salientes. Como con el servidor de entrada, puede usar un puerto específico si lo necesita, p.ej., mail.your-provider.org:1200.

    +

    Si necesita registrarse, cambie el Login Type a ESMTP e ingrese el nombre de usuario y contraseña debajo. El otro tipo se usa con proveedores que le requeren comprobar el correo con POP3 before SMTP (POP3 antes que SMTP) para identificarse.

    index Configuración de filtros de mensajes

    -

    If you want to filter your incoming email, you click on E-Mail Filters under your account's name to set up automatic sorting. You can add any number of filters that are applied one after the other. You can rearrange them by drag&dropping them to their new position.
    -Besides the R5 Daemon Filter that's used for backward compatibility, there are two other Incoming Mail Filters you can add.

    +

    Si desea filtrar el correo entrante, dé clic en E-Mail Filters debajo del nombre de su cuenta para recibir selecciones automáticas. Puede agregar cualquier número de filtros que se apliquen uno después del otro. Puede reacomodarlos arrastrando y soltándolos a su nueva posición.
    +Además del filtro R5 Daemon Filter que se usa por retrocompatibilidad, hay otros dos filtros de mensaje entrante en Incoming Mail Filters que se pueden agregar.

    index Filtro de mensajes no deseados (Spam)

    e-mail-filter-spam.png -

    The spam filter uses statistical methods to classify a mail as unwanted spam. It assigns a value between 0 and 1 to it and you can decide what are the limits for a genuine mail and what will be considered spam.
    -You can have that spam rating added to the start of the subject.
    -Also, the spam filter can learn from all incoming e-mail. Of course, you'll have to teach it by sorting out the false positives, mails that were mistakenly marked as spam. You'll find more on that when we discuss the application Mail.

    -

    Together with the following Match Header filter, you're able to automatically sort out detected spam mails.

    +

    El filtro de spam usa métodos estadísticos para clasificar un correo como no deseado. Asigna un valor entre 0 y 1 a él y se puede decidir cuáles son los límites para un correo genuino y cuáles se considerarán spam.
    +Puede tener la calificación de spam agregada al inicio del tema.
    +También, el filtro de spam puede aprender de todo el correo electrónico entrante. Por supuesto, tendrá que enseñarle a diferenciar los positivos falsos y los correos que marque erróneamente como spam.Puede encontrar más cuando abordemos la aplicación Mail.

    +

    Junto con el siguiente filtro Match Header, será capz de diferenciar automáticamente correos de spam detectados.

    index Campos del encabezado como criterio de filtrado (Match Header)

    e-mail-filter-header.png -

    This filter compares a header to a search pattern and performs some action when it matches.
    -With the first text field you specify which header to check against. These are available:

    +

    Este filtro compara un encabezado a un patrón de búsqueda y realiza alguna acción cuando concuerda.
    +Con el primer campo de texto se especifica sobre cuáles encabezados comprobar. Se dispone de éstos:

    @@ -144,34 +146,35 @@ With the first text field you specify which header to check against. These are a - + - + - +
    Name Nombre del remitente
    Priority Prioridad del mensaje definida por el programa de correo electrónico remitente (por ejemplo, "urgente")
    Thread essentially the same as "Subject", but without things like Re: or Fwd:
    esencialmente lo mismo que "Subject", pero sin cosas como Re: o Fwd:
    Classification Group depending on what the spam filter classified it as, this will either be empty (if uncertain) or contain the word "Genuine" or "Spam"
    dependiendo de cómo lo clasifique el filtro de spam, esto será "empty" (si no se tiene certeza) o contiene la palabra "Genuine" (genuino) o "Spam"
    Spam/Genuine Estimate this is a numerical estimate that the spam filter assigned to the e-mail. They are shown in scientific notation, where 1.065e-12 translates to 1.065 divided by 10 to the 12th power, which in this case translates to 0.000000000001065.
    este es un estimado numérico que el filtro de spam asignó al correo. Se muestra en notación científica, donde 1.065e-12 traslada a 1.065 dividido por 10 a la duodécima potencia, lo cual en este caso se traslada a 0.000000000001065.
    -

    The second text field holds your search pattern. It accepts regular expressions which gives it great flexibility, while unfortunately complicating things a bit. Read up on it a bit, it's well worth it and simple search patterns aren't that complicated at all.

    -

    With the pop-up menu below it, you assign an action when the pattern matches. You can move or delete a mail, set the status to "Read" or anything else or set the e-mail account you'll reply with.

    +

    El segundo campo de texto contiene el patrón de búsqueda elegido. Acepta expresiones regulares que le dan mayor flexibilidad, mientras desafortunadamente complica las cosas un poquito. Lea un poco al respecto, vale la pena y los patrones de búsqueda sencillos no son tan complicados después de todo.

    +

    Con el menú emergente debajo de él, asigne una acción cuando el patrón concuerde. Puede mover o borrar un correo, seleccionar su estado como "Read" (leído) o cualquier otra cosa o seleccione la cuenta de correo con la que dará respuesta (reply).

    index Filtros para mensajes enviados

    -

    At this moment, there's only one filter that deals with outgoing mail: fortune. -
    It will attach a randomly chosen funny or wise "fortune cookie" to the end of every mail before it's sent out. You can do a dry run by issuing the command fortune in a Terminal.

    +

    Al momento, sólo hay un filtro que lidia con correo saliente: fortune. +
    +Adjuntará una "galleta de la fortuna" sabia o graciosa al azar al final de cada correo antes que se envíe. Puede probarlo escribiendo el comando fortune en una Terminal.

    index Configuración del Servicio de Correo

    -

    Now that your incoming and outgoing mail servers (and maybe some filters, too), are configured, you have to tell the Mail Service that does all the actual checking and fetching how to do its job.

    +

    Ahora que ha configurado los servidores de correo entrante y saliente (y tal vez algunos filtros también), tiene que decirle al Mail Service que haga toda la comprobación y atractivo de cómo hacer su trabajo.

    e-mail-settings.png -

    Under Mail Checking you configure the interval at which the account's mail server is probed for new mail.
    -If you're on a dial-up connection, you may want to do that Only When Dial-Up is Connected and also Schedule Outgoing Mail When Dial-Up is Disconnected to avoid dialing automatically in regularly only to check for mail.

    -

    The Mail Service has a status window which you can set to show up Never, While Sending, While Sending and Receiving or Always.

    -

    Make sure to Start Mail Services on Startup or there will be no mail_daemon running to do your bidding...

    +

    Debajo de Mail Checking (configurar correo) se configura el intervalo en el cual se comprueba en el servidor de correo de la cuenta si hay correo nuevo.
    +Si tiene una conexión de marcado, puede verificar la opción Only When Dial-Up is Connected (sólo cuando la cuenta de marcado esté conectada) y también Schedule Outgoing Mail When Dial-Up is Disconnected (agendar el correo saliente cuando la cuenta de marcado esté desconectada) para evitar marcar automáticamente a intervalos regulares únicamente para comprobar correo.

    +

    El Mail Service tiene una ventana de estado el cual puede seleccionarse para aparecer Never (nunca), While Sending (mientras se envía), While Sending and Receiving (mientras se envía y recibe) o Always (siempre).

    +

    Asegúrese que esté activado Start Mail Services on Startup (iniciar servicios de correo al inicio) o no habrá mail_daemon corriendo para hacer este trabajo...

    e-mail-mailbox.png -

    Edit Mailbox Menu... will open the folder /boot/home/config/Mail/Menu Links/. All folders or queries (!) or their links put into this folder will appear in the context menu of the mailbox icon of the Mail Services in the Deskbar tray.

    -

    From that menu, you can also Create New Message..., Check For Mail Now or Edit Preferences....

    -

    The mailbox icon itself shows if there are unread messages (status "New") when there are envelopes inside.

    +

    Edit Mailbox Menu... (editar el menú de correo entrante) abrirá la carpeta /boot/home/config/Mail/Menu Links/. Todas las carpetas o consultas (¡!) o sus enlaces puestos en esta carpeta aparecerán en el menú contextual del icono de bandeja de entrada de la bandeja del Deskbar "Mail Services" (servicios de correo).

    +

    Desde ese menú, puede también seleccionar Create New Message... (Crear mensaje nuevo...), Check For Mail Now (comprobar correo ahora) o Edit Preferences... (editar preferencias).

    +

    El propio icono de buzón de correo muestra si hay mensajes sin leer (estado en "New" o nuevo) cuando hay sobres dentro.

    @@ -180,7 +183,7 @@ If you're on a dial-up connection, you may want to do that On diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/preferences/fonts.html b/docs/userguide/es/preferences/fonts.html index 1518f44afd..4e3d89b631 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/preferences/fonts.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/preferences/fonts.html @@ -36,12 +36,13 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • - «  Tipos de archivo  + «  FileTypes  ::  Preferences  -::  Keyboard (Teclado)  » +::  Keyboard  » @@ -57,7 +58,7 @@


    fonts.png -

    Haiku define tres tipos de letra estándar para diferentes propósitos. Puede seleccionar entre plano, en negritas y fuentes ajustadas y tamaños que se usan a lo largo del sistema. Además de estos, hay también una configuración separada para el tipo de letra usada en los menús.

    +

    Haiku define tres tipos de letra estándar para diferentes propósitos. Aquí se pueden especificar los tipos de letra para la tipografía normal, negrita y monoespaciada que se utiliza en las diferentes partes del sistema. Además de estos, hay también una configuración separada para el tipo de letra usada en los menús.

    @@ -73,9 +74,9 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/preferences/keymap.html b/docs/userguide/es/preferences/keymap.html index e269114781..a005ec3fcc 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/preferences/keymap.html @@ -9,12 +9,14 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * miguel~1.mx * --> - Keymap + Distribución de teclado @@ -33,10 +35,11 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • - « Keyboard (Teclado) + « Keyboard :: Preferences :: Media » @@ -361,7 +364,7 @@ TildeTab = Normal Shift Option Option-Shift CapsLock CapsLock-Shift CapsLock-Opt @@ -55,11 +58,11 @@
    Defaults Selecciona todo a los valores predeterminados.
    Revert regresa a las selecciones que estaban activas cuando se abrió el cuadro de diálogo Fonts.


    network.png -

    En la parte superior, se puede seleccionar cuál adaptador de red configurar.

    -

    Enseguida se puede especificar si se obtiene la red automáticamente (vía DHCP) o si se esté usando una dirección estática. Si es la última, tendrá que llenar los campos IP Address, Netmask, Gateway y DNS Servers manualmente. De lo contario el panel mostrará las direcciones actualmente seleccionadas con DHCP.

    +

    En la parte superior se selecciona el adaptador de red que se va a configurar.

    +

    A continuación se especifica si la red se obtiene automáticamente (vía DHCP) o usando una dirección estática. En caso de utilizar una dirección estática, hay que llenar los campos IP Address, Netmask, Gateway y DNS Servers manualmente. De lo contario, el panel mostrará las direcciones actualmente seleccionadas con DHCP.

    - - + +
    Revert regresa las configuraciones que estaban activas cuando se inició el panel de preferencias Network.
    Apply selecciona la configuración ingresada.
    Revert Revierte las configuraciones al estado en que estaban activas cuando se inició el panel de preferencias Network.
    Apply Aplica la configuración ingresada.
    @@ -70,7 +73,7 @@
     «  Mouse  ::  Preferences  -::  Printers (Impresoras)  » +::  Printers  »
    --> diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/queries.html b/docs/userguide/es/queries.html index cc63f197e8..cd7aed4d15 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/queries.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/queries.html @@ -33,12 +33,13 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « Índice -:: Contenidos -:: Taller » +:: Contents +:: Workshop » @@ -148,8 +149,8 @@ By using the Save Query as Template menu item (see diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/teammonitor.html b/docs/userguide/es/teammonitor.html index 9fc6c7e402..14c3d9f602 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/teammonitor.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/teammonitor.html @@ -11,12 +11,13 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * CapitanPico + * miguel~1.mx * --> - Team Monitor (Monitor de Actividad) + Monitor de actividad (Team Monitor) @@ -35,11 +36,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Twitcher  -::  Contenidos  +::  Contents  ::  Tracker  » @@ -47,7 +49,7 @@
    -

    Team Monitor (Monitor de Actividad)

    +

    Monitor de actividad (Team Monitor)

    Con CTRL ALT DEL se solicita la visualización del Team Monitor, donde están listados todos los programas en ejecución en ese momento.

    teammonitor.png @@ -63,7 +65,7 @@ Las aplicaciones que no responden, lo que suele ser signo de que el programa est diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/tracker-add-ons.html b/docs/userguide/es/tracker-add-ons.html index 9f3274d73d..811876802d 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/tracker-add-ons.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/tracker-add-ons.html @@ -11,12 +11,13 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * CapitanPico + * miguel~1.mx * --> - Tracker Add-Ons + Agregados de Tracker @@ -35,45 +36,46 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Tracker  -::  Contenidos  -::  Atajos de teclado  » +::  Contents  +::  Keyboard shortcuts  »
    -

    Tracker Add-Ons

    +

    Agregados de Tracker

    -

    Applications can install add-ons so they can be invoked easily on a selection of files from Tracker. Only the add-ons that can handle a specific filetype are presented under Add-Ons from the context menu or the File menu of a Tracker window. Some add-ons don't necessarily need a file to work on and are thus always present.

    -

    Tracker Add-Ons, or links to applications that can act as add-ons, can be installed in three different locations (see topic Filesystem layout):

    +

    Las aplicaciones pueden instalar agregados para que puedan invocarse fácilmente en una selección de archivos desde Tracker. Únicamente los agregados que pueden manejar un tipo de archivo específico se presentan bajo Add-Ons del menú contextual o del menú File (archivo) de una ventana de Tracker. Algunos agregados no necesitan necesariamente de un archivo para trabajar y por ello siempre están presentes.

    +

    Los agregados de Tracker, o enlaces a aplicaciones que pueden actuar como agregados, pueden instalarse en tres diferentes ubicaciones (vea el tema Disposición del sistema de archivos):

    - - - + + +
    /boot/system/system/add-ons/Tracker/    for system provided add-ons.
    /boot/common/add-ons/Tracker/    for add-ons available to every user.
    /boot/home/config/add-ons/Tracker/    for add-ons only available to yourself.
    /boot/system/system/add-ons/Tracker/    para los agregados proporcionados por el sistema.
    /boot/common/add-ons/Tracker/    para los agregados visibles para todos los usuarios.
    /boot/home/config/add-ons/Tracker/    para los agregados disponibles únicamente para usted.
    -

    The file name of an add-on can be suffixed with a dash and capital letter, and is then available via keyboard shortcut. For example, Open Target Folder-T opens with ALT OPT T.
    -Of course, you have to take care of possible shortcut collisions when deciding on a shortcut. You can't have the same for different add-ons.

    +

    El nombre de archivo de un agregado puede tener el sufijo con un guión y una letra mayúscula, y luego estar disponible vía un atajo de teclado. Por ejemplo, Open Target Folder-T (Abrir carpeta-T objetivo) la abre con ALT OPT T.
    +Por supuesto, tiene que cuidar posibles colisiones cuando se decida en una tecla de atajo. No puede tener la misma tecla para agregados diferentes.

    -

    Haiku's Tracker Add-Ons

    -

    These Tracker Add-Ons come with every Haiku installation:

    +

    Agregados de Tracker de Haiku

    +

    Estos agregados de Tracker vienen con todas las instalaciones de Haiku:

    - + - + - + - + - + - +
    Background-BOpens the Background preferences to change the color or image of the Desktop or any folder. Invoked on an image file the Background panel is launched with that image already loaded as a potential background.
    Abre las preferencias de fondo o Background para cambiar el color o imagen del Escritorio o cualquier carpeta. Si se invoca sobre un archivo de imagen, se abre el cuadro de diálogo con esa imagen ya cargada como fondo potencial.
    DiskUsage-IStarts the DiskUsage application with the according folder as basis.
    Inicia la aplicación DiskUsage con la carpeta acordada como base.
    FileType-FInvoked on a file, opens its specific FileType panel, otherwise the general FileTypes preferences are launched.
    Si se invoca sobre un archivo, abre su cuadro de diálogo Tipos de archivo específico, de lo contrario, el cuadro de diálogo preferencias de tipos de archivo se abrirá.
    Open Target Folder-OCan only be used on a linked file and opens the folder that file lives in.
    Sólo puede usarse sobre un archivo enlazado y abre la carpeta en la que vive ese archivo.
    TextSearch-GStarts the TextSearch application to look for a string in the selected folder (and its subfolders).
    Inicia la aplicación TextSearch para buscar una cadena en la carpeta seleccionada (y sus subcarpetas).
    ZipOMatic-ZA selection of files will be added to a zip archive, invoked without a selection opens a panel to create an archive via drag&drop.
    Se agregará una selección de archivos al archivo zip, o si se invoca sin una selección, abre un cuadro de diálogo para crear un archivo mediante arrastrar y soltar.
    @@ -82,8 +84,8 @@ Of course, you have to take care of possible shortcut collisions when deciding o diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/tracker.html b/docs/userguide/es/tracker.html index 6e163e8156..d4f5b07ab6 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/tracker.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/tracker.html @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * miguel~1.mx * --> @@ -33,12 +35,13 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • - « Team Monitor (Monitor de Actividad) -:: Contenidos -:: Tracker Add-Ons » + « Monitor de actividad (Team Monitor) +:: Contents +:: Agregados de Tracker »
    @@ -49,142 +52,142 @@
    Índice
    - Mounting volumes
    - Navigating
    - Appearance
    - Tracker preferences
    - Working with files
    - Transaction status + Montar volúmenes
    + Navegar
    + Apariencia
    + Preferencias de Tracker
    + Trabajar con archivos
    + Estado de transacción

    Tracker

    -

    The Tracker is the graphical interface to all your files. It let's you create new files and folders or find, launch or rename as well as copy or delete existing ones.

    -

    Being an application like any other (the Desktop with its icons is really just a fullscreen window in the background), Tracker appears with its windows in the Deskbar and can be quit and restarted. The easiest way to quit and restart a crashed or frozen Tracker (or a wayward Deskbar) is to call the Team Monitor.

    +

    Tracker es la interfaz gráfica para todos sus archivos. Le permite crear archivos nuevos y carpetas o encontrar, lanzar o renombrar también como copiar o borrar los existentes.

    +

    Al ser una aplicación como cualquier otra (el Escritorio con sus iconos es realmente sólo una ventana a pantalla completa en el fondo), Tracker aparece con sus ventanas en el Escritorio y puede cerrarse y reiniciarse. La manera más fácil para cerrar y reiniciar un Tracker sin responder o congelado (o un Escritorio "caprichoso") es llamar al Team Monitor (Monitor de equipos).

    index -Mounting Volumes

    -

    In order to access a harddisk, CD, USB stick etc., you first have to mount the volume, that is, let the system know it's there. This is done with a right-click on the Desktop or an already mounted volume (like the boot disk) and choosing the volume from the Mount submenu. You find the same Mount menu in the Deskbar.

    +Montar volúmenes +

    Para ingresar a un disco duro, CD, unidad de almacenamiento USB, etc., hay que montar el volumen primero, es decir, hacerle saber al sistema que está allí. Esto se realiza con un clic derecho en el Escritorio o en un volumen ya montado (como el disco de inicio) y seleccionado el volumen desde el submenú Mount (mohtar). Puede encontrar el mismo menú Mount en la barra de escritorio Deskbar.

    drill-down.png -

    There are also Mount Settings so you don't have to mount everything manually after every bootup.
    -The above settings will automatically mount any storage device you connect/insert and also mount all disks on bootup that were mounted previously.

    -
    Before you disconnect e.g. a harddrive or USB stick, make sure you have successfully unmounted the volume. This guarantees that all data transfer has finished. Otherwise you may lose data or corrupt the disk!
    +

    También hay Mount Settings (selecciones de montaje) para que no tenga que montar todo manualmente después de cada inicio de sistema.
    +Las selecciones de arriba automáticamente montarán cualquier dispositivo de almacenamiento que se haya conectado o insertado y también montará todos los discos al inicio que fueron montados previamente.

    +
    Antes de desconectar, p. ej., un disco duro o una unidad USB, asegúrese que haya desmontado exitosamente el volumen. Esto garantiza que toda la transferencia de información haya terminado. ¡De lo contrario podría perder su información o corromper el disco!

    index -Navigating

    -

    By default, when you double-click a folder, Tracker opens a new window while leaving the parent window open. This can quickly lead to an overcrowded desktop.
    -You can prevent that by holding down the OPT key, which automatically closes the parent window.
    -This is also true for keyboard navigation. For more on that, see topic Shortcuts and key combinations.

    -

    Moving through your folders is one of Trackers main purposes, just like the file managers on other platforms. Haiku's Tracker has some unique features that will help you doing that efficiently.

    +Navegar +

    Predeterminadamente, cuando se da doble clic en una carpeta, Tracker abre una ventana nueva mientras deja la ventana padre abierta. Esto puede rápidamente llevar a un escritorio superpoblado.
    +Puede evitarse al mantener la tecla OPT, la cual cierra automáticamente la ventana padre.
    +Esto también es válido para navegación mediante teclado. Para más en ese tema, vea Atajos y combinaciones de teclado.

    +

    Moverse a través de carpetas es uno de los propósitos principales de Tracker, así como los administradores de archivos en otras plataformas. El Tracker de Haiku tiene algunas características únicas que le ayudarán a hacerlo más eficientemente.

    -indexDrilling down the submenus

    -

    Instead of double-clicking your way down folder after folder, there's a better way to drill down:

    +indexSumergirse mediante submenús +

    En lugar de dar doble clic todo el camino carpeta tras carpeta, hay una mejor manera de sumergirse:

    drill-down.png -

    Right-click onto a folder, and at the top of the usual context menu you'll find a submenu of the current folder that let's you navigate down a level. Just move down the hierarchy until you find the file or folder you're looking for and click on it to open it. The above shows the contents of the folder /boot/home/config/.
    -If you do the above while dragging a file with you, it will be moved to where you eventually drop it.

    -

    A similar method can be used from any Tracker window:

    +

    Al dar clic derecho dentro de una carpeta, y en la parte superior del menú contextual usual se encuentra un submenú de la carpeta actual que le permite navegar un nivel hacia abajo. Sólo muévase hacia abajo en la jerarquía hasta que encuentre el archivo o carpeta que estaba buscando y dé clic en él para abrirlo. Debajo se muestran el contenido de la carpeta /boot/home/config/.
    +Si hace lo de arriba mientras arrastre un archivo consigo, se moverá adonde eventualmente lo suelte.

    +

    Un método similar puede usarse desde cualquier ventana de Tracker:

    window-drill-down.png -

    Click on the area in the lower left, where the number of items is listed, and you'll get submenus for every level above your current location. From there you can drill down through the folders as usual.

    -

    Note, that the Desktop is always the topmost level as that is where Tracker shows mounted volumes. So, if you want to go to another disk, you first have to navigate to the top (Desktop) and cross over to your other disk from there.


    -

    You'll get the same submenu-navigating when you drag a file over a folder. After a short while of hovering, a submenu pops up and you can drill down to your destination. If you initiated the drag with the right mousebutton, you can choose between copying, moving or linking the file when you release the mouse.

    +

    Haga clic en el área inferior izquierda, donde se lista el número de items, y obtendrá submenús para cada nivel debajo de su ubicación actual. Desde allí puede descender a través de las carpetas de manera usual.

    +

    Note que el Escritorio es siempre el nivel superior ya que es donde Tracker muestra los volúmenes montados. Así que, si desea ir a otro disco, tiene primero que navegar a la cima (Escritorio) y cruzar hacia su otro disco desde allí.


    +

    Se obtiene la misma navegación de submenús cuando se arrastra un archivo sobre una carpeta. Después de un corto tiempo de sostenerlo, un submenú aparece y puede descender hacia su destino. Si se inició el arrastre con el botón derecho del ratón, se puede elegir entre copiar, mover o hacer un acceso directo al archivo cuando se suelte dicho botón.

    index -Jumping to files with type-ahead

    -

    You may be familiar with the concept from file managers of other operating systems: typing the first few letters of a filename will jump to the first file matching these starting characters. Haiku took the idea a step further. If there isn't a file starting with those letters it will jump to the first file including the string anywhere in its name. And if there's nothing with the string in its filename, the attributes are searched next.

    +Saltar a archivos con type-ahead +

    Puede que esté familiarizado con el concepto de administradores de archivos de otros sistemas operativos: al escribir las primeras letras de un nombre de archivo se saltará hacia el primer archivo que concuerde con esos carácteres iniciales. Haiku tomó la idea un paso más adelante. Si no hay un archivo que comience con esos carácteres, saltará al primer archivo que incluya la cadena en cualquier lugar en su nombre. Y si no hay nada con la cadena en su nombre de archivo, se busca enseguida en los atributos.

    window-type-ahead.png -

    In the above example, there are many files starting with "Haiku logo", rendering simpler approaches to typing ahead quite useless. In Haiku however, typing "web" jumps right to its first occurence in "Haiku logo - website". The characters you enter appear in the bottom left corner where you normally find the item count of all files in the folder. A second after entering a character, the display jumps back to normal and you're ready for a new type ahead search.

    +

    En el ejemplo de arriba, hay muchos archivos que inician con "Haiku logo", acercamientos más simples que type-ahead son inútiles. En Haiku, sin embargo, escribir "web" salta enseguida a la primera aparición en "Haiku logo - website". Los carácteres que se ingresan aparecen en la esquina inferior izuierda donde normalmente se encuentra el ítem enumerando todos los archivos en la carpeta. Un segundo después de ingresar un carácter, la visualizaciön regresa a la normalidad y está lista para una nueva búsqueda de type-ahead.

    index -Appearance

    +Apariencia window-menu.png -

    Tracker windows offer three different viewing modes from the Window menu:

    +

    Las ventanas de Tracker ofrecen tres modos de vista diferentes desde el menú Window (Ventana):

      -
    • Icon View (ALT 1) - Big icons, you can change the size from the submenu or in/decrease their size with ALT +/ALT -.

    • -
    • Mini Icon View (ALT 2) - Small icons.

    • -
    • List View (ALT 3) - A detailed list of your files enabling you to show/hide available attributes. (See topic Attributes.)

    • +
    • Icon View (vista de iconos, ALT 1) - Iconos grandes, se puede cambiar el tamaño desde el submenú o incrementando/decrementando su tamaño con ALT +/ALT -.

    • +
    • Mini Icon View (vista de iconos mini, ALT 2) - Iconos pequeños.

    • +
    • List View (vista de lista, ALT 3) - Una lista detallada de los archivos que posibilita mostrar/ocultar los atributos disponibles. (Vea el tema Atributos.)

    -

    The Window menu offers a number of other functions:

    +

    El menú Window (ventana) ofrece otras cuantas funciones:

      -
    • Resize Window (ALT Y) - Resizes the window to its ideal size.

    • -
    • Clean Up (ALT K) - Aligns all icons to an invisible grid. Hold down SHIFT and the menu becomes Clean Up All which additionally sorts all icons alphabetically.

    • -
    • Select... (SHIFT ALT A) - Select files according to a regular expression.

    • -
    • Close (ALT W) - Closes the window. Hold down SHIFT and the menu becomes Close All which closes every Tracker window.

    • -
    • Close All in Workspace (ALT Q) - Closes every Tracker window in the current workspace. A useful shortcut if you forgot to hold the OPT key while clicking through folders and all those still open Tracker windows clutter your workspace.

    • +
    • Resize Window (retamañar ventana, ALT Y) - Cambia el tamaño de la ventana a su medida ideal.

    • +
    • Clean Up (acomodar, ALT K) - Alinea todos los iconos a una rejilla invisible. Mantenga presionada la tecla MAYÚSCULAS y el menú cambiará a Clean Up All (acomodar todo) lo cual adicionalmente acomoda todos los iconos alfabéticamente.

    • +
    • Select... (seleccionar..., SHIFT ALT A) - Selecciona los archivos según una expresión regular.

    • +
    • Close (cerrar, ALT W) - Cierra la ventana. Mantenga presionada la tecla MAYÚSCULAS y el menú cambiará a Close All (cerrar todo) lo cual cierra todas las ventanas de Tracker.

    • +
    • Close All in Workspace (cerrar too en espacio de trabajo, ALT Q) - Cierra todas las ventanas de Tracker en el espacio de trabajo actual. Un atajo útil si olvidó mantener presionada la tecla OPT mientras daba clic a través de las carpetas y permanecen abiertas todas esas ventanas de Tracker abarcando todo el espacio de trabajo.

    -

    Sometimes you just want to rearrange a few icons without doing a complete Clean Up (ALT K). In that case, you select these icons and start to drag them to their new location. Before you drop them there, keep ALT pressed. This will align the icons to the invisible grid.

    -

    The rest of the functions are pretty self-explanatory, leaving the Tracker preferences.

    +

    Algunas veces sólo se requiere reacomodar unos cuantos iconos sin hacer un Clean Up (reacomodo, ALT K). En ese caso, puede seleccionar esos iconos y comenzar a arrastrarlos hacia su nueva ubicación. Antes que los suelte, mantenga presionada la tecla ALT. Esto alineará los iconos a la rejilla invisible.

    +

    El resto de las funciones son muy autoexplicativas, vayamos a las preferencias de Tracker.

    index -Tracker preferences

    -

    Window | Preferences... opens a panel that offers a number of settings that, where not obvious, should become clear once tried out. Since all settings are applied live, you'll immediately see the changes. -
    So, in short, the not so obvious settings:

    +Preferencias de Tracker +

    Window | Preferences... (Ventana | Preferncias...) abre un cuadro de diálogo que ofrece algunas selecciones que, aunque no fuera obvio, debiera aclararse una vez que se intenten. Ya que todas las selecciones se aplican en vivo, inmediatamente verá los cambios. +
    Así que, en breve, las selecciones no tan obvias:

      -
    • Desktop - Decide if all mounted disks appear directly on the Desktop or in a window after clicking a single Disk icon sitting on the Desktop.

    • -
    • Windows - You can set Single Window Navigation, i.e. a double-clicked folder doesn't open in its own window, but inside the already open window instead, replacing the view of it's parent folder. This is not the same as clicking while holding the OPT key, as described above, because you'll lose the per window saved position and size. +

    • Desktop - Decide si todos los discos montados aparecerán directamente en el escritorio o en una ventana después de dar clic en un solo icono de disco situado en el Escritorio.

    • +
    • Windows (venatanas) - Puede seleccionarse Single Window Navigation (navegación en una sola ventana), p. ej., si al dar doble clic en una carpeta no se abre en su propia ventana, sino dentro de la ventana ya abierta, remplazando la vista de su carpeta padre. Esto no es lo mismo que dar clic mientras se mantiene presionada la tecla OPT, como se describió arriba, ya que se perderá la posición y tamaño guardado por cada ventana.

      tracker-preferences-navigator.png

      -

      Before you switch Tracker to Single Window Navigation mode, because that may feel more familiar to you, we recommend giving the menu based browsing a try first, as that may actually work much faster for you after getting used to. On the other hand, single window browsing offers a Navigator where you can enter or copy&paste a path name and use back, forward and up buttons.

    • -
    • Date and Time - Set date and time formats.

    • -
    • Trash - Set the behavior when deleting a file.

    • -
    • Volume Icons - Set the color of an optional indicator of free space that's shown besides a disk's icon.

    • +

      Antes que elija el modo "Single Window Navigation" de Tracker, ya que puede ser más familiar, le recomendamos darle una oportunidad a la exploración basada en menús, porque puede funcionar mucho más rápido tras acostumbrarse. Del otro lado, la navegación en ventana única ofrece un Navegador donde se puede ingresar o copiar y pegar un nombre de ruta y usar los botones atrás, adelante y arriba.

      +
    • Date and Time (Fecha y hora) - Selecciona los formatos de fecha y hora.

    • +
    • Trash (Basura) - Selecciona el comportamiento cuando se borre un archivo.

    • +
    • Volume Icons (Iconos de volúmenes) - Seleccione el color de un indicador opcional del espacio libre que se muestra además del icono del disco.

    -

    This panel, by the way, is also available as Tracker from Deskbar's Preferences.

    +

    Este cuadro de diálogo, por cierto, también está disponible como Tracker en las Preferences (preferencias) de la barra de escritorio Deskbar.

    index -Working with files

    -

    When invoked on a selected file, most of the File menu commands are also offered in the context menu by right-clicking that file.

    -

    As usual the commands are pretty clear.

    +Trabajar con archivos +

    Cuando se invoca sobre un archivo seleccionado, la mayoría de los comandos del menú File (archivo) también se ofrecen en el menú contextual al hacer clic derecho en ese archivo.

    +

    Como siempre, los comandos son muy claros.

      -
    • Find... - Find a file or folder. See topic Query for more info.

    • -
    • New - Create a new folder or any other file based on a template. +

    • Find... (Encontrar...) - Localiza un archivo o carpeta. Vea el tema Consultas para mayor información.

    • +
    • New (Nuevo) - Crea una carpeta nueva o cualquier otro archivo basado en una plantilla.

      new-menu.png

      -

      Choosing Edit Templates... opens the folder /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/Tracker New Templates. Creating a file in that folder will offer its filetype with the file's name and other attributes as template in the New menu. Here, there's a file "Text" with the filetype text/plain. See topic Filetypes for more info.

    • -
    • Open With... - A submenu offers all applications that can handle this filetype. +

      Al seleccionar Edit Templates... (Editar plantillas...) se abre la carpeta /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/Tracker New Templates. Al crearse un archivo en ese folder se ofrecerá su tipo de archivo con el nombre del archivo y otros atributos como plantilla en el menú New. Aquí hay un archivo "Text" con el tipo de archivo text/plain. Vea el tema Tipos de archivo para más información.

    • +
    • Open With... (Abrir con...) - Un submenú ofrece todas las aplicaciones que pueden manejar este tipo de archivo.

      open-with.png

      -

      The preferred application that would open the file when double-clicked, is checkmarked. This submenu lists first those applications that can handle the exact filetype, in this case it's a text file, the type text/plain. Next come all applications that can handle that supertype in general, here text/*. Last in the list are those that can deal with any file. If you don't click on an app in the submenu, but on the Open With... entry instead, a panel opens:

      +

      La aplicación preferida que abriría el archivo cuando se diera doble clic está palomeada. El submenú lista primero las aplicaciones que pueden manejar el tipo de archivo exacto, en este caso es un archivo de texto, del tipo text/plain. Enseguida vienen todas las aplicaciones que pueden manejar el supertipo en general, o sea text/*. Por último en la lista están aquellas que pueden trabajar con cualquier archivo. Si no hace doble clic sobre alguna aplicación en el submenú, sino en la entrada Open With... en su lugar, aparece un cuadro de diálogo:



      open-with-preferred -

      Here you'll again find the programs that were listed in the submenu. By selecting one and clicking the Open and Make Preferred button, you changed the preferred application for every file of that filetype, here text/plain.

    • -
    • Get Info +

      Aquí de nuevo encontrará los programas que se listaron en el submenú. Al seleccionar uno y dar clic en el botón Open and Make Preferred (abrir y hacerla preferida), puede cambiarse la aplicación preferida para todos los archivos con ese tipo de archivo, en este ejemplo text/plain.

    • +
    • Get Info (Obtener información)

      get-info -

      The panel presents info on the selected file and lets you set the default application and, after you expanded that part of the panel, permissions and owner. Clicking on the path will open it in a Tracker window.

    • -
    • Edit Name, Duplicate and Move to Trash - lets you rename or duplicate a file or put the selected file(s) to the trash.

    • -
    • Move to, Copy to and Create Link - lets you move, copy or link the selected file(s) using the submenu navigating method. Holding SHIFT while invoking the menu offers the option to create a relative link.

    • -
    • Cut, Copy and Paste - lets you cut, copy and paste files using the clipboard. By holding SHIFT while invoking the menu you can Copy/Cut more files, maybe from another folder that you can paste somewhere else later. Also, while holding SHIFT you can paste the copied files in the clipboard as links.

    • -
    • Identify - will sniff out and set the type of files if they didn't have one before, e.g. if you transferred a file with wget which doesn't set a filetype itself. Holding SHIFT while invoking the menu changes the item to Force Identify which identifies the filetype and corrects it if it was false before.

    • -
    • Add-Ons - offers you every generic Tracker add-on and those that can handle the selected file(s). See topic Tracker Add-ons for more information.

    • +

      El cuadro de diálogo presente información sobre el archivo seleccionado y le permite elegir la aplicación preferida y, tras expander esa parte del panel, los permisos y el dueño. Al dar clic en la ruta, la abrirá en una ventana de Tracker.

      +
    • Edit Name (Editar el nombre), Duplicate (Duplicar) y Move to Trash (Mover a la basura) - le permite renombrar o duplicar un archivo o poner el (los) archivo(s) seleccionado(s) en la basura.

    • +
    • Move to (Mover a), Copy to (Copiar a) y Create Link (Crear enlace) - le permiten mover, copiar o hacer un enlace al (a los) archivo(s) seleccionado(s) usando el método de navegación de submenús. Al mantener presionada la tecla MAYÚSCULAS mientras se invoca el menú se ofrece la opción de crear un enlace relativo.

    • +
    • Cut(Cortar), Copy (Copiar) y Paste (Pegar) - le permiten cortar, copiar y pegar archivos usando el portapapeles. Al mantener presionada la tecla MAYÚSCULAS mientras se invoca el menú se pueden Copy/Cut more (copiar/cortar más) archivos, tal vez desde otra carpeta que puede pegar en algún otro lugar después. También, mientras se mantiene presionada la tecla MAYÚSCULAS se pueden pegar los archivos copiados en el portapapeles como enlaces.

    • +
    • Identify (Identificar) - Investigará y seleccioanrá el tipo de los archivos si no lo tuvieran antes, p. ej., si se transfirió el archivo con el comando wget el cual no selecciona por sí mismo un tipo de archivo. Al mantener la tecla SHIFT presionada mientras se invoca al menú cambia el item a Force Identify (Forzar identificación) lo cual identifica el tipo de archivo y lo corrige si antes estuviera equivocado.

    • +
    • Add-Ons (Agregados) - le ofrece todos los agregados genéricos de Tracker y aquellos que puedan manejar el (los) archivo(s) seleccionado(s). Vea el tema Agregados de Tracker para más información.

    index -Transaction status

    -

    When you copy, move or delete files, Tracker shows its progress with a status window. If you initiate more than one transaction, each job gets its own status display.

    +Estado de transacción +

    Cuando se copian, mueven o borran archivos, Tracker muestra su progreso con una ventana de estado. Si se inicia más de una transacción, cada trabajo obtiene su propio desplegado de estado.

    transaction-status.png -

    To the right are two buttons to pause or stop a transaction entirely. Sometimes it can be useful to temporarily pause a large transaction. For example, you may need to quickly launch a large application. Copying large amounts of data chokes your harddisk's IO bandwidth and thus delays your workflow.

    +

    A la derecha están dos botones para pausar o detener la transacción completamente. Algunas veces puede ser útil para temporalmente pausar una transacción larga. Por ejemplo, puede necesitar abrir rápidamente una aplicación grande. Copiar grandes cantidades de información choca con el ancho de banda de entrada y salida de su disco duro y así se demora el flujo de trabajo.

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/es/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html b/docs/userguide/es/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html index ae979d3d25..ee2c67af7a 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/es/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html +++ b/docs/userguide/es/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html @@ -38,12 +38,13 @@
  • Русский
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « Queries -:: Contenidos -:: Aplicaciones » +:: Contents +:: Applications » @@ -171,10 +172,10 @@ A eso añadimos unos poco atributos. Aquí tendremos que decidir si queremos con

    index -Indexing

    -

    Before we start entering data in our little DVD database, we should add certain attributes to the Index. Only indexed attributes can use Haiku's fast Queries.
    -So, what will we be searching in the future? We probably won't ask "What's in the B4 coordinate in my shelf?" or "Does the IMdB URL or the plot of the movie contain the word 'pope-shenooda'?".

    -

    This leaves these attributes:

    +Indexado +

    Antes que empecemos a ingresar información en nuestra pequeña base de datos de DVD, deberíamos agregar ciertos atributos al índice. Únicamente los atributos indexados pueden usar las consultas rápidas de Haiku.
    +Asi que, ¿qué estaremos buscando en el futuro? Probablemente no preguntemos "¿Qué está en la coordenada B4 en mi estante?" o "¿El URL de IMdB o la trama de la película contienen la palabra 'pope-shenooda'?"

    +

    Lo anterior deja estos atributos:

    @@ -183,33 +184,33 @@ So, what will we be searching in the future? We probably won't ask "What's in th
    Nombre internoTipo de atributo
    DVDdb:titletext
    DVDdb:ratingint-32
    -

    To index them, we open a Terminal and simply add one attribute after the other:

    +

    Para indexarlos, abrimos una Terminal y simplemente agregamos un atributo después del otro:

    mkindex -t string DVDdb:title
     mkindex -t string DVDdb:genre
     mkindex -t string DVDdb:cast
     mkindex -t int DVDdb:rating
    -

    The -t option defines the type of attribute, which is "string" for all but the rating, which is an integer number.

    +

    La opción -t define el tipo de atributo, el cual es "string" para todos excepto la calificación, que es un número entero.

    index -Filling in the data

    -

    Now, everything's set and we can begin putting some data into our base.
    -Since our basic file is a cover image, we go to some online resource like IMdB, look for our first movie and save the cover or movie poster in a new folder where we want to keep our DVDdb files.

    -

    Opening that folder we see a typical Tracker window with one JPEG in it. Right-clicking it, we change its filetype to application/DVDdb with the Filetype Addon. There's more info on this in the Filetypes document.

    -

    Now, we activate all our DVDdb attributes from the Attributes menu of the Tracker window and rearrange the columns to our taste:

    +Completar la información +

    Ahora, todo está listo y podemos comenzar a poner información en nuestra base.
    +ya que nuestro archivo básico es una imagen de portada, vamos a algún recurso en línea como IMdB, buscamos nuestra primera película y guardamos la portada o el afiche (poster) de la película en una carpeta nueva donde queramos mantener nuestros archivos DVDdb.

    +

    Al abrir esa carpeta vemos una ventana típica de Tracker con un JPEG en ella. Al darle clic derecho, cambiamos su tipo de archivo a application/DVDdb con el agregado Filetype Addon. Hay más información sobre esto en el documento Tipos de archivo.

    +

    Enseguida, activamos todos nuestros atributos DVDdb desde el menú Attributes de la ventana de Tracker y reacomodamos las columnas a nuestro gusto:

    filetypes-dvddb-empty.png -

    By clicking on a yet empty attribute (or pressing ALT E) we enter editing mode and fill each attribute. With TAB and SHIFT TAB you can navigate between attributes.

    -

    In our example, we usually start with a downloaded JPG cover and change its type to applications/DVDdb. There's another elegant way to produce a file to work with. Just copy an empty file of our filetype to /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/Tracker New Templates and rename it to DVDdb.

    -

    Right-clicking into a Tracker window, you'll find a new entry under New... besides the default "New folder".

    +

    Dando clic en un atributo todavía vacío (o presionando ALT E) ingresamos al modo de edición y llenamos cada atributo. Con TAB y MAYÚSUCULAS TAB se puede navegar entre atributos.

    +

    En nuestro ejemplo, usualmente comenzamos con una portada JPEG descargada y cambiamos su tipo a applications/DVDdb. Hay otra manera elegante de producir un archivo para trabajarlo. Sólo copie un archivo vacío de nuestro tipo de archivo a /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/Tracker New Templates y renómbrelo a DVDdb.

    +

    Dando clic derecho dentro de una ventana de Tracker, encontrará una nueva entrada debado de New... además de la predeterminada "New folder" (carpeta nueva).

    index -Querying the database

    -

    Several hours of grunt work later, we have a nice little database that you can query to find all your Christina Ricci movies that have a 7+ rating... :)

    -

    You can assign a sensible attribute layout for query results of a specific filetype.
    -Open the folder containing your DVDdb files and arrange the attributes how you'd like to have query results presented. Copy this layout with Attributes | Copy Layout.

    -

    Open /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/DefaultQueryTemplates, create a new folder and rename it to group/filetype, replacing slashes with underscores; in our case "applications_DVDdb".

    -

    Open the new folder and paste in the layout with Attributes | Paste Layout. Voilà:

    +Consultar la base de datos +

    Bastantes horas de trabajo a regañadientes después, tenemos una agradable pequeña base de datos que podemos consultar para encontrar todas las películas de Christina Ricci en nuestro poder que tengan calificación de 7+ :)

    +

    Se puede asignar una vista de atributos sensible para los resultados de búsqueda de un tipo de archivos específico.
    +Para ello abra una carpeta con archivos DVDdb y reacomode los atributos como le gustaría que se presentaran los resultados de la consulta. Copie esta vista con el menú Attributes | Copy Layout.

    +

    Abra /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/DefaultQueryTemplates, cree una nueva carpeta y cámbiele el nombre a group/filetype, remplazando las diagonales con guiones bajos: en nuestro caso "applications_DVDdb".

    +

    Abra la carpeta nueva y pegue la vista con Attributes | Paste Layout. ¡Listo!:

    query-dvddb.png @@ -218,8 +219,8 @@ Open the folder containing your DVDdb files and arrange the attributes how you'd diff --git a/docs/userguide/fr/applications/diskusage.html b/docs/userguide/fr/applications/diskusage.html index 0ce5c53ad0..a843870680 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/fr/applications/diskusage.html +++ b/docs/userguide/fr/applications/diskusage.html @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -57,18 +58,23 @@

    DiskUsage montre graphiquement l'occupation de vos disque.
    Cet outil vous sera utile pour visualiser "où est passé tout votre espace disque".

    diskusage.png

    -

    The concentric circles represent different levels in the file system hierarchy. Above, the circle in the center represents the /boot/home/ folder. Each segment of the ring immediately outside that circle is a file or folder under /boot/home/. Every segment farther outside brings you one level deeper in the file hierarchy. You may have to resize the window to accommodate very deep folders.

    -

    Above the graphic is a pop-up menu that lets you switch between all mounted volumes. Before the disk usage of a volume can be displayed, it has to be scanned. As this can take a while for larger disks, you can examine another volume while that scan is done in the background.

    +

    Les cercles concentriques représentent différents niveaux dans la hiérarchie du système de fichiers. Ci-dessus, le cercle au centre représente le dossier /boot/home/. Chaque segment de l'anneau immédiatement à l'extérieur de ce cercle est un fichier ou un dossier contenu dans /boot/home/. +plus les cercles sont à l'extérieur, plus la hiérarchie des dossiers est profonde. +Vous aurez peut-être besoins de redimensionner la fenêtre pour que celle ci puisse s'accommoder de dossiers très profonds.

    +

    Au-dessus du graphique, une liste déroulante vous permet de basculer entre tous les volumes montés. +Avant de pouvoir afficher le taux d'utilisation d'un volume, celui si doit être balayé. +Comme cela peut prendre un certain temps pour les volumes importants, vous pouvez examiner un autre volume pendant que le balayage est effectué en tâche de fond.

      -
    • If the graphical representation of a file or folder comprises less than about 2° of a circle, it is excluded from the display.
    • -
    • The number of files that's reported for a folder includes files in subfolders too. A folder counts as a file.
    • -
    • DiskUsage ignores symbolic links.
    • +
    • Si la représentation graphique d'un fichier ou un dossier représente moins de 2° d'un cercle, il est omis du graphique.
    • +
    • Le nombre de fichiers rapporté pour un dossier comprend aussi les fichiers des sous-dossiers. Un dossier étant considéré comme un fichier.
    • +
    • DiskUsage ignore les liens symboliques.

    Lorsque vous déplacez la souris sur un segment, les informations de ce fichier ou de ce dossier apparaissent dans la barre d'état en bas.

    -

    Right-clicking a segment offers a context menu to Get Info, Open (with Tracker), Open With another suitable application or Rescan that particular folder.
    -Left-clicking a segment makes that file/folder the center circle.
    -Left-clicking the center circle moves you up one level.

    -

    You can drag files and folders from DiskUsage to other applications or to the Desktop or other Tracker windows for copying. Vice versa, dropped volumes and folders on DiskUsage's window will zoom directly to them, making them the new center circle.

    +

    Un clic droit sur un segment, vous proposera un menu contextuel avec les options Get Info pour visualiser les information sur le fichier, Open pour l'ouvrir dans le Tracker, Open With pour l'ouvrir avec un autre application adéquat, ou Rescan pour balayer à nouveau ce dossier là.
    +Un clic gauche sur un segment fera de ce fichier ou dossier, le nouveau centre du cercle.
    +En cliquant au centre du cercle vous remontrez d'un niveau.

    +

    Vous pouvez faire glisser des fichiers et des dossiers à partir de DiskUsage vers d'autres applications comme la Deskbar ou le Tracker, pour les copier. +Vice versa, déplacer un volume ou un dossier vers DiskUsage zoomera directement sur eux, faisant d'eux le nouveau centre du cercle.

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/fr/applications/magnify.html b/docs/userguide/fr/applications/magnify.html index 8cb91017ed..f530aeeef9 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/fr/applications/magnify.html +++ b/docs/userguide/fr/applications/magnify.html @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -56,7 +57,7 @@


    Magnify montre une version agrandie de la zone autour de votre pointeur de souris.

    magnify.png -

    At the top you'll find the size and magnification level of the area. "32 x 32 @ 8 pixels/pixel" means that you look at a 32x32 pixel square around your mouse pointer and every pixel is enlarged by a factor of 8.

    +

    En haut, vous trouverez la taille et le niveau d'agrandissement de la zone. "32 x 32 @ 8 pixels/pixel" signifie que vous regardez un carré de 32 pixels de coté autour de votre pointeur de souris et que chaque pixel est agrandi 8 fois.

    En-dessous, une valeur RVB et hexadécimale représente la couleur du pixel marqué par un contour rouge
    Vous pouvez déplacer le contour rouge avec les touches CURSEUR.

    Pour mesurer les distances et aligner des objets, vous pouvez ajouter jusqu'à deux cibles bleues avec ALT H. @@ -67,15 +68,15 @@ elles peuvent aussi être déplacées avec les touches CURSEUR

    un clic sur le menu déroulant vous proposera un certain nombre d'options :

    - - - + + + - - + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/fr/applications/poorman.html b/docs/userguide/fr/applications/poorman.html index d0b0f9f999..1644001c5b 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/fr/applications/poorman.html +++ b/docs/userguide/fr/applications/poorman.html @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -54,18 +55,27 @@
    Save ImageALT S Saves the current display as a resource file.
    Copy ImageALT C Copies the current display to the clipboard.
    Hide/Show InfoALT T Toggles the display of all the additional information.
    Save ImageALT S Sauvegarde la visualisation en cours dans un fichier de ressource
    Copy ImageALT C Copie la visualisation en cours dans le presse papier.
    Hide/Show InfoALT T Bascule l'affichage de toutes les informations complémentaires.
    Add a CrosshairALT H Adds a crosshair you can drag around.
    Remove a CrosshairALT MAJ H Removes the last added crosshair.
    Hide/Show GridALT G Affiche la grille en surimpression.
    Freeze/Unfreeze imageALT F Arrête/reprend la mise à jour de la zone d'agrandissement.
    Stick CoordinatesALT I Keeps updating the magnification area, but don't follow the mouse pointer any more.
    Make SquareALT / Reverts back to a square display after resizing the window.
    Stick CoordinatesALT I Continue de mettre à jour la zone agrandie, mais sans suivre plus longtemps le pointeur de la souris.
    Make SquareALT / Revient à un écran carré après le redimensionnement de la fenêtre.
    Decrease Window SizeALT - Rétrécit la zone la zone prise en compte autour du pointeur de la souris.
    Increase Window SizeALT + Agrandie la zone prise en compte autour du pointeur de la souris.
    Decrease Pixel SizeALT , Diminue le grossissement.
    Réglages :~/config/settings/PoorMan Settings


    -

    PoorMan is a nice little webserver that's extremly easy to set up. Naturally it doesn't offer any advanced features like other heavy duty server software, it's after all only a poor man's webserver.

    -

    Upon its first launch, PoorMan asks for the folder that is about to be served to the web. If you go with the Default, a new folder /boot/home/public_html is created for you. As a start page a HTML file named by default index.html has to be present there.

    -

    PoorMan presents itself with a simple console that logs its activity. Then, there's status information if the server is running, which folder is being served, and a hit counter. Settings are changed with Edit | Settings...: +

    Poorman est un sympatique petit serveur web, extrêmement facile à configurer. Bien entendu, il ne propose pas des fonctionnalités avancées des autres poids lourds que sont les logiciels pour serveurs, mais ce n'est après tout qu'un serveur du pauvre.

    +

    Lors de son premier lancement, Poorman +vous demande le dossier à publier sur le Web. +Si vous démarrer avec Default, un nouveau dossier /boot/home/public_html est créé pour vous. À l'intérieur, un fichier nommé par défaut index.html +devra être présent pour servir de +page d'accueil.

    +

    PoorMan se présente sous la forme d'une simple console qui trace son activité. +Vous trouverez aussi les informations sur l'état de fonctionnement du serveur, le dossier publié et le compteur de pages servies. +Les réglages sont accessibles via Edit | Settings... :

    poorman.png

    Le panneau de réglages est divisé en trois onglets :

    -

    In Site you can select another folder to serve, enter another start page and have the option to send a file listing if the start page isn't present.
    -Logging lets you de/activate logging to the console or optionally to a separate logfile.
    -The Advanced tab holds the setting for the maximum simultaneous connections.

    -

    The menu items of the console window are all self-explanatory. With them you can e.g. save (parts) of the console output, clear the console or logging file and start/stop the server or clear the hit counter.

    +

    dans Site, vous pouvez sélectionner un autre dossier à publier, choisir une page d'accueil, ainsi que la possibilité +de renvoyer une liste de fichiers si la page demandée n'est pas présente.
    +Logging vous permet d'exploiter le journal du serveur vers la console ou eventuellement un fichier distinct.
    +L'onglet Advanced contient le paramétrage du nombre maximum de connexions simultanées.

    +

    Les éléments du menu de la fenêtre de la console parlent d'eux-mêmes. Avec eux, vous pouvez par exemple sauvegarder les messages de la console (ou une partie), +nettoyer la console ou les fichiers de traces, arrêter/démarrer le serveur ou réinitialiser le compteur des connexions.

    -
    If you want to try out if PoorMan's working, choose /boot/apps/BePDF/docs/ as folder and index.html as start page. Then point your browser to the URL 127.0.0.1, which is your local host.
    +
    Si vous voulez expérimenter le fonctionnement de PoorMan, Choisissez +le dossier /boot/apps/BePDF/docs/ et la page d'accueil index.html. Ensuite, l'aide de votre navigateur, accédez à l'URL http://127.0.0.1 (votre hôte local).
    diff --git a/docs/userguide/fr/deskbar.html b/docs/userguide/fr/deskbar.html index 95e6c365a8..b7b6d3bca6 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/fr/deskbar.html +++ b/docs/userguide/fr/deskbar.html @@ -36,11 +36,12 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « Extensions du Tracker -:: Sommaire +:: Contents :: Types de fichiers » @@ -85,10 +86,10 @@ configure.png
    • Menu
      -Here you can set the number of recent documents, folders and applications that are shown in their menu in the Deskbar, or if you want to see them at all.
      -The button Edit Menu... opens the folder /boot/home/config/be/. In it you'll find the files and folders that appear in the Deskbar, by default these are Applications, Demos, Deskbar Applets, and Preferences.
      -You can delete or add entries like links to applications, documents or even queries by simply copying/deleting them to/from this folder.

      -

      It's even easier to simply drag a file, folder or saved query and drop it where you want it into the Deskbar.

    • +Ici vous pouvez définir le nombre d'éléments que vous voulez voir apparaître dans les menus des documents, des dossiers et des applications récemment ouverts, ou si vous n'en voulez pas du tout.
      +Le bouton Edit Menu... ouvre le dossier /boot/home/config/be/. À l'intérieur, vous trouverez les fichiers et les dossiers qui apparaissent dans la Deskbar, par défaut, ce sont Applications, Demos, Deskbar Applets, et Preferences.
      +Vous pouvez supprimer ou ajouter des éléments comme des liens vers des applications, des documents ou même des requêtes, simplement en les copiant ou en les supprimant de ce dossier.

      +

      Il est encore plus aisé de faire glisser un fichier, un dossier ou une requête enregistrée et de le déposer dans la Deskbar.

    • Window

      @@ -96,10 +97,11 @@ You can delete or add entries like links to applications, documents or even quer
      Always on Top La Deskbar reste toujours au-dessus toutes les autres fenêtres.
    • Applications

      - - - - + + + +
      Sort Running Applications Sorts the list of running programs alphabetically.
      Tracker always First Even if you sort alphabetically, the Tracker entry always stays first in the list.
      Show Application Expander Provides a small widget to show/hide all windows of a program directly under its entry in the Deskbar.
      Expand New Applications Newly launched programs have their windows automatically expanded under their entry in the Deskbar.
      Sort Running Applications Trie les applications en cours par ordre alphabétique.
      Tracker always First +Même si vous triez alphabétiquement, Le Tracker restera toujours au début de la liste.
      Show Application Expander Ajoute un petit gadget pour afficher/masquer toutes les fenêtres d'un programme directement sous son entrée dans la Deskbar.
      Expand New Applications Les fenêtres des programmes nouvellement lancés sont automatiquement étendues sous l'entrée de l'application dans la Deskbar.
    • Clock

      @@ -132,7 +134,7 @@ Ici, vous pouvez également lancer un calendrier qui apparaît aussi, lorsque vo diff --git a/docs/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/launchbox.html b/docs/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/launchbox.html index 242dc78966..3e8e56bbbb 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/launchbox.html +++ b/docs/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/launchbox.html @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@
    • Español
    • Svensk
    • 日本語
    • +
    • Українська
    • English
    • @@ -69,24 +70,24 @@ Par exemple, pour ouvrir un fichier HTML dans un éditeur de texte, plutôt qu'a - Show Window Border
      - Auto Raise
      - Show On All Workspaces
      +Aligne les boutons horizontalement.
      +Définit une taille d'icône entre 16 et 64 pixels.
      +Ne lance l'objet qu'une fois, même si vous double-cliquez (accidentellement) dessus.
      +Affiche le cadre de la fenêtre.
      +LaunchBox surgit si la souris se trouve près d'un coin de l'écran.
      +Affiche la LaunchBox sur tous les espaces de travail. +Ajoute une nouvelle palette d'icône.
      +Duplique la palette d'icône active.
      +Ferme la palette d'icône active. +Affiche la fenêtre "À propos" (About).
      +Ferme toutes les palettes d'icônes.
       
      -Aligns the buttons horizontally.
      -Sets the icon size between 16 and 64 pixel.
      -Launches the object only once, even when you (accidentally) double-click.
      -Shows the window border.
      -LaunchBox pops up if the mouse is near the screen edge.
      -Shows the LaunchBox on every workspace.
      Pad
      - New
      - Clone
      - Close
       
      -Add a new pad.
      -Duplicate the current pad.
      -Close the current pad.
      LaunchBox
      - About...
      - Quit
       
      -Shows the About window.
      -Quits all LaunchBox pads.
       
       
      diff --git a/docs/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/workspaces.html b/docs/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/workspaces.html index 20326f9247..a4d5b9e91a 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/workspaces.html +++ b/docs/userguide/fr/desktop-applets/workspaces.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
    • Español
    • Svensk
    • 日本語
    • +
    • Українська
    • English
    « ProcessController -:: Appliquettes du bureau +:: Desktop Applets @@ -54,14 +55,17 @@


    workspaces.png -

    You find the Workspaces applet with the other Desktop Applets in the Deskbar. It shows a miniature version of all workspaces. There are several options available from the context menu of the applet's window, which are all pretty self-explaining.
    -Change Workspace Count... will open the Screen preferences where you set the number of workspaces and their arrangement (how many rows and columns).

    -

    Since the applet is a Replicant, you can resize the window as desired and then drag&drop it by its handle onto the desktop (make sure Show Replicants is activated in the Deskbar menu).

    +

    Vous trouverez l'appliquette Workspaces dans le menu Desktop Applets de la Deskbar. +Elle affiche une version miniature de tous les espaces de travail. +Il y a plusieurs options disponibles dans le menu contextuel de la fenêtre de l'appliquette. Toutes parlent d'elles-même.
    +Change Workspace Count... ouvrira le panneau de préférences Screen dans lequel vous pouvez définir le nombre et la dispositions de vos espaces de travail (soit le nombre de lignes et de colonnes).

    +

    Puisque l'appliquette est un Réplicant, vous pouvez redimensionner la fenêtre comme vous le souhaitez, puis faites la glisser par sa poignée pour la déposez sur le bureau (assurez-vous que Show Replicants soit activé dans le menu de la Deskbar).

    index Déplacer des fenêtres entre les espaces de travail

    -

    To move a window, you grab it in the Workspaces applet and simply drag it to another workspace. This has the advantage, that you can move it without leaving your current desktop. Of course, that only works well when there aren't too many windows in a workspace and your target isn't obscured by other windows. Another possibility is to grab a window by its tab and just holding on to it while switching workspaces with ALT Fx.

    +

    Pour déplacer une fenêtre, attrapez-la dans l'appliquette Workspaces et faites-la simplement glisser vers un autre espace de travail, vous avez ainsi l'avantage de pouvoir déplacer une fenêtre sans quitter votre bureau courant. +Bien entendu, cela ne fonctionne bien que s'il n'y a pas trop de fenêtres dans un espace de travail, et que si votre cible n'est pas masquée par d'autres fenêtres. vous pouvez aussi attraper une fenêtre par son onglet pendant que vous changez d'espace de travail avec ALT Fx.

    Pour plus d'informations sur les espaces de travail en général et les raccourcis clavier, reportez-vous au sujet Espaces de travail.

    @@ -80,7 +84,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/fr/filetypes.html b/docs/userguide/fr/filetypes.html index 910acf0155..5d0ff2ffc7 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/fr/filetypes.html +++ b/docs/userguide/fr/filetypes.html @@ -35,12 +35,13 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « Deskbar -:: Sommaire -:: Attributs » +:: Contents +:: Attributes » @@ -56,7 +57,7 @@ Haiku utilise un type MIM

    index Définir le type d'un fichier

    -

    You can change the type of a specific file, its icon and the associated application. Select the file and invoke the Add-Ons | Filetype add-on from the right-click context menu.

    +

    Vous pouvez changer le type d'un fichier spécifique, son icône et l'application associée. Sélectionnez le fichier et invoquez le menu contextuel Add-Ons | filetype add-on à l'aide d'un clic droit.

    filetype-addon.png

    @@ -72,7 +73,11 @@ la chaîne MIME correcte à la main, ou en utilisant l'un des deux boutons sous

    index L'application préférée

    -

    This pop-up menu shows a list of all applications that can handle this particular filetype. From here you can choose which program should open this specific file when it's double-clicked. You could, for example, change a HTML file's preferred application from the browser to a text editor while you're working on it. Every other HTML file still opens in the browser, only this particular one starts in your text editor.

    +

    Cette liste déroulante affiche toutes les applications qui peuvent gérer ce type de fichier. +De là, vous pouvez choisir le programme qui doit ouvrir ce fichiers quand on double-clique dessus. +Vous pouvez, par exemple, changer l'application préférée d'un fichier HTML pour remplacer le navigateur par un éditeur de texte pendant que vous travaillez dessus. +Seul ce fichier s'ouvrira dans votre éditeur de texte. +Tout les autres fichier HTML continueront à s'ouvrir dans le navigateur.

    The Default Application is the one that's set globally for that filetype. If you don't find the program you want to associate with this file in the pop-up menu, you'll again find the buttons Select... and Same As... which do the similar thing described under "The File Type" above.

    @@ -84,9 +89,9 @@ la chaîne MIME correcte à la main, ou en utilisant l'un des deux boutons sous

    index Paramètres spécifiques aux applications

    -

    If you invoke the Filetype Add-On on an executable (here: StyledEdit), you'll get a different dialog:

    +

    Si vous appelez l'extension Filetype Add-On sur un fichier exécutable (ici : StyledEdit), vous obtiendrez une boîte de dialogue différentes :

    filetype-addon-stylededit.png -

    En haut, plutôt qu'une chaîne MIME normalisée, vous verrez la signature unique de l'application. Elle permettra au système de trouver où se trouve le programme.

    +

    En haut, plutôt qu'une chaîne MIME normalisée, vous verrez la signature unique de l'application. Elle permettra au système de retrouver l'endroit où le programme est installé.

    En dessous, vous trouverez plusieurs drapeaux qui contrôlent le comportement des applications :

    Single Launch Une seule instance de l'application peut être exécutée par fichier exécutable. @@ -96,7 +101,8 @@ Néanmoins, si vous avez deux copies de cette application, elles peuvent fonctio
    Args Only Indique que l'application ne répond pas aux messages.
    Background App L'application n'apparaitra pas dans Twitcher ou dans la liste des applications en cours de la Deskbar.
    -

    Then there's the list of supported filetypes. You can add (and remove) filetypes if you think the application can handle them. As a consequence, the app will appear in the menu for preferred applications or Tracker's Open with... context menu when you right-click on a file of that type.

    +

    Puis vous trouvez la liste des types de fichiers pris en charge. Vous pouvez ajouter (et supprimer) des types de fichier si vous pensez que l'application peut les manipuler. +En conséquence, l'application apparaîtra dans le menu pour les applications privilégiées, ou dans le menu contextuel Open with... du Tracker quand vous faites un clic-droit sur un fichier de ce type.

    Au bas, vous trouverez la version et le copyright. Comme la signature de l'application, ils sont remplis par l'auteur de l'Application et ne devraient pas être modifiés.

    @@ -112,8 +118,8 @@ Néanmoins, si vous avez deux copies de cette application, elles peuvent fonctio diff --git a/docs/userguide/fr/gui.html b/docs/userguide/fr/gui.html index c1e62b0ae1..38159aa2b2 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/fr/gui.html +++ b/docs/userguide/fr/gui.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • - « Structure du système de fichiers -:: Sommaire + « Filesystem layout +:: Contents :: Espaces de travail » @@ -93,8 +94,10 @@ Vous pouvez remonter aux dossiers parents avec la liste déroulante au dessus de Les favoris et dossiers récents

    Le menu Favorites (favoris) des panneau ouvrir et sauvegarder met à votre disposition les dossiers récemment visités et les emplacements favoris que vous avez vous même définis. Comme indiqué par la petite flèche, vous pouvez également utiliser ces emplacements pour naviguer plus bas dans la hiérarchie par l'intermédiaire des sous-menus.

    favorites.png -

    To add a Favorite, you simply navigate to your destination and choose Favorites | Add Current Folder. From now on it will appear in every open/save panel. To remove a Favorite, choose Favorites | Configure Favorites... and delete its entry.
    -All Favorites are kept in /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/Go/. So you might as well add and remove links to files and folders there directly.

    +

    Pour ajouter un favori, naviguez jusqu'à la destination et choisissez Favorites | Add Current Folder. À partir de maintenant il apparaîtra dans tout les panneaux open/save. +Pour supprimer un favori, choisissez Favorites | Configure Favorites... et supprimer l'entrée.
    +Tous les favoris sont conservés dans /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/Go/. +Vous pouvez donc y ajouter et supprimer directement des liens vers des fichiers et dossiers.

    index @@ -111,8 +114,8 @@ Un clic droit sur la poignée d'un Réplicant ouvrira un menu contextuel, où diff --git a/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/e-mail.html b/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/e-mail.html index 481da6dd91..bf0b03b671 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/e-mail.html +++ b/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/e-mail.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « Deskbar -:: Préférences +:: Preferences :: FileTypes » @@ -50,11 +51,11 @@
    Index
    - Creating a new e-mail account
    - Setting up incoming e-mail
    - Setting up outgoing e-mail
    - Setting up e-mail filters
    - Setting up the Mail Service + Créer un nouveau compte e-mail
    + Configurer la réception des e-mails
    + Configurer l'envoi des e-mails
    + Configurer les filtres
    + Configurer le service de messagerie
    @@ -180,7 +181,7 @@ If you're on a dial-up connection, you may want to do that On diff --git a/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/mouse.html b/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/mouse.html index 15318650a7..d2b65a1401 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/mouse.html +++ b/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/mouse.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Media  -::  Préférences  +::  Preferences  ::  Network  » @@ -55,14 +56,17 @@


    mouse.png -

    Set your type of mouse: 1, 2 or 3 button mouse. You can simulate the 2nd (=right) mouse button by holding down CTRL while left-clicking. For the 3rd (=middle) mouse button, it's CTRL ALT and a left-click. A middle-click is also simulated by clicking left and right button together. Useful for notebooks, which mostly don't have a 3rd button.

    +

    Définissez votre type de souris : 1, 2 ou 3 boutons. +Vous pouvez simuler le 2ème bouton de la souris (=à droite) en maintenant la touche CTRL tout en faisant un clic gauche. +Pour le 3ème bouton de la souris (=au centre), c'est CTRL ALT et un clic gauche. +Le clic du milieu est aussi simulée en cliquant simultanément sur les boutons gauche et droit, Ce qui est utile pour les portables qui ne disposent pas d'un 3ème bouton.

    Vous pouvez réorganiser les boutons de la souris en choisissant leur nouvelle affectation dans menu contextuel qui apparait quand vous cliquer au dessus.

    Les curseurs à droite, vous permettent de régler la vitesse du double-clic, vitesse de la souris et l'accélération.

    -

    Focus follows mouse means, that you don't have to click into a window to activate it. There are three modes:

    +

    Focus follows mouse signifie que vous n'avez pas à cliquer dans une fenêtre pour l'activer. Il existe trois modes :

    - - + +
    Enabled La fenêtre sous le pointeur de la souris est automatiquement activée, mais ne passe pas au premier plan.
    Warping Choosing a window from Deskbar or the Twitcher will have the mouse pointer glide smoothly toward it.
    Instant-Warping Choosing a window from Deskbar or the Twitcher will have the mouse pointer jump instantly toward it.
    Warping Le choix d'une fenêtre dans la Deskbar ou le Twitcher fera glisser sans heurt le pointeur de la souris vers elle.
    Instant-Warping Le choix d'une fenêtre dans la Deskbar ou du Twitcher amènera instantanément le pointeur de la souris sur elle.

    Tous les réglages sont appliqués immédiatement.

    @@ -76,7 +80,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/network.html b/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/network.html index c85128b4d0..552a3f4dbc 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/network.html +++ b/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/network.html @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Loïc + * Humdinger * --> @@ -35,11 +36,12 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Mouse  -::  Préférences  +::  Preferences  ::  Printers  » @@ -69,7 +71,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/screensaver.html b/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/screensaver.html index f5e53b5cd3..cc9bb50d2e 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/screensaver.html +++ b/docs/userguide/fr/preferences/screensaver.html @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Screen  -::  Préférences  +::  Preferences  ::  Sounds  » @@ -62,19 +63,21 @@

    La case à cocher en haut Active/désactive l'économiseur d'écran.
    Avec le curseur au-dessous, vous contrôlez le temps d'inactivité au bout duquel l'économiseur d'écran entre en jeu.

    -

    The next two sliders are only usable after you activated their checkboxes:
    -One slider determines after how many minutes the screen is powered off.
    -The other, after how many minutes you need a password to unlock your machine. -

    -

    By clicking into different corners of the two screens at the bottom, you tell the system when to immediately start the screen saver or when to prevent it from kicking in when you rest the mouse in the indicated corner. Click in the middle of the screens to disable that feature again. -

    +

    Les deux prochaines curseurs sont utilisables uniquement après avoir actionné leur cases à cocher :
    +Un curseur détermine, après combien de minutes l'écran est éteint.
    +L'autre, après combien de minutes il vous faut un mot de passe pour déverrouiller votre machine.

    +

    En cliquant dans les différents coins des deux écrans du bas, vous dites au système quand commencer immédiatement l'économiseur d'écran, et quand éviter qu'il apparaisse, lorsque vous laissez la souris dans le coin indiqué. +Cliquez dans le milieu de l'écran pour désactiver cette fonctionnalité.

    index Modules

    screensaver-modules.png
    -

    The second tab shows a list of all installed screen saver modules and their individual settings. You can test your settings with the Test button below the list and add modules with the Add... button beside it. Other ways to install new screen savers is by a simple drag&drop into the list. Of course, you can also copy/delete a module's file in its respective user folder, i.e. /boot/common/add-ons/screensavers/ or /boot/home/config/add-ons/screensavers/ (see topic Filesystem layout). +

    Le deuxième onglet affiche la liste de tous les économiseurs d'écrans installés, avec pour chaque modules leurs paramètres individuels. +Vous pouvez tester vos réglages à l'aide du bouton Test au dessous de la liste, et ajouter des modules avec le bouton Add... situé à côté. +Une autre méthode simple pour installer un nouvel économiseur d'écran consiste à le glisser&déposer dans la liste. +Bien sûr, vous pouvez aussi copier ou supprimer le fichier d'un module dans l'un des dossiers approprié, i.e./boot/common/add-ons/screensavers/ ou /boot/home/config/add-ons/screensavers/ (voir le sujet sur la structure du système de fichiers).

    @@ -83,7 +86,7 @@ The other, after how many minutes you need a password to unlock your machine. diff --git a/docs/userguide/fr/tracker-add-ons.html b/docs/userguide/fr/tracker-add-ons.html index 0b0a09ca79..12bf411702 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/fr/tracker-add-ons.html +++ b/docs/userguide/fr/tracker-add-ons.html @@ -35,12 +35,13 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Tracker  -::  Sommaire  -::  Raccourcis clavier  » +::  Contents  +::  Keyboard shortcuts  » @@ -49,29 +50,34 @@

    Extensions du Tracker

    -

    Applications can install add-ons so they can be invoked easily on a selection of files from Tracker. Only the add-ons that can handle a specific filetype are presented under Add-Ons from the context menu or the File menu of a Tracker window. Some add-ons don't necessarily need a file to work on and are thus always present.

    +

    Les applications peuvent installer des extensions qui peuvent être aisément invoquées depuis le Tracker. +Seules les extensions sachant manipuler un type de fichier donné sont présentées dans l'option Add-Ons du menu contextuel du fichier, ou dans le menu File de la fenêtre du Tracker. +Les extensions n'ayant pas besoin d'un fichier pour fonctionner sont tout le temps disponibles.

    Les extensions du Tracker, ou des liens vers des applications qui peuvent agir en tant que add-ons, peuvent être installés dans trois endroits différents (voir le sujet Structure du système de fichiers):

    /boot/system/system/add-ons/Tracker/    pour les extension fournies par le système.
    /boot/common/add-ons/Tracker/    Pour les extensions disponibles pour tous les utilisateurs.
    /boot/home/config/add-ons/Tracker/    pour les extensions seulement disponibles pour vous.
    -

    The file name of an add-on can be suffixed with a dash and capital letter, and is then available via keyboard shortcut. For example, Open Target Folder-T opens with ALT OPT T.
    -Of course, you have to take care of possible shortcut collisions when deciding on a shortcut. You can't have the same for different add-ons.

    +

    Le nom de fichier d'une extension peut être suivi d'un tiret et d'une lettre capitale, afin d'être accessible par un raccourci clavier. +Par exemple, Open Target Folder-O s'ouvre avec OPT CTRL O.
    +Bien sûr, vous devez prendre soin des possibles collisions au moment de définir les raccourcis claviers. +Vous ne pouvez pas avoir un même raccourci pour plusieurs extensions.

    Extensions du Tracker Haiku

    Ces extensions du Tracker sont livrés avec chaque installation Haiku :

    - + - + - +
    Background-BOpens the Background preferences to change the color or image of the Desktop or any folder. Invoked on an image file the Background panel is launched with that image already loaded as a potential background.
    Ouvre le panneau de réglage Background pour changer la couleur ou l'image de fond d'écran du bureau ou de n'importe quel dossier. Invoqué à partir d'un fichier image, le panneau de réglage d'arrière-plan est lancé avec cette image déjà chargée comme fond d'écran potentiel.
    DiskUsage-I Démarre l'application DiskUsage dans le contexte du dossier.
    FileType-FInvoked on a file, opens its specific FileType panel, otherwise the general FileTypes preferences are launched.
    Invoqué à partir d'un fichier, FileType ouvre le +panneau spécifique au type du fichier, sinon, c'est le panneau général qui est affiché.
    Open Target Folder-O Ne peut être utilisé que sur un fichier lié, pour ouvrir le dossier dans lequel se trouve le fichier cible.
    TextSearch-GStarts the TextSearch application to look for a string in the selected folder (and its subfolders).
    Démarre l'application TextSearch pour rechercher une chaine de texte dans le dossier sélectionné (et dans ses sous-dossiers).
    ZipOMatic-Z Une sélection de fichiers seront ajoutés à une archive zip. Invoquée sans sélection, un panneau s'ouvre pour créer une archive par glisser&déposé.
    @@ -82,8 +88,8 @@ Of course, you have to take care of possible shortcut collisions when deciding o diff --git a/docs/userguide/fr/workspaces.html b/docs/userguide/fr/workspaces.html index 87fcacc0a1..a733d955e9 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/fr/workspaces.html +++ b/docs/userguide/fr/workspaces.html @@ -36,12 +36,13 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « L'interface graphique de Haiku -:: Sommaire -:: Le Twitcher » +:: Contents +:: The Twitcher » @@ -70,8 +71,8 @@ De plus, en cliquant sur une application ou une de ses fenêtres dans la DeskBar
    diff --git a/docs/userguide/images/flags/uk.png b/docs/userguide/images/flags/uk.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b17c44c29a Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/images/flags/uk.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/it/preferences/network.html b/docs/userguide/it/preferences/network.html index 696c365856..e1bebfe232 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/it/preferences/network.html +++ b/docs/userguide/it/preferences/network.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications.html index d1cac73e55..4a178e38ef 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications.html @@ -9,13 +9,15 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * log-1 * --> - Applications + アプリケーション @@ -34,6 +36,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -46,34 +49,33 @@
    -

    Applications

    +

    アプリケーション

    -

    Before diving into all the applications that come with Haiku, let's have a more detailed look at how to install and uninstall programs you downloaded somewhere, for example from a site mentioned on the Welcome page.

    -
    You should only unpack/install archives within Haiku. If you extract a package under Linux or Windows, for example, and just copy the folder over to Haiku later, all the vital attributes are stripped, because those operating systems don't normally handle meta data.
    +

    Haikuに付属しているアプリケーションの海に飛び込む前に、Welcomeページで触れたウェブサイトなどからあなたがダウンロードしたプログラムを、どのようにインストールまたはアンインストールすれば良いのか、もう少し詳しく見て行きましょう。

    +
    書庫ファイルの解凍とインストールは、Haikuの上でのみ行ってください。もし、例えばLinuxやWindowsといった他のオペレーティングシステムの上でパッケージを解凍したあと、できたフォルダを単にHaikuにコピーしただけでは、必要なファイル属性が失われてしまいます。というのは、これらのオペレーティングシステムでは、通常メタデータを取り扱うことができないからです。

    index -Installing applications

    -

    Haiku software always comes as an archive. Most of the time it's a ZIP, some old BeOS packages come in Software Valet's PKG format. Software Valet was able to automatically execute installation scripts, so after double-clicking you just select a destination folder and everything's taken care of.
    -If it's a ZIP archive, double-clicking opens Expander where you also set the destination and unpack it. As explained in the topic Filesystem layout, that destination is either

    +アプリケーションのインストール

    +

    Haikuのソフトウェアは必ず1つの書庫ファイルの形で提供されます。多くの場合はZIPファイルですが、古いBeOS用のパッケージについては、Software Valetと呼ばれるPKGフォーマットで提供される場合があります。Software Valetはインストール・スクリプトを自動的に実行できるように設計されているため、ファイルをダブルクリックしたあとは、インストール先フォルダを選択するだけで良く、必要な処理が自動的に行われます。
    +ソフトウェアがZIP形式の書庫ファイルである場合、そのファイルをダブルクリックすると、Expanderが開きますので、そこで解凍先を指定してファイルを解凍することができます。ファイルシステム・レイアウトのトピックの中で解説されているように、解凍先は次のどちらかになります:

    - - + +
    /boot/common/apps/ for applications available to every user
    /boot/home/apps/ for applications only available to yourself
    /boot/common/apps/ すべてのユーザーが使用できるアプリケーション用
    /boot/home/apps/ 各個人のみが使用できるアプリケーション用
    -

    This distinction will only become relevant once Haiku gets multi-user support, of course.

    -

    Once the archive is unpacked, you should have a look into the newly created folder. Often you find ReadMe files or other documentation of interest.

    -

    Some programs need further configurations. For example, Tracker Add-Ons, Translators or other system enhancing components have to be put into the right folders. Either you'll find a little script file (often with the suffix .sh) like install that you simply double click to have all taken care of.
    -Sometimes you'll find folders that link to the correct destination named "drag [filename] here...". So, you simply follow that instruction and you're done.

    -

    Most of the time, however, nothing of the sort is necessary and you're done after unpacking.
    -Topics Deskbar or LaunchBox describe how to add shortcuts to your newly installed application.

    +

    もちろん、Haikuがマルチユーザーをサポートするようになって初めて、この区別が関係してきます。

    +

    書庫ファイルが解凍されたら、新しく作成されたフォルダの中身を覗いてみましょう。多くの場合、ReadMeファイルや興味深いドキュメントが見つかります。

    +

    さらに設定が必要になるプログラムもあります。例えばTrackerアドオンTranslators、あるいはシステムを拡張する他のコンポーネントは、所定のフォルダに置く必要があります。あるいは、installといった小さなスクリプトファイル(多くの場合名前が.shで終わります)が見つかるかもしれません。このファイルをダブルクリックするだけで、すべてが自動的に処理されます。
    +"drag [filename] here..."という名前の、正しいインストール先にリンクされたフォルダが見つかるかもしれません。その場合はその指示に従うだけで、インストールが完了します。

    +

    しかしほとんどのケースでは上述のような作業は必要なく、ファイルを解凍するだけでインストールは完了します。DeskbarLaunchBoxのトピックの中で、新しくインストールしたアプリケーションへのショートカットを追加する方法が解説されています。

    index -Uninstalling applications

    -

    If the installation was done with an install script, chances are, there's an uninstall script as well. In that case, double-click it and you're done.
    -Otherwise, uninstalling is simply done by deleting the application's folder.

    -

    This, of course, leaves back possible configuration files in your ~/config/settings folder. This may be on purpose, if you want to keep those settings in case you'll install the program again in the future. Also, when the installation involved those "drag [filename] here..." folders, those files are also left behind.

    -

    One method to quickly get to all the app's files is to do a quick query for a significant part of the application's name. This will reveal the app's binary, its installation folder and its settings as well as possible links in the Deskbar etc. Simply select all relevant files and delete them.

    +アプリケーションのアンインストール

    +

    もしインストール作業をインストール・スクリプトで行ったのであれば、おそらくアンインストール・スクリプトが用意されているでしょう。アンインストール・スクリプトが用意されている場合は、それをダブルクリックすれば作業は完了します。
    +アンインストール・スクリプトが用意されていない場合は、そのアプリケーションのフォルダを削除するだけで、アンインストール作業は完了します。

    +

    もちろんこの方法では、設定が復元できるよう、あなたの~/config/settingsフォルダの中に設定ファイルが残されます。将来もう一度同じプログラムをインストールするときに備えて、あなたが現在の設定を保持しておきたいと思う場合には、この仕様は大変有効なものであるかもしれません。また、"drag [filename] here..."フォルダ方式でインストールを行った場合にも、設定ファイルが残ります。

    +

    あるアプリケーションに関係するすべてのファイルをすばやく見つける方法の1つに、アプリケーション名の特徴的な部分に対して簡易検索を行う、というものがあります。これにより、そのアプリケーションのバイナリやインストールフォルダ、設定ファイル、Deskbar中の考えられるリンクなどが明らかになります。そのアプリケーションに関係するすべてのファイルを選択して削除するだけで、アンインストール作業は完了します。

    index diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/activitymonitor.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/activitymonitor.html index 379223dea7..bf705c3990 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/activitymonitor.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/activitymonitor.html @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * log-1 * --> @@ -33,6 +35,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -46,20 +49,19 @@

    activitymonitor-icon_64.pngActivityMonitor

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/ActivityMonitor
    Settings:~/config/settings/ActivityMonitor settings
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/ActivityMonitor
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/ActivityMonitor settings


    -

    You can track system resources by launching the ActivityMonitor and activating different items of interest. -

    +

    ActivityMonitor を起動して関心のある各種項目を有効にすることにより、システムリソースを追跡することができます。

    activitymonitor.png -

    By right-clicking into the window, you can toggle the display of all kinds of resources:
    -Used/Cached Memory, Swap Space, CPU Usage, Network Receive/Send, Page faults, Semaphores, Ports, Threads, Teams, Running Applications, Raw/Text Clipboard Size, Media Nodes.

    -

    Below the graph is a legend (hideable from the context menu). You can change the colors and that of the graph's background via drag&drop from any color picker, e.g. from Icon-O-Matic.

    -

    You can add more views from the File menu if it gets too crowded.

    -

    The Settings menu opens a panel to set the update interval.

    -

    Each view has it's own Replicant handle and can thus be arranged, for example, on the Desktop.

    +

    ウィンドウ内で右クリックすることにより、次のすべてのリソースを表示するウィンドウを表示させたり、表示させないようにできます:
    +Used/Cached Memory, Swap Space, CPU Usage, Network Receive/Send, Page faults, Semaphores, Ports, Threads, Teams, Running Applications, Raw/Text Clipboard Size, Media Nodes

    +

    グラフの下に表示されているのは凡例です(コンテキストメニューから非表示にすることができます)。Icon-O-Matic といったスポイトツールから色をドラッグ・アンド・ドロップすることにより、グラフやその背景の色をかえることができます。

    +

    表示領域がグラフで混雑してきた場合、Fileメニューを使って新しい表示領域を追加することができます。

    +

    Settingsメニューから、画面の更新間隔を設定するパネルを開くことができます。

    +

    各表示領域は独自のReplicantハンドルを保持しているので、例えばデスクトップ上で、好きなように配置することができます。

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/bepdf.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/bepdf.html index ab2cfdabe6..1a2ed4a3df 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/bepdf.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/bepdf.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -49,10 +50,10 @@

    bepdf-icon_64.pngBePDF

    - - + + - +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/apps/BePDF/BePDF
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/apps/BePDF/BePDF
    Documentation:/boot/apps/BePDF/docs/*
    Settings:/boot/common/settings/BePDF
    設定ファイル:/boot/common/settings/BePDF


    BePDF is a fast launching PDF viewer. Besides viewing, it supports annotating and user-defined bookmarking for unencrypted PDFs. It's fully localized for 20 languages at the moment with additional languages being easily added via text files.

    @@ -64,7 +65,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/bezillabrowser.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/bezillabrowser.html index 3adf116d2b..741e0373cc 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/bezillabrowser.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/bezillabrowser.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • «  BePDF  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  Pe  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    bezillabrowser-icon_64.pngBeZillaBrowser

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/apps/BeZillaBrowser/BeZillaBrowser
    Settings:~/config/settings/Mozilla/Firefox/*
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/apps/BeZillaBrowser/BeZillaBrowser
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Mozilla/Firefox/*


    BeZillaBrowser is based on Mozilla's source code and uses patches to improve speed, stability, and other UI aspects. Currently, all BeZilla builds use Mozilla's 1.8 CVS Branch. You can file bug reports of this port at the HaikuPorts.

    @@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ Caveat: It only works with online pages, not with your locally stored documents. diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/cdplayer.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/cdplayer.html index ea9dedfb9b..2c852fef9d 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/cdplayer.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/cdplayer.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • «  ActivityMonitor  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  CharacterMap  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    cdplayer-icon_64.pngCDPlayer

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/CDPlayer
    Settings:~/cd/* - Stores details to all identified CDs
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/CDPlayer
    設定ファイル:~/cd/* - Stores details to all identified CDs


    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/charactermap.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/charactermap.html index 70ff6d6f20..ee175551d0 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/charactermap.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/charactermap.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • «  CDPlayer  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  CodyCam  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    charactermap-icon_64.pngCharacterMap

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/CharacterMap
    Settings:~/config/settings/CharacterMap settings
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/CharacterMap
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/CharacterMap settings


    CharacterMap will show you the UTF-8 code of every character a font supports.

    @@ -64,7 +65,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/codycam.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/codycam.html index 5397960f00..a4deb1e000 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/codycam.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/codycam.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  CharacterMap  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  DeskCalc  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    codycam-icon_64.pngCodyCam

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/CodyCam
    Settings:~/config/settings/codycam
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/CodyCam
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/codycam


    With CodyCam you take pictures at a specified interval from a connected webcam or any other video-in device and save it via FTP.

    @@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/deskcalc.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/deskcalc.html index 1a09b5aa53..5c05bbcea2 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/deskcalc.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/deskcalc.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « CodyCam -:: Applications +:: アプリケーション :: DiskProbe » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    deskcalc-icon_64.pngDeskCalc

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/DeskCalc
    Settings:~/config/settings/DeskCalc_settings
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/DeskCalc
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/DeskCalc_settings


    DeskCalc is a simple calculator that nevertheless has some nice features that aren't apparent on first sight.

    @@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ Or you drag&drop a calculation directly out of an email onto DeskCalc.

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/diskprobe.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/diskprobe.html index 52f4aaee4a..0787cc97e7 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/diskprobe.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/diskprobe.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  DeskCalc  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  DriveUsage  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    diskprobe-icon_64.pngDiskProbe

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/DiskProbe
    Settings:~/config/settings/DiskProbe_data
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/DiskProbe
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/DiskProbe_data


    DiskProbe is a HEX editor to view and alter data of a file or on a device on a byte-level. It's a very low-level tool and has therefore the potential to really mess things up if you're not careful!

    @@ -69,7 +70,7 @@ This is a handy feature mostly when looking at file systems, as they often conta diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/diskusage.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/diskusage.html index 92b36ba5f4..ed2b73f883 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/diskusage.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/diskusage.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  DiskProbe  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  DriveSetup  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    diskusage-icon_64.pngDiskUsage

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/DiskUsage
    Settings:~/config/settings/DiskUsage
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/DiskUsage
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/DiskUsage


    DiskUsage shows graphically how the space on your volumes is utilized.
    @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ Left-clicking the center circle moves you up one level.

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/drivesetup.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/drivesetup.html index 0df71f1d84..81de4dfefc 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/drivesetup.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/drivesetup.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  DiskUsage  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  Expander  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    drivesetup-icon_64.pngDriveSetup

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/DriveSetup
    Settings:~/config/settings/DriveSetup
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/DriveSetup
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/DriveSetup


    DriveSetup is a tool to create, delete and initialize partitions. At this time it can't resize or move existing partitions, so that you'll either need an unpartitioned volume (perhaps an external USB drive or another harddisk) or do the initial setup with a tool like the GParted LiveCD to provide the space for another partition.

    @@ -82,7 +83,7 @@ Initializing will destroy all data on that partition!

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/expander.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/expander.html index c272bff163..0294dd1b21 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/expander.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/expander.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  DriveSetup  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  Icon-O-Matic  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    expander-icon_64.pngExpander

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:No entry, normally launched via double-clicking a supported file.
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Expander
    Settings:~/config/settings/Expander_Settings
    Deskbarメニュー:No entry, normally launched via double-clicking a supported file.
    場所:/boot/system/apps/Expander
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Expander_Settings


    Expander is a small tool to quickly unpack the most common archives, among them zip, gzip, bzip2, rar and tar.gz.
    @@ -73,7 +74,7 @@ The options are all self-explanatory:

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/icon-o-matic.html index cfeaab351f..34efa4717c 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/icon-o-matic.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/icon-o-matic.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « Expander -:: Applications +:: アプリケーション :: Installer » @@ -61,9 +62,9 @@

    icon-o-matic-icon_64.pngIcon-O-Matic

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Icon-O-Matic
    Settings:~/config/settings/Icon-O-Matic
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/Icon-O-Matic
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Icon-O-Matic


    @@ -337,7 +338,7 @@ Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. Y diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/installer.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/installer.html index ed59ae681f..d453592a0f 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/installer.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/installer.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « Icon-O-Matic -:: Applications +:: アプリケーション :: Magnify » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    installer-icon_64.pngInstaller

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Installer
    Settings:none
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/Installer
    設定ファイル:none


    The Installer is used to copy Haiku onto another volume.
    @@ -79,7 +80,7 @@ The second pop-up menu specifies the target for the installation. This target pa

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/magnify.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/magnify.html index 94a7e637c2..ba509debb8 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/magnify.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/magnify.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Icon-O-Matic  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  Mail  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    magnify-icon_64.pngMagnify

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Magnify
    Settings:~/config/settings/Magnify_prefs
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/Magnify
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Magnify_prefs


    Magnify shows an enlarged version of the area around your mouse pointer.

    @@ -83,7 +84,7 @@ They can also be moved with the CURSOR keys. The active diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/mail.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/mail.html index ad99e4ee32..765292a415 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/mail.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/mail.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Magnify  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  MediaPlayer  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    mail-icon_64.pngMail

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Mail
    Settings:~/config/settings/Mail/BeMail Settings
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/Mail
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Mail/BeMail Settings


    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/mediaplayer.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/mediaplayer.html index e4cc010cb0..39122f22b9 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/mediaplayer.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/mediaplayer.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Mail  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  MidiPlayer  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    mediaplayer-icon_64.pngMediaPlayer

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/MediaPlayer
    Settings:~/config/settings/MediaPlayer
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/MediaPlayer
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/MediaPlayer


    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    @@ -60,7 +61,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/midiplayer.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/midiplayer.html index 49d6490a60..96628d23b2 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/midiplayer.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/midiplayer.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  MediaPlayer  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  PackageInstaller  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    midiplayer-icon_64.pngMidiPlayer

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/MidiPlayer
    Settings:~/config/settings/MidiPlayerSettings
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/MidiPlayer
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/MidiPlayerSettings


    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    @@ -60,7 +61,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/packageinstaller.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/packageinstaller.html index 4268565252..4c89e51af3 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/packageinstaller.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/packageinstaller.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  MidiPlayer  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  People  » @@ -47,10 +48,10 @@

    packageinstaller-icon_64.pngPackageInstaller

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:No entry, normally launched via +
    Deskbarメニュー:No entry, normally launched via double-clicking a supported file.
    Location:/boot/system/apps/PackageInstaller
    Settings:none
    場所:/boot/system/apps/PackageInstaller
    設定ファイル:none


    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ double-clicking a supported file. diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/pe.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/pe.html index 5a4a753839..d191cd4804 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/pe.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/pe.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  BeZillaBrowser  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  Vision  » @@ -47,10 +48,10 @@

    pe-icon_64.pngPe

    - - + + - +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/apps/Pe/Pe
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/apps/Pe/Pe
    Documentation:/boot/apps/Pe/Documentation.html
    Settings:~/config/settings/pe/*
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/pe/*


    Pe is a sophisticated editor, with its syntax highlighting targeted mainly at programmers and HTML writers. Originally created by Maarten Hekkelmann, it's been open sourced and maintained by Haiku developers. A bugtracker and more information is available at the Pe project page.

    @@ -62,7 +63,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/people.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/people.html index 8e6f717e08..3b44c32c0a 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/people.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/people.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  PackageInstaller  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  PoorMan  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    people-icon_64.pngPeople

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/People
    Settings:~/config/settings/People_data
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/People
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/People_data


    People is a simple contact database using the attributes of Haiku's filesystem to store addresses and other contact information. Every contact is saved as one Person file with its data in separate attributes. All are indexed and therefore searchable with a query.

    @@ -70,7 +71,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/poorman.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/poorman.html index f1dcd70d48..6e914f13ea 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/poorman.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/poorman.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  People  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  Screenshot  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    poorman-icon_64.pngPoorMan

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/PoorMan
    Settings:~/config/settings/PoorMan Settings
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/PoorMan
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/PoorMan Settings


    PoorMan is a nice little webserver that's extremly easy to set up. Naturally it doesn't offer any advanced features like other heavy duty server software, it's after all only a poor man's webserver.

    @@ -71,7 +72,7 @@ The Advanced tab holds the setting for the maximum sim diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/screenshot.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/screenshot.html index 62213a17d1..5d6400b179 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/screenshot.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/screenshot.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « PoorMan -:: Applications +:: アプリケーション :: Showimage » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    screenshot-icon_64.pngScreenshot

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Screenshot
    Settings:~/config/settings/screenshot
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/Screenshot
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/screenshot


    Besides normal screenshots taken via PRINT, which puts a PNG of the current screen into /boot/home/, this application provides some useful options.

    @@ -87,7 +88,7 @@ Note: OPTION -b, --border takes only effect when used with -w, --window diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/showimage.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/showimage.html index dab5f15591..10e7f695ad 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/showimage.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/showimage.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Screenshot  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  SoundRecorder  » @@ -47,10 +48,10 @@

    showimage-icon_64.pngShowImage

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:No entry, normally launched via +
    Deskbarメニュー:No entry, normally launched via double-clicking a supported file.
    Location:/boot/system/apps/ShowImage
    Settings:~/config/settings/ShowImage_settings
    場所:/boot/system/apps/ShowImage
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/ShowImage_settings


    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    @@ -62,7 +63,7 @@ double-clicking a supported file. diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/soundrecorder.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/soundrecorder.html index ecc1c20b17..0e04042717 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/soundrecorder.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/soundrecorder.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Showimage  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  StyledEdit  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    soundrecorder-icon_64.pngSoundRecorder

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/SoundRecorder
    Settings:~/config/settings/???
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/SoundRecorder
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/???


    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/stylededit.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/stylededit.html index 93e35fb4b7..a56862f781 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/stylededit.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/stylededit.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « SoundRecorder -:: Applications +:: アプリケーション :: Terminal » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    stylededit-icon_64.pngStyledEdit

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/StyledEdit
    Settings:none
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/StyledEdit
    設定ファイル:none


    StyledEdit is Haiku's simple text editor. Although it saves files in plain text format, additional attributes are written in order to have limited formatting capabilities when viewed with StyledEdit.

    @@ -77,7 +78,7 @@ MIME String 11 "BEOS:TYPE" diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/terminal.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/terminal.html index 0d0fb9e78f..b5264ee852 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/terminal.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/terminal.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « StyledEdit -:: Applications +:: アプリケーション :: TextSearch » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    terminal-icon_64.pngTerminal

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Terminal
    Settings:~/config/settings/Terminal
    +
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/Terminal
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Terminal
    ~/.profile - adds/overrides defaults in /boot/system/etc/profile
    ~/.inputrc - adds/overrides defaults in /boot/system/etc/inputrc
    @@ -115,7 +116,7 @@ Both files can be created in the home/ folder and add diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/textsearch.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/textsearch.html index 928a7d617d..648d86e121 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/textsearch.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/textsearch.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Terminal  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  TV  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    textsearch-icon_64.pngTextSearch

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:No entry, normally launched via Tracker Add-On
    Location:/boot/system/apps/TextSearch
    Settings:~/config/settings/TextSearch
    Deskbarメニュー:No entry, normally launched via Tracker Add-On
    場所:/boot/system/apps/TextSearch
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/TextSearch


    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/tv.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/tv.html index b0e51b0f0a..f0c52d2341 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/tv.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/tv.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  TextSearch  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    tv-icon_64.pngTV

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/system/apps/TV
    Settings:~/config/settings/???
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/system/apps/TV
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/???


    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/vision.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/vision.html index a2d7a31991..216bf88d81 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/vision.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/vision.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Pe  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  VLC media player  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    vision-icon_64.pngVision

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/apps/Vision{version}/Vision
    Settings:~/config/settings/Vision/*
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/apps/Vision{version}/Vision
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Vision/*


    Vision is an IRC client originally developed for the BeOS. Documentation and a bug tracker are available at the Vision website.

    @@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ The most frequented is the English speaking #haiku at irc.freenode.org. diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/vlc.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/vlc.html index 27c93f5118..02452d152f 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/vlc.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/vlc.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Vision  -::  Applications  +::  アプリケーション  ::  WonderBrush  » @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    vlc-icon_64.pngVLC media player

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/apps/vlc{version}/VLC media player
    Settings:~/config/settings/VideoLAN Client/*
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/apps/vlc{version}/VLC media player
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/VideoLAN Client/*


    The VLC media player is a port of the widely used multiplatform media player. More information can be found at the VideoLAN website.

    @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/wonderbrush.html b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/wonderbrush.html index 87b09c0f5d..b83286580b 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/applications/wonderbrush.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/applications/wonderbrush.html @@ -33,11 +33,12 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  VLC media player  -::  Applications +::  アプリケーション @@ -46,10 +47,10 @@

    wonderbrush-icon_64.pngWonderBrush

    - - + + - +
    Deskbar:Applications
    Location:/boot/apps/WonderBrush/WonderBrush
    Deskbarメニュー:Applications
    場所:/boot/apps/WonderBrush/WonderBrush
    Documentation:/boot/apps/WonderBrush/Documentation {language}
    Settings:~/config/settings/WonderBrush
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/WonderBrush


    WonderBrush is an editor for bitmap and vector graphics. Find more information and workshops at the YellowBites website and in the local documentation.

    @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ --> diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/launchbox.html b/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/launchbox.html index 3ba46e7fba..0ea375d1ca 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/launchbox.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/launchbox.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -46,9 +47,9 @@

    launchbox-icon_64.pngLaunchBox

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Desktop Applets
    Location:/boot/system/apps/LaunchBox
    Settings:~/config/settings/LaunchBox/*
    Deskbarメニュー:Desktop Applets
    場所:/boot/system/apps/LaunchBox
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/LaunchBox/*

    One or more LaunchBox applets can be started to organize shortcuts to your favorite applications or documents. You decide if each is shown on all or just the current workspace. They can also serve to quickly open a document in a specific application. For example, you could drag&drop a HTML file onto a text editor in a LaunchBox to open it in the editor instead of its preferred application, the browser.

    launchbox.png diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/networkstatus.html b/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/networkstatus.html index a58b091aed..466ae8002b 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/networkstatus.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/networkstatus.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    networkstatus-icon_64.pngNetworkStatus

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Desktop Applets
    Location:/boot/system/apps/NetworkStatus
    Settings:none
    Deskbarメニュー:Desktop Applets
    場所:/boot/system/apps/NetworkStatus
    設定ファイル:none

    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/processcontroller.html b/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/processcontroller.html index 48f2341f2d..5c253ccdf8 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/processcontroller.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/processcontroller.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    processcontroller-icon_64.pngProcessController

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Desktop Applets
    Location:/boot/system/apps/ProcessController
    Settings:none
    Deskbarメニュー:Desktop Applets
    場所:/boot/system/apps/ProcessController
    設定ファイル:none

    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/workspaces.html b/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/workspaces.html index 7a95fb0f8d..079af2d277 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/workspaces.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/desktop-applets/workspaces.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -45,9 +46,9 @@

    workspaces-icon_64.pngWorkspaces

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:Desktop Applets
    Location:/boot/system/apps/Workspaces
    Settings:~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    +
    Deskbarメニュー:Desktop Applets
    場所:/boot/system/apps/Workspaces
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    ~/config/settings/Workspaces_settings - Stores the panel's window position.


    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/network.png b/docs/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/network.png index 0cb30f816f..826e772697 100644 Binary files a/docs/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/network.png and b/docs/userguide/jp/images/prefs-images/network.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/appearance.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/appearance.html index d3ca1c2f0e..40df119228 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/appearance.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/appearance.html @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ * * Authors: * Humdinger + * Translators: + * log-1 * --> @@ -33,6 +35,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -46,55 +49,57 @@

    appearance-icon_64.pngAppearance

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Appearance
    Settings:~/config/settings/system/app_server/appearance
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Appearance
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/system/app_server/appearance
    -

    The Appearance preferences lets you change some aspects of Haiku's visuals.

    +

    Appearance preferencesでHaikuの外見の一部を変更することができます。

    index Colors

    appearance-colors.png -

    In the first tab, Colors, you can change the colors of different parts of the user interface. The color well accepts drag&drops from other programs, letting you drag colors over from e.g. WonderBrush, Icon-O-Matic or the Backgrounds panel.

    +

    最初のタブColorsで、ユーザーインターフェースの各部位の色を変更することができます。ドラッグ・アンド・ドロップによって他のアプリケーションから色を持ってこられるようになっていますので、例えばWonderBrushIcon-O-MaticBackgroundsパネルなどから色をドラッグすることができます。

    index Antialiasing

    appearance-antialiasing.png -

    The second tab, Antialiasing, provides different settings for how things are rendered on screen.

    +

    2番目のAntialiasingタブで、画面描画に関する様々な設定を行えます。

    index Glyph hinting

    -

    An activated Glyph hinting aligns all letters in such a way that their vertical and horizontal edges rest exactly between two pixels. The result is a perfect contrast, especially when dealing with black on white. Text appears crisper. There's also a setting for Monospaced Fonts Only that's especially helpful with low resolution devices like netbooks. Small fonts can look pretty bad when hinting is turned on, but with this setting you still have the advantage of hinting for text editors and Terminal.

    -

    See the difference hinting makes with these magnified screenshots:

    +

    Glyph hintingを有効にすると、すべての文字の縦方向および横方向両端に、必ず2ピクセルの空白が入るようになります。特に、白い背景で黒文字を扱う場合には、これを有効にしたときとしないときとで、結果は完全に対照的になります。有効にした場合、テキストがはっきりして見えます。ネットブックのような低解像度の機器で特に効果的な、Monospaced Fonts Only用の設定もあります。Hintingをオンにした場合、小さい文字がかなり汚く見えることがありますが、その場合でもテキストエディタやターミナルでHintingの恩恵を受けることができます。

    +

    次の拡大したスクリーンショットは、Hintingを有効にした場合と有効にしない場合とで、どれだけ見た目が変わるのかを示しています:

    appearance-glyph-off.png
    Hinting: off
    appearance-glyph-on.png
    Hinting: on
    -

    It should be pointed out that all the Magnify windows on this page are of course rendered themselves with the different options as well. So, you get a real world impression of the settings by comparing, for example, the bold yellow tab title or the text "33 x 15 @ 8 pixels/pixel".

    +

    このページに掲載されているすべてのMagnifyウィンドウは、当然のことながらそれぞれ異なるオプションで描画されている点に注意する必要があります。ですので、例えば黄色いタブの太文字タイトルや、 +"33 x 15 @ 8 pixels/pixel"というテキストを比較することで、各設定が実際に作り出す印象を知ることができます。

    index Antialiasing type

    -

    Another technique to improve rendering is Antialiasing, which supports all vector graphics as well as text. It smooths lines by changing the color of certain pixels. There are two methods for that:

    -

    Grayscale changes the intensity of pixels at the edge.
    -LCD subpixel does an even better job, especially with (high resolution) LCD monitors. Instead of the intensity of a pixel, it changes its color which moves an edge by a fraction of a pixel, because LCD displays produce every pixel with a red, green and blue component.

    -

    Again, the two different methods with magnified screenshots:

    +

    画面描画を改善するもうひとつの方法はAntialiasing(アンチエイリアス)で、テキストだけでなくすべてのベクタグラフィックをサポートします。アンチエイリアスはあるピクセルの色を変更することにより、線をなめらかにします。線をなめらかにする手法には、次の2つがあります:

    +

    Grayscaleは、輪郭のピクセルの明るさを変更します。
    +LCD subpixel +は、特に(高解像度の)LCDディスプレイを使用する場合にGrayscaleよりもさらになめらかに描画します。LCDディスプレイの1つのピクセルは赤、緑、青の要素で構成されているので、この手法では1ピクセルの明るさを変更するかわりに、1ピクセルより小さな分量だけ輪郭を移動させて輪郭の色を変更します。

    +

    先ほどと同様に、次の拡大したスクリーンショットは、この2つの方法の違いを示しています:

    appearance-glyph-off.png
    Grayscale, Hinting: off
    appearance-subpixel.png
    LCD subpixel, Hinting: off
    -

    Subpixel based antialiasing adds a slight colored shine to objects. Something not everyone tolerates. In Haiku you can mix the two antialiasing methods and find the right setting for you by using a slider.

    -
    The subpixel based antialiasing in combination with the glyph hinting is subject of a software patent and is therefore not available by default. Depending on where in the world you live, you may get an unlocked version. Sorry about that. Talk with your representative.
    -

    If you do activate hinting plus LCD subpixel rendering by changing the source and recompiling, this is how it looks compared to hinting with Grayscale:

    +

    サブピクセル・ベースのアンチエイリアスでは、図形オブジェクトにわずかな色味を帯びた輝きが加わります。この余分な輝きを、誰もが許容するわけではありません。Haikuでは、この2つのアンチエイリアス手法を混ぜて使用することができます。スライダーを使って、あなたにとって最適な混合比を設定することができます。

    +
    サブピクセルベースのアンチエイリアスをGlyph Hintingと併せて使用することは、ソフトウェア特許の対象となるため、デフォルトでは両者を同時に使用できないようになっています。あなたの住んでいる地域次第では、このロックを解除したバージョンを入手することが合法である場合があります。その場合は申し訳ありませんが、その地域の配布担当者と交渉してください。
    +

    仮にソースコードを変更して再コンパイルすることで、HintingとLCD subpixelを組み合わせた描画方法を有効にした場合、HintingとGrayscaleを組み合わせたものと見た目を比較すると、次のようになります:

    appearance-glyph-on.png
    Grayscale, Hinting: on
    appearance-glyph-on-subpixel.png
    LCD subpixel, Hinting: on


    -

    At the bottom of the panel are two buttons:

    +

    設定パネルの下の部分に、次の2つのボタンがあります:

    - - + +
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Appearance preferences.
    Defaults すべての設定をデフォルト値に戻します。
    Revert Appearance preferenceを起動したときの設定に戻します。
    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/backgrounds.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/backgrounds.html index 2b8118a5ae..ab1971b1ef 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/backgrounds.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/backgrounds.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    backgrounds-icon_64.pngBackgrounds

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Backgrounds
    Settings:~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    +
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Backgrounds
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    ~/config/settings/Backgrounds settings - stores the panel's window position

    You can set a color or an image as background for every folder and the Desktop for every workspace.

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/datatranslations.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/datatranslations.html index ebdd1fc7f9..afb958577e 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/datatranslations.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/datatranslations.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    datatranslations-icon_64.pngDataTranslations

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/DataTranslations
    Settings:~/config/settings/* - Every Translator creates its own settings file here after you've changes its defaults.
    +
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/DataTranslations
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/* - Every Translator creates its own settings file here after you've changes its defaults.
    ~/config/settings/system/DataTranslations settings - Stores the panel's window position.

    Every application has the ability to open and save every file format for which there's a Translator installed. The settings for these Translators are configured in the DataTranslations preferences.

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/deskbar.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/deskbar.html index ece3164334..c38d38f1d6 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/deskbar.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/deskbar.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    deskbar-icon_64.pngDeskbar

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Deskbar
    Settings:~/config/settings/Deskbar_settings
    +
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Deskbar
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Deskbar_settings
    ~/config/settings/Deskbar_security_code


    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/e-mail.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/e-mail.html index 1c5edf29f6..72b3d68fff 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/e-mail.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/e-mail.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -58,9 +59,9 @@

    e-mail-icon_64.pngE-mail

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/E-mail
    Settings:~/config/settings/Mail/*
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/E-mail
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Mail/*

    Haiku provides a system that retrieves e-mail regularly via a Mail Service (also known as mail_daemon) and saves each mail as a single text file. It parses the mail and fills its attributes with all necessary header information, like from, to, subject and its unread status. Now it can be queried by you or any application. This system also makes switching e-mail clients easy as all the data and your configuration stays the same.
    The configuration is done in the E-Mail preference panel.

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/filetypes.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/filetypes.html index e3b8586f2a..751b16dbb6 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/filetypes.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    filetypes-icon_64.pngFileTypes

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes
    Settings:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    +
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    ~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Stores all MIME types as folders.

    Please refer to topic Filetypes and the workshop Filetypes, Attributes, Index and Queries that explains most of this preference panel.

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/fonts.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/fonts.html index 7149ab7db9..18e6321007 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/fonts.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/fonts.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,16 +48,16 @@

    fonts-icon_64.pngFonts

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Fonts
    Settings:~/config/settings/system/app_server/fonts
    +
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Fonts
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/system/app_server/fonts
    ~/config/settings/Font_settings - Stores the panel's window position.


    fonts.png

    Haiku defines three standard fonts for different purposes. You set plain, bold and fixed font types and sizes that will be used throughout the system. Besides these, there's also a separate setting for the font used in menus.

    - +
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Defaults すべての設定をデフォルト値に戻します。
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Fonts preferences.
    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/keyboard.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/keyboard.html index b40f5a9703..29fcb386ba 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/keyboard.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/keyboard.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,15 +48,15 @@

    keyboard-icon_64.pngKeyboard

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Settings:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings


    keyboard.png

    Set the repeat rate and the delay until a held down key starts to repeat. You can test your settings in the text field at the bottom.

    - +
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Defaults すべての設定をデフォルト値に戻します。
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Keyboard preferences.
    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/keymap.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/keymap.html index b2ee07ef88..4938f9507f 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/keymap.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/keymap.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    keymap-icon_64.pngKeymap

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Keymap
    Settings:~/config/settings/Keymap/* - Location of user modified keymaps.
    +
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Keymap
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Keymap/* - Location of user modified keymaps.
    ~/config/settings/Key_map


    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/media.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/media.html index f972445667..ea3441e0dc 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/media.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/media.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    media-icon_64.pngMedia

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Media
    Settings:~/config/settings/Media/*
    +
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Media
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Media/*
    ~/config/settings/System Audio Mixer
    ~/config/settings/MediaPrefs Settings - Stores the panel's window position.
    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/mouse.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/mouse.html index 3131352cdf..6f6880dcca 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/mouse.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/mouse.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    mouse-icon_64.pngMouse

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Settings:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings


    mouse.png @@ -64,7 +65,7 @@

    All settings are immediately applied.

    - +
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Defaults すべての設定をデフォルト値に戻します。
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Mouse preferences.
    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/network.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/network.html index adb59d2e80..cf84825a1d 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/network.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/network.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    network-icon_64.pngNetwork

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Network
    Settings:/boot/common/settings/network/resolv.conf
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Network
    設定ファイル:/boot/common/settings/network/resolv.conf


    network.png diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/printers.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/printers.html index bb4f2d0b37..ddf52c96fe 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/printers.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/printers.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    printers-icon_64.pngPrinters

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Printers
    Settings:~/config/settings/printers/*
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Printers
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/printers/*

    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/screen.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/screen.html index d8b581b283..96cd26af67 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/screen.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/screen.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    screen-icon_64.pngScreen

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Screen
    Settings:~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    +
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Screen
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    ~/config/settings/kernel/drivers/vesa - Only when running in VESA mode.
    ~/config/settings/Screen_data - Stores the panel's window position.
    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/screensaver.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/screensaver.html index 7a406a48c2..2b8a26eb12 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/screensaver.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/screensaver.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -46,9 +47,9 @@

    screensaver-icon_64.pngScreenSaver

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Screensaver
    Settings:~/config/settings/ScreenSaver_settings
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Screensaver
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/ScreenSaver_settings

    The panel of the ScreenSaver preferences is split into two tabs: diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/sounds.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/sounds.html index 06d323f32e..39f3782e82 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/sounds.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/sounds.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@

  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    sounds-icon_64.pngSounds

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Sounds
    Settings:~/config/settings/Media/MMediaFilesManager
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Sounds
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Media/MMediaFilesManager


    sounds.png diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/time.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/time.html index a0c3a234f2..9e33fdc79c 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/time.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/time.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    time-icon_64.pngTime

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Time
    Settings:~/config/settings/RTC_time_settings
    +
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Time
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/RTC_time_settings
    ~/config/settings/timezone - A link to the current timezone in /boot/system/etc/timezones/*/*
    ~/config/settings/Time_settings - Stores the panel's window position.
    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/tracker.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/tracker.html index 1d607cd825..7bcb9d279d 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/tracker.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/tracker.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,9 +48,9 @@

    tracker-icon_64.pngTracker

    - - - + + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/Tracker
    Settings:~/config/settings/Tracker/TrackerSettings
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/Tracker
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/Tracker/TrackerSettings


    The Tracker preference panel is also available from every Tracker window with the menu Window | Preferences....
    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/virtualmemory.html b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/virtualmemory.html index da46597d38..b6e4f3e5f0 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/virtualmemory.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/preferences/virtualmemory.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@

  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -46,9 +47,9 @@

    virtualmemory-icon_64.pngVirtualMemory

    - - - + +
    Deskbar:Preferences
    Location:/boot/system/preferences/VirtualMemory
    Settings:~/config/settings/kernel/drivers/virtual_memory
    +
    Deskbarメニュー:Preferences
    場所:/boot/system/preferences/VirtualMemory
    設定ファイル:~/config/settings/kernel/drivers/virtual_memory
    ~/config/settings/VM_data - Stores the panel's window position.

    Virtual memory let's the system swap out memory to harddisk, if the RAM can be used more sensibly for other things. So, even if you have lots of RAM, providing virtual memory is never a bad idea.

    @@ -57,7 +58,7 @@

    Normally, the swap file's written to your boot partition. If you often run into disk thrashing due to the virtual memory system swapping memory in and out, you can try to use a separate harddisk for you swap file. Simply another partition on the same harddisk with your system/data won't help.
    Upgrading your RAM is of course the most effective way to go...

    - +
    Defaults resets everything to default values.
    Defaults すべての設定をデフォルト値に戻します。
    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the VirtualMemory preferences.
    diff --git a/docs/userguide/jp/workspaces.html b/docs/userguide/jp/workspaces.html index 76f204cdb6..e0c3b74f4a 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/jp/workspaces.html +++ b/docs/userguide/jp/workspaces.html @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • diff --git a/docs/userguide/ru/bootloader.html b/docs/userguide/ru/bootloader.html index 20f447ff63..1deeff37c1 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/ru/bootloader.html +++ b/docs/userguide/ru/bootloader.html @@ -11,7 +11,8 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Rustam - * michael_s + * Michael Smirnov + * Diver * --> @@ -36,6 +37,7 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -51,15 +53,15 @@

    Загрузчик (Boot Loader)

    -

    Загрузчик Haiku может помочь решить аппаратные проблемы, либо выбрать, какую из систем запустить для установки, если у вас более одной копии Haiku (установочный CD или USB карта).
    -Он также полезен после установки программного компонента, который препятствует успешной загрузке системы. Опция Запретить загрузку пользовательских дополнений (Disable user add-ons) запустит систем без компонентов установленных пользователем (например - драйвер).

    -

    Для того чтобы зайти в настройки загрузчика, необходимо нажать и удерживать клавишу SHIFT до начала загрузки Haiku. Если загрузчик установлен, то вы можете начать удерживать SHIFT перед выбором загрузочной записи Haiku, а если она является единственной операционной системой на компьютере, то вы можете начать удерживать клавишу во время стартовых сообщений BIOS.

    +

    Загрузчик Haiku может помочь решить аппаратные проблемы или выбрать, какую из систем запустить для установки, если у Вас более одной копии Haiku (установочный CD или USB-карта).
    +Загрузчик также полезен после установки программного компонента, который препятствует успешной загрузке системы. Опция Запретить загрузку пользовательских дополнений (Disable user add-ons) запустит систему без компонентов, установленных пользователем (например драйвер).

    +

    Для того чтобы зайти в настройки загрузчика, необходимо нажать и удерживать клавишу SHIFT до начала загрузки Haiku. Если загрузчик установлен, то Вы можете начать удерживать SHIFT перед выбором загрузочной записи Haiku, а если она является единственной операционной системой на компьютере, то Вы можете начать удерживать клавишу во время стартовых сообщений BIOS.


    Вы увидите три пункта меню:

    - +
    Выбор загрузочного раздела
    (Select boot volume)
     Выбрать с какого раздела запустить Haiku.
    Выбор опций безопасного режима
    (Select safe mode options)

    -
     Здесь находится несколько опций, которые могут решить аппаратные проблемы. При выборе опций, в нижней части экрана отображается краткое описание. + Здесь находится несколько опций, которые могут решить аппаратные проблемы. При выборе опций в нижней части экрана отображается краткое описание.

    - Safe mode
    - Disable user add-ons
    - Disable IDE DMA
    @@ -71,10 +73,10 @@ - Enable serial debug output
    - Enable on screen debug output

    Выбор безопасного видео-режима
    (Select fail safe video mode)
     Если вы активировали опцию Use fail-safe video mode, то сможете выбрать разрешение экрана и глубину цвета.
    Выбор безопасного видео-режима
    (Select fail safe video mode)
     Если Вы активировали опцию Use fail-safe video mode, то сможете выбрать разрешение экрана и глубину цвета.


    -

    После активации одной или более опций, вернитесь в главное меню и продолжите загрузку, далее вы увидите загрузочный экран:

    +

    После активации одной или более опций, вернитесь в главное меню и продолжите загрузку, далее Вы увидите загрузочный экран:

    boot-screen.png

    Если все в порядке, то иконки будут быстро загораться, одна за другой.
    diff --git a/docs/userguide/ru/contents.html b/docs/userguide/ru/contents.html index 83b5256355..0d00524876 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/ru/contents.html +++ b/docs/userguide/ru/contents.html @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Rustam + * Diver * --> @@ -35,6 +36,7 @@

  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • @@ -47,8 +49,8 @@

    Добро пожаловать в руководство пользователя Haiku

    -

    Ниже, вы найдете документацию о наиболее важных аспектах Haiku. Документация находится в стадии разработки. Если вы нашли ошибки, либо хотите что-то предложить или даже сделать свой вклад, ознакомьтесь со списком рассылки о документации. -Если вы заинтересованы в помощи с переводом сам следует обратиться сюда.

    +

    Ниже Вы найдете документацию о наиболее важных аспектах Haiku. Документация находится в стадии разработки. Если Вы нашли ошибки, либо хотите что-то предложить или даже сделать свой вклад, ознакомьтесь со списком рассылки по документации. +Если Вы заинтересованы в помощи с переводом, Вам следует обратиться сюда.


    - +
    Bash и написание сценариевО некоторых интересных сценариях используемых системой, и интернет ресурсах о работе с командной строкой и о написании сценариев.
    О некоторых интересных сценариях, используемых системой, интернет-ресурсах, о работе с командной строкой и о написании сценариев.
    diff --git a/docs/userguide/ru/filesystem-layout.html b/docs/userguide/ru/filesystem-layout.html index 3280fd865d..b522417650 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/ru/filesystem-layout.html +++ b/docs/userguide/ru/filesystem-layout.html @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Rustam + * Diver * --> @@ -35,11 +36,12 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Загрузчик (Boot Loader)  -::  Содержание  +::  Contents  ::  Графический интерфейс Haiku  » @@ -49,32 +51,32 @@

    Иерархия файловой системы

    -

    Иерархия файловой системы Haiku очень простая, по возможности используются понятные названия для файлов и папок для того, чтобы не вводить пользователя в замешательство. Важные для системы файлы и папки защищены от случайного изменения, предупреждая следующим образом:

    +

    Иерархия файловой системы Haiku очень простая. По возможности используются понятные названия для файлов и папок для того, чтобы не вводить пользователя в замешательство. Важные для системы файлы и папки защищены от случайного изменения, предупреждая следующим образом:

    achtung-user.png  achtung-system.png -

    Второе предупреждение появляется, в случае если вы попытаете удалить или переименовать что-нибудь в иерархии системы. Для того чтобы активировать кнопку "Сделать это (Do it)" нужно удерживать клавишу SHIFT.

    +

    Второе предупреждение появляется в случае, если Вы попытаетесь удалить или переименовать что-нибудь в иерархии системы. Для того чтобы активировать кнопку "Сделать это (Do it)" нужно удерживать клавишу SHIFT.

    В основном выделяют три направления корневой папки загрузочного раздела:

    - + - +
    /boot/system/ принадлежит системе. Не стоит прикасаться к ней!
    /boot/system/ принадлежит системе. Не стоит её трогать!
    /boot/common/ содержит общие файлы для всех пользователей.
    /boot/home/ это ваша персональная папка для хранения ваших данных и настроек.
    /boot/home/ это Ваша персональная папка для хранения Ваших данных и настроек.

    index Системная папка - /boot/system/

    У BeOS, предшественника Haiku, эта папка находилась по следующему адресу /boot/beos/. Вы всё ещё можете её найти в старых документациях (например, в оригинальной BeBook).
    -Неважно как она называется, главное ничего не изменять внутри её. Каждое обновление в Haiku может добавить, удалить или перезаписать что-либо в находящееся в ней. Если вы хотите расширить функциональность при помощи дополнений для файлового менеджера Tracker или трансляторов, либо драйвера для устройства, вы должны устанавливать их в свою папку /boot/home/, однако если они предназначены для всех пользователей, то они должны быть установлены в /boot/common/. Пока Haiku не поддерживает многопользовательский режим это различие не имеет очевидного эффекта, в данный момент существует один пользователь с единственной домашней (home) папкой. Однако когда появится поддержка многопользовательского режима, это будет иметь значение, так что стоит с самого начала выбрать правильный путь.

    -

    Давайте представим, что вы хотите установить новый транслятор для нового формата изображения, вы не должны копировать его в соответствующую системную папку. Запомните: Не трогать!
    -Вместо этого, вы должны скопировать его в аналогичную по назначению папку находящуюся по адресу /boot/common/ или /boot/home/config/.

    +Неважно как она называется, главное ничего не изменять внутри неё. Каждое обновление в Haiku может добавить, удалить или перезаписать что-либо, находящееся в ней. Если Вы хотите расширить функциональность при помощи дополнений для файлового менеджера Tracker или трансляторов, либо драйвера для устройства, Вы должны устанавливать их в свою папку /boot/home/. Однако если они предназначены для всех пользователей, то они должны быть установлены в /boot/common/. Пока Haiku не поддерживает многопользовательский режим, это различие не имеет очевидного эффекта: в данный момент существует один пользователь с единственной домашней (home) папкой. Однако когда появится поддержка многопользовательского режима, это будет иметь значение, так что стоит с самого начала выбрать правильный путь.

    +

    Давайте представим, что Вы хотите установить новый транслятор для нового формата изображения. Тогда Вы не должны копировать его в соответствующую системную папку. Запомните: Не трогать!
    +Вместо этого Вы должны скопировать его в аналогичную по назначению папку, находящуюся по адресу /boot/common/ или /boot/home/config/.

    В нашем примере расположение трансляторов в системной папке будет

    /boot/system/add-ons/Translators/

    Аналогичная пользовательская папка находится по адресу

    /boot/home/config/add-ons/Translators/
    либо
    /boot/common/add-ons/Translators/

    -

    Это дает ещё один положительный момент: Если компонент, который вы установили работает некорректно (например, драйвер) вы можете выбрать "Запретить загрузку пользовательских дополнений (Disable User Add-Ons)" в меню загрузчика и вы всегда сможете загрузиться без проблемного компонента..

    -

    В основном вы не будете иметь дело с подобными вещами, т.к. каждое программное обеспечение, поставляемое из надежного источника должно уметь делать эти вещи автоматически.
    +

    Это дает ещё один положительный момент: Если компонент, который Вы установили, работает некорректно (например, драйвер), Вы можете выбрать "Запретить загрузку пользовательских дополнений (Disable User Add-Ons)" в меню загрузчика и тогда Вы всегда сможете загрузиться без проблемного компонента..

    +

    В основном Вы не будете иметь дело с подобными вещами, т.к. каждое программное обеспечение, поставляемое из надежного источника, должно уметь делать эти вещи автоматически.
    @@ -35,12 +36,13 @@

  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • « Иерархия файловой системы -:: Содержание -:: Рабочее пространство » +:: Contents +:: Workspaces » @@ -49,28 +51,28 @@

    Графический интерфейс Haiku

    -

    Графический интерфейс Haiku является неотъемлемой частью системы. В отличие от Unix-подобных операционных систем, здесь нет отдельного менеждера окон и невозможно загрузиться только в оболочке командной строки. Haiku нацелена на десктоп-пользователей.

    -

    Т.к. вы, вероятно, уже имели дело с другими графическими средами, давайте опустим обсуждение стандартных вещей вроде меню, контекстного меню, вызываемого правым щелчком мыши, перетаскивания объектов, и т.д. Вместо этого, давайте перейдем к уникальным особенностям графического интерфейса Haiku.

    +

    Графический интерфейс Haiku является неотъемлемой частью системы. В отличие от Unix-подобных операционных систем, здесь нет отдельного менеждера окон и невозможно загрузиться только в оболочку командной строки. Haiku нацелена на десктоп-пользователей.

    +

    Так как Вы, вероятно, уже имели дело с другими графическими средами, давайте опустим обсуждение стандартных вещей вроде меню, контекстного меню, вызываемого правым щелчком мыши, перетаскивания объектов, и т.д. Вместо этого давайте перейдем к уникальным особенностям графического интерфейса Haiku.

    gui.png

    Есть несколько вещей в графическом интерфейсе Haiku, которые нуждаются в объяснении.

      -
    1. Панель задач именуемая Deskbar, является аналогом меню "Пуск". Для более подробного изучения следует обратиться к теме Deskbar - Панель задач.

    2. -
    3. Желтый ярлычок (заголовок окна) предлагает немного больше, чем просто название программы и название документа: -
      • Вы можете передвинуть его, удерживая клавишу SHIFT и перемещая в другую позицию. Если расположить ряд окон, то можно получить удобный доступ к ним по именам на ярлычках.
      • -
      • Свернуть окно можно при помощи двойного щелчка на этом ярлычке (или при помощи комбинации клавиш CTRL ALT M). Доступ к свернутым окнам можно получить при помощи панели задач Deskbar или Twitcher.
      • -
      • Вы можете отправить окно на задний план при помоши правого щелчка мыши по ярлычку (или по краю окна).
    4. +
    5. Панель задач, именуемая Deskbar, является аналогом меню "Пуск". Для более подробного изучения следует обратиться к теме Deskbar - Панель задач.

    6. +
    7. Желтый заголовок окна предлагает немного больше, чем просто название программы и название документа: +
      • Вы можете передвинуть его, удерживая клавишу SHIFT и перемещая в другую позицию. Если расположить ряд окон, то можно получить удобный доступ к ним по именам на заголовках окон.
      • +
      • Свернуть окно можно при помощи двойного щелчка на его заголовке (или при помощи комбинации клавиш CTRL ALT M). Доступ к свернутым окнам можно получить при помощи панели задач Deskbar или Twitcher.
      • +
      • Вы можете отправить окно на задний план при помоши правого щелчка мыши по заголовку или по краю окна.
    8. Кнопка закрытия окна.

    9. Позволяет развернуть окно на весь экран (или при помощи комбинации клавиш CTRL ALT Z).

    10. -
    11. Кнопка измнения размера окна. Потяните в любую сторону и окно поменяет свой размер.

    12. +
    13. Кнопка изменения размера окна. Потяните в любую сторону и окно поменяет свой размер.

    -
    Удерживая клавиши CTRL ALT, вы можете переместить окно потащив за любую область левой кнопкой мыши, правой же вы отправите окно на задний план.
    +
    Удерживая клавиши CTRL ALT, Вы можете переместить окно, потащив за любую его часть левой кнопкой мыши; правая кнопка мыши отправит окно на задний план.

    index Диалоги открытия и сохранения

    -

    При сохранении или открытие файла в любом приложение, вы увидите такое диалоговое окно:

    +

    При сохранении или открытии файла в любом приложении, Вы увидите такое диалоговое окно:

    open-save.png -

    Оно содержит все привычные вещи: Список файлов в текушей папке, в случае диалога сохранения также поле для названия файла и выпадающее меню для разных форматов файлов и настроек.
    +

    Оно содержит все привычные вещи: список файлов в текущей папке, поле для названия файла (в случае диалога сохранения) и выпадающее меню для разных форматов файлов и настроек.
    Вы можете также выбрать папку для сохранения или открытия в выпадающем меню в верхней части диалогового окна.

    Если у вас уже открыто окно файлового менеджера Tracker, вы можете просто перенести любой файл или папку из него (в том числе символ из верхнего правого окна) в диалог сохранения или открытия. Это изменит текущий пусть диалог открытия или сохранения (изображение выше это иллюстрирует).

    @@ -90,7 +92,7 @@

    index Избранные и недавно открытые папки

    -

    Меню Избранное (Favorites) обеспечивание доступ к недавно посещенным папкам и избранным местам, которые мы можете установить сами. Вы также можете использовать их для навигации.

    +

    Меню Избранное (Favorites) обеспечивает доступ к недавно посещенным папкам и избранным местам, которые мы можете установить сами. Вы также можете использовать их для навигации.

    favorites.png

    Чтобы добавить что-нибудь в избранное, просто перейдите в нужное место и выберите в меню Избранное (Favorites) | Добавить текущую папку (Add Current Folder). Отныне эта папка будет доступна в любом диалоге открытия или сохранения. Для удаления чего-либо из избранного, выберите Избранное (Favorites) | Настроить избранное (Configure Favorites...) и удалите.
    Все избранные папки хранятся по следующему пути /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/Go/. Таким образом вы можете добавлять или удалять ссылки на файлы или папки непосредственно там.

    @@ -98,11 +100,11 @@

    index Репликанты

    -

    Репликанты - это небольшие автономные части приложений, которые могут быть интегрированы в другие приложения. Если активировать в Deskbar опцию Отображать репликанты (Show Replicants), то вы сможете отличить область репликанта по маленькому значку в правом нижнем углу:

    +

    Репликанты - это небольшие автономные части приложений, которые могут быть интегрированы в другие приложения. Если активировать в Deskbar опцию Отображать репликанты (Show Replicants), то Вы сможете отличить область репликанта по маленькому значку в правом нижнем углу:

    replicant.png -

    Наиболее подходящим местом для репликантов является Рабочий стол: Просто перетащите репликант за этот маленький в правом нижем углу на рабочий стол. Теперь репликант является частью рабочего стола и для его работы не требуется запуска оригинального приложения.
    +

    Наиболее подходящим местом для репликантов является Рабочий стол: Просто перетащите репликант за эту маленькую иконку в правом нижем углу на рабочий стол. Теперь репликант является частью рабочего стола и для его работы не требуется запуска оригинального приложения.
    Правым щелчком мыши по маленькой иконке в правом нижнем углу можно вызвать контекстное меню, которое содержит пункты О репликанте (About) и Удалить репликант (Remove Replicant).

    -
    Если вы испытываете трудности с репликантом и не можете его удалить, то просто удалите папку ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. К сожалению, это приведет к удалению всех репликантов с рабочего стола.
    +
    Если Вы испытываете трудности с репликантом и не можете его удалить, то просто удалите файл ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. К сожалению, это приведет к удалению всех репликантов с рабочего стола.

    Примерами репликантов являются ActivityMonitor, Workspaces applet и DeskCalc.

    @@ -110,8 +112,8 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/ru/preferences/mouse.html b/docs/userguide/ru/preferences/mouse.html index f9c92c0dcd..02150bb0d4 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/ru/preferences/mouse.html +++ b/docs/userguide/ru/preferences/mouse.html @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * michael_s + * Michael Smirnov * --> @@ -35,11 +35,12 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • - «  Медиа  -::  Настройки  + «  Media  +::  Preferences  ::  Сеть (Network)  » @@ -61,8 +62,8 @@

    Фокусирование мышкой (Focus follows mouse) делает любое окно под мышкой активным без клика по нему. Имеется три режима:

    - - + +
    Включено (Enabled) окно под курсором мыши автоматически становится активным, но не выходит передний план.
    Смещение (Warping) выбор окна из Deskbar или Twitcher плавно переместит курсор мыши к нему.
    Мгновенное смещение (Instant-Warping) выбор окна из Deskbar или Twitcher сразу переместит курсор мыши к нему.
    Перемещение (Warping) выбор окна из Deskbar или Twitcher плавно переместит курсор мыши к нему.
    Мгновенное перемещение (Instant-Warping) выбор окна из Deskbar или Twitcher сразу переместит курсор мыши к нему.

    Все настройки применяются налету.

    @@ -75,8 +76,8 @@ diff --git a/docs/userguide/ru/preferences/network.html b/docs/userguide/ru/preferences/network.html index c2242ae59a..f7b3c0cc90 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/ru/preferences/network.html +++ b/docs/userguide/ru/preferences/network.html @@ -10,7 +10,8 @@ * Authors: * Humdinger * Translators: - * michael_s + * Michael Smirnov + * Humdinger * --> @@ -35,12 +36,13 @@
  • Español
  • Svensk
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  •  «  Мышь (Mouse)  -::  Настройки  -::  Принтеры  » +::  Preferences  +::  Printers  » @@ -69,8 +71,8 @@ --> diff --git a/docs/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/network.html b/docs/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/network.html index ddc9d67c1b..5efa0f7236 100644 --- a/docs/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/network.html +++ b/docs/userguide/sv_SE/preferences/network.html @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ * Humdinger * Translators: * Victor Widell + * Humdinger * --> @@ -35,6 +36,7 @@
  • Русский
  • Español
  • 日本語
  • +
  • Українська
  • English
  • diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..23060e22c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications.html @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ + + + + + + + + + + Додатки (Applications) + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Додатки (Applications)

    + +

    Перед тим як перейти до додатків, що супроводжують Haiku, спробуємо детально вивчити, як встановити або видалити додатки, котрі Ви скачали, наприклад з одного з сайтів, що згадуються на сторінці Привітання (Welcome).

    +
    Вам слід просто розпакувати архів під Haiku. При розпакуванні вмісту архіву в Linux або Windows, наприклад, і потім просто скопіюєте їх у Haiku, Ви втратите всі важливі атрибути, бо ці системи не вміють правильно обробляти метадані.
    + +

    +index +Встановлення додатків

    +

    Haiku software always comes as an archive. Most of the time it's a ZIP, some old BeOS packages come in Software Valet's PKG format. Software Valet was able to automatically execute installation scripts, so after double-clicking you just select a destination folder and everything's taken care of.
    +If it's a ZIP archive, double-clicking opens Expander where you also set the destination and unpack it. As explained in the topic Filesystem layout, that destination is either

    +
    + + +
    /boot/common/apps/ for applications available to every user
    /boot/home/apps/ for applications only available to yourself
    +

    This distinction will only become relevant once Haiku gets multi-user support, of course.

    +

    Once the archive is unpacked, you should have a look into the newly created folder. Often you find ReadMe files or other documentation of interest.

    +

    Some programs need further configurations. For example, Tracker Add-Ons, Translators or other system enhancing components have to be put into the right folders. Either you'll find a little script file (often with the suffix .sh) like install that you simply double click to have all taken care of.
    +Sometimes you'll find folders that link to the correct destination named "drag [filename] here...". So, you simply follow that instruction and you're done.

    +

    Most of the time, however, nothing of the sort is necessary and you're done after unpacking.
    +Topics Deskbar or LaunchBox describe how to add shortcuts to your newly installed application.

    + +

    +index +Uninstalling applications

    +

    If the installation was done with an install script, chances are, there's an uninstall script as well. In that case, double-click it and you're done.
    +Otherwise, uninstalling is simply done by deleting the application's folder.

    +

    This, of course, leaves back possible configuration files in your ~/config/settings folder. This may be on purpose, if you want to keep those settings in case you'll install the program again in the future. Also, when the installation involved those "drag [filename] here..." folders, those files are also left behind.

    +

    One method to quickly get to all the app's files is to do a quick query for a significant part of the application's name. This will reveal the app's binary, its installation folder and its settings as well as possible links in the Deskbar etc. Simply select all relevant files and delete them.

    + +

    +index +Haiku's applications

    +

    Haiku comes with a set of mostly small but essential applications. You'll find all of them at /boot/system/apps/ or /boot/common/apps/. Applications that are not usually launched by a double-click on a data file (e.g. ShowImage for image files) can be found in the Applications menu of the Deskbar.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    iconActivityMonitor A tool to track system resources like CPU and memory usage.
    iconCDPlayer A player for audio CDs.
    iconCharacterMap An application that shows the Unicode character map.
    iconCodyCam A tool to regularly upload images from a webcam to a server.
    iconDeskCalc A calculator.
    iconDiskProbe A HEX editor for files and devices.
    iconDiskUsage A tool to visualize a disk's memory usage.
    iconDriveSetup A harddisk partitioning tool.
    iconExpander A tool to unpack common archives.
    iconIcon-O-Matic An app to create Haiku's vector icons.
    iconInstaller The tool to install Haiku to a partition.
    iconMagnify A magnified view of the area around your mouse pointer.
    iconMail An email client. [still missing]
    iconMediaPlayer A player for all supported audio/video files. [still missing]
    iconMidiPlayer A player for MIDI files. [still missing]
    iconPackageInstaller Installer for BeOS packages in PKG format. [still missing]
    iconPeople A contact manager.
    iconPoorMan A simple web server.
    iconScreenshot A tool to take screenshots.
    iconShowImage A simple image viewer. [still missing]
    iconSoundRecorder A tool to record audio from line-in or a microphone. [still missing]
    iconStyledEdit A simple text editor.
    iconTerminal Access to the bash.
    iconTextSearch A search tool for text files. [still missing]
    iconTV A viewer for analog TV. [still missing]
    + +

    +index +Bundled applications

    +

    Besides the above listed programs, which are all maintained by the Haiku project, there are a few essential applications bundled in a standard Haiku system. Bugs and feature requests for those have to be filed with the particular maintainer.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    iconBePDF A PDF viewer.
    iconBeZillaBrowser A web browser based on Mozilla's source code.
    iconPe An advanced texteditor with syntax coloring and much more.
    iconVision An IRC client.
    iconVLC media player VideoLAN's media player.
    iconWonderBrush YellowBite's graphics programm.
    + + + + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/activitymonitor.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/activitymonitor.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..488124bf4a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/activitymonitor.html @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + + + + + + ActivityMonitor + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    activitymonitor-icon_64.pngActivityMonitor

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/ActivityMonitor
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/ActivityMonitor settings
    +


    +

    При допомозі панелі настройок ActivityMonitor ви дістанете можливість відслідковувати системні ресурси, які вас цікавлять.

    +activitymonitor.png +

    Правим кліком мишки є можливість додати графіки, що показують споживання різного роду ресурсів:
    +Память Використана/Кешована (Used/Cached Memory), Файл підкачки (Swap Space), Використання процесора (CPU Usage), Мережа Отримано/Відправлено (Network Receive/Send), Відмови на сторінці (Page faults), Семафори (Semaphores), Порти (Ports), Потоки (Threads), Потоки (Тeams), Додатки, які запущено (Running Applications), Розмір буферу обміну Raw/текстового (Raw/Text Clipboard) Size, Медіа вузли (Media Nodes).

    +

    Під графіком розташована легенда (є можливість сховати її з контекстного меню). Ви можете змінити колір і фон графіка, якщо перетягнути колір легенди з будь-якого діалога вибору кольорів, наприклад з Icon-O-Matic.

    +

    Ви можете створити кілька виглядів з графіками при допомозі меню File .

    +

    Меню Settings відкриває панель налаштувань, де можна задати інтервал поновлення графіку.

    +

    Кожний вигляд з графіком запаковується в окремий Replicant , що дає можливість розмістити його на Робочому столі.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/bepdf.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/bepdf.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fa0d80311b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/bepdf.html @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + + + + + + BePDF + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    bepdf-icon_64.pngBePDF

    + + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/apps/BePDF/BePDF
    Документація:/boot/apps/BePDF/docs/*
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:/boot/common/settings/BePDF
    +


    +

    BePDF є дуже швидким переглядачем документів формату PDF. Підтримує також аннотування і користувацькі закладки для незашифрованих PDF-документів. Існує переклад на 20 мов, додаткові можна приєднати шляхом написання простого текстового файлу з перекладом.

    +

    Документація доступна у вигляді HTML-сторінок іPDF-документа. І може бути відкрита за допомогою пункту меню Допомога (Help) | Показати справку (Show Help...).

    +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/bezillabrowser.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/bezillabrowser.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8f43accf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/bezillabrowser.html @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ + + + + + + + + + BeZillaBrowser + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    bezillabrowser-icon_64.pngBeZillaBrowser

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/apps/BeZillaBrowser/BeZillaBrowser
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/Mozilla/Firefox/*
    +


    +

    BeZillaBrowser побудований на основі коду Mozilla Firefox і користувацьких патчів для підвищення швидкості, стабільності і інших аспектів. На даний момент всі збірки BeZilla використовують CVS-гілку Mozilla 1.8 . Ви можете відправляти звіти про помилки проекту на HaikuPorts.

    +

    Зважаючи на поширеність браузера на багатьох платформах Ви знайдете безліч настанов і порад в інтернеті. Наприклад, почніть звідси http://support.mozilla.com/.

    +
    При допомозі BeZilla поки що неможливо роздруковувати сторінки . На щастя існує додаток html2pdf який використовує онлайн сервіс для генерації PDF-документа у якості копії біжучої сторінки. Після встановлення, у стрічці стану з'явиться PDF-символ , після натискання на котрий відкриється вікно з пропозицією "Скачати біжучу сторінку у форматі PDF".
    +Застереження: Додаток працює тільки з онлайн сторінками.
    + +
    +
    + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/cdplayer.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/cdplayer.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b65b7bf5fa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/cdplayer.html @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ + + + + + + + + + CDPlayer + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    cdplayer-icon_64.pngCDPlayer

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/CDPlayer
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/cd/* -Зберігаються деталі всіх зідентифікованих CD-дисків.
    +


    + +


    +cdplayer.png +

    Користуватися просто, символи на кнопках кажуть самі за себе.
    +Активуйте кнопку Повтор (Repeat) зліва від Перемішати (Shuffle) щоб диск почав грати по колу.

    +

    Бажаєте більше функціоналу варта спробувати MediaPlayer .

    +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/charactermap.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/charactermap.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f8bf563f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/charactermap.html @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ + + + + + + + + + Таблиця символів (CharacterMap) + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    charactermap-icon_64.pngТаблиця символів (CharacterMap)

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/CharacterMap
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/CharacterMap settings
    +


    +

    Таблиця символів (CharacterMap) покаже Вам код UTF-8 кожного символа шрифта, що підтримується.

    +charactermap.png +

    Зліва виділені стандартні блоки символів і присутня зручна функція фільтрації. Опціонально Ви можете вибрати Показати приватні блоки (Show Private Blocks) у меню Вид (View). Справа відображаються символи, що відповідають цим блокам, з використанням шрифту, яий вказаний уменю Шрифт (Font) . Нижче Ви зможете поміняти розмір шрифту і подивитись hex, десятковий і UTF-8 код символу, на котрому знаходиться вказівник мишки.

    +

    Методом drag&drop символ легко перемістити з таблиці просто у текстовий редактор або клікнути правою кнопкою мишки і вибрати пункт меню Копіювати символ (Copy Character) (ALT C) чи Копіювати як ESC- послідовність (Copy As Escaped Byte String) (SHIFT ALT C). В результаті чого отримуємо або \xe2\x82\xac.

    + +
    +
    + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/codycam.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/codycam.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..972e4e40db --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/codycam.html @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ + + + + + + + + + CodyCam + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    codycam-icon_64.pngCodyCam

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/CodyCam
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/codycam
    +


    +

    Додаток CodyCam отримує зображення з вказаним інтервалом з підключеної веб-камери чи іншого пристрою з відеовходом і зберігає їх по FTP.

    +My very temporarily installed cam in Dartmoor National Park. +

    Зліва під вікном попереднього перегляду Ви вводите імя файлу, до якого буде додаватись щораз більша кількість збережених кадрів. Під ним Ви вибираєте формат файлу і швидкість передачі знімків.

    +

    Справа Ви вибираєте FTP або sFTP (якщо доступний SSH) і вводите дані, що необхідні для збереження зображення на сервері.

    + +
    +
    + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/deskcalc.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/deskcalc.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f001ba406b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/deskcalc.html @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ + + + + + + + + + Калькулятор (DeskCalc) + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    deskcalc-icon_64.pngКалькулятор (DeskCalc)

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/DeskCalc
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/DeskCalc_settings
    +


    +

    DeskCalc - простий калькулятор, що не позбавлений деяких корисних функцій, як може видатися спочатку.

    +deskcalc.png +
      +
    • DeskCalc розуміє значно більше команд ніж дозволяє його скромна клавіатура.
      +Окрім операторів +, -, *, /, %, ^ і констант pi and e він підтримує наступнв функції:
      +acos, asin, atan, atan2, ceil, cos, cosh, exp, floor, log, log10, pow, sin, sinh, sqrt, tan, tanh.

    • +
    • DeskCalc дуже толерантний до дій користувача:
      +/, :, \ - інтерпритуються як оператори ділення,
      +*, x - символи множення.
      +Одначе слід пам'ятати, що . і , рахуються знаками позначення дробової частини і використовувати їх для позначення розрядів не можна .

    • +
    • Меню по правому кліку робить доступними наступні опції:

      + + + +
      Включити режим Num Lock при старті (Enable Num Lock on start up)автоматично активує цифровий блок при пуску DeskCalc
      Відобразити Клавіатуру (Show Keypad)налаштовує відображення клавіатури
    • +
    • Ви можете змінити розмір калькулятора до потрібного і розташувати його у вигляді репліканта Replicant якщо перетягнути за символ у правому нижньому кутку. Але слід впевнитись, що настройка Показувати репліканти (Show Replicants) активована для Deskbar'у.

    • +
    • Клавіатуру можна розмалювати способом перетягування кольорів з будь-якої програми, що має палітру, наприклад, з Icon-O-Matic.

    • +
    • Ви можете пролистати історію своїх обчислень рухаючись і .

    • +
    • Ви можете перемістити вміст DeskCalс у будь-який додаток. Або закинути у вікно Tracker'a або робочого столу і текстовий файл з буфера створиться там.

      +

      А ще краще, що можлива зворотня дія :
      +Створення фрагментів, які описують різні стадії ваших обчислень і переміщення їх у вікно DeskCalc.
      +Або переміщення варіантів з листа просто у DeskCalc.

    • +
    • DeskCalc можна запустити із терміналу Terminal. Просто візьміть стрічку з діями у подвійні лапки як тут:

      +
      ~> DeskCalc "sin(45)*(cos(12)+3.45)"
      +3.6536554673202546181795194727005826674359494735820338441084848
    • +
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/diskprobe.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/diskprobe.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..277a1c8a50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/diskprobe.html @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ + + + + + + + + + DiskProbe + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    diskprobe-icon_64.pngDiskProbe

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/DiskProbe
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/DiskProbe_data
    +


    +

    DiskProbe це HEX редактор для перегляду і редагування вмісту файлу або пристрою на рівні байтів, він працює на самому низькому рівні і тому може серйозно пошкодити дані, якщо бути обережним!

    +
    Завжди слід працювати тільки з резервною копією файлу, а особливо уважним слід бути при роботі безпосередньо з пристроєм!.
    +

    При запуску DiskProbe у Вас спочатку спитають про файл або пристрій з яким Ви плануєте працювати. Після вибору відкриється вікно:

    +

    diskprobe.png

    +

    В основному вікні завжди відображається один блок даних, розмір якого можна виставити з меню Вид (View) | Розмір блока (BlockSize). Зліва показано зміщення від початку блока, по середині дані у вигляді HEX значень і справа теж саме і вигляді символів ASCII.
    +Ви можете переходити від блоку до блоку за допомогою верхнього повзунка або клавіш ALT і ALT і переключатись між HEX і ASCII колонками по TAB.

    +

    Пункт меню Блок (Block) | Вибір (Selection) Не тільки дасть вибір з різним порядком байтів (в шістнадцятковому або десятковому виді, який встановлюється через меню Вид (View) | Представлення (Base)), він також інтерпретує його як зміщення блоків до яких треба перейти. Пункт буде недоступним (сірим),якщо позиція буде за межами файлу/пристрою
    +Ця функція зручна в основному при перегляді файлових систем, бо вони часто містять посилання на інші блоки.

    +

    Якщо файл, який Ви переглядаєте включає в себе атрибути, то через меню Атрибути (Attributes) можна відкрити будь-який з них у новому вікні DiskProbe . Ось атрибут авторських прав додатку Про систему (AboutSystem) : +

    diskprobe-about-attr.png

    +

    В залежності від виду атрибуту відкриється потрібний таб редактора, в додаток до постійно присутнього таба Raw Editor.Наприклад,редактор для текста і MIME - типів, переглядач векторних іконок.

    +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/diskusage.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/diskusage.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d37dea2a47 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/diskusage.html @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ + + + + + + + + + DiskUsage + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    diskusage-icon_64.pngDiskUsage

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/DiskUsage
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/DiskUsage
    +


    +

    DiskUsage Графічно зображає дисковий простір на ваших розділах.
    +Корисний інструмент для відповіді на питання "Куди поділося вільне місце на моєму диску?".

    +

    diskusage.png

    +

    Концентричні кола представляють собою різні рівні в ієрархії файлової системи. Над центральним колом зображена папка /boot/home/. Кожен сегмент кола над нею - файл або папка, що знаходяться в /boot/home/. Кожен подальший сегмент відображає на один рівень глибше файлової ієрархії. Можливо доведеться змінити розмір вікна, щоб папки з великим ступенем вкладень змогли поміститися на нього.

    +

    Над вікном з графікою маємо випадаюче меню, в якому можна перемикатись між всіма доступними розділами. Перед початком відображення диску, відбувається сканування розділу. Для розділів великого об'єму це може зайняти досить багато часу на протязі якого можна переглянути інший розділ, що менший, якщо запустити другу копію додатку.

    +
      +
    • Якщо графічне представлення файлу стає меншим ніж 2°, то воно не відображається.
    • +
    • Кількість файлів, що декларується для папки, включає також і файли у вкладених папках. Папка рахується як файл.
    • +
    • DiskUsage ігнорує символьні посилання.
    • +
    +

    При наведенні мишки на певний сегмент, Ви отримаєте інформацію про цей файл або папку внизу в стрічці стану.

    +

    Правий клік мишки по сегменту викличе контекстне меню Отримання інформації (Get Info), Відкриття (Open) (у Tracker'i), Відкриття в (Open With) в іншому додатку, що підходить або Пересканування (Rescan) папки цього сегменту.
    +Лівий клік мишки по сегменту перенесе ці файл/папку в центр кола.
    +Лівий клік мишки по центру кола переносить на один рівень вгору.

    +

    Ви можете перетягувати файли і папки з DiskUsage в інші додатки, на робочий стіл або на інше вікно Tracker'a для копіювання. Якщо ж навпаки перетягнути розділи і папки на вікно DiskUsage, то розмір вікна підженеться до нового представлення і зробить його новим центральним колом.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/drivesetup.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/drivesetup.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8aa5f98d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/drivesetup.html @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ + + + + + + + + + Настройка дисків (DriveSetup) + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    drivesetup-icon_64.pngНастройка дисків (DriveSetup)

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/DriveSetup
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/DriveSetup
    +


    +

    Настройка дисків (DriveSetup) -це утиліта для створення, видалення та ініціалізації розділів. На даний момент вона не може переміщати або змінювати їх розмір, тому Вам знадобиться нерозмічений том (можливо зовнішній USB - накопичувач або другий вінчестер), або доведеться скористатись сторонньою утилітою GParted LiveCD для виділення вільного простору для нового розділу.

    +drivesetup.png +

    Верхню частину вікна займає графічне прдставлення всіх розділів пристрою, який Ви вибрали зі списку, що розташований нижче. Попри 4 первиннні розділи кожен з дисків може містити кілька розширених/логічних розділів. Щоб побачити детальнішу інформацію про кожний з логічних дисків, Вам знадобиться розгорнути список розділів , клікнувши по елементу +/-, що передує назві диску.

    +

    Вибравши розділ зі списку, Ви можете змонтувати його або відмонтувати за допомогою команд в меню Розділ (Partition) чи натиснувши ALT M або ALT U.

    +

    Крім того можна видалити розділ Розділ (Partition) | Видалити (Delete).
    +Однак слід пам'ятати наступне:

    +
    Дії з створення/видалення/ініціалізації розділів досить небезпечні. Перевірте зайвий раз чи Ви працюєте з потрібним розділом і потурбуйтесь про резервну копію даних на випадок, коли щось піде не так!
    +

    +index +Створення нового розділу

    +
    Якщо у ваших планах використовувати весь обєм диску як, наприклад, у випадку USB - накопичувача або карточки Compact Flash, Ви можете пропустити процес створення розділів і перейти безпосередньо до ініціалізації (Initializing).
    +

    Якщо використати неформатований простір на диску, який позначено <empty>, то можна створити розділ вибравши Розділ (Partition) | Створити (Create...)(ALT C).

    +drivesetup-create.png +

    У цьому діалозі Ви повинні задати розмір і тип файлової системи. Виберіть Be File System якщо Вам потрібний розділ для встановлення Haiku або Ви бажаєте використати всі переваги цієї системи такі як атрибути і запити . +Зверніть увагу на те, що інші операційні системи можуть мати труднощі з доступом до такого розділу.

    +

    Якщо Ви створили первинний розділ замість чергового розширеного/логічного,діалог вище, +також покаже прапорець Активний розділ (Active Partition). Якщо Ви збираєтесь використати цей розділ для загрузки Haiku, то Вам необхідно його відмітити.

    +

    Перед спробою використання або підмонтування нового розділу необхідно обовязково його ініціалізувати (відформатувати) у файлову систему. +

    +

    +index +Ініціалізація розділу (Initializing a partition)

    +

    Ініціалізіція розділу відбувається тільки у випадку коли він повністю відмонтований за допомогою команд меню Розділ (Partition) | Ініціалізувати (Initialize) .

    +drivesetup-initialize.png +

    Тут Вам потрібно вибрати імя розділу та розмір блоку. Рекомендується розмір 2048 байт на блок, хоча за потреби його можна змінити.
    +Ініціалізація знищить всі дані на цьому розділі!

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/expander.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/expander.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95262a66da --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/expander.html @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + + + + + + Expander + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    expander-icon_64.pngExpander

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:No entry, normally launched via double-clicking a supported file.
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/Expander
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/Expander_Settings
    +


    +

    Expander is a small tool to quickly unpack the most common archives, among them zip, gzip, bzip2, rar and tar.gz.
    +Just double-click an archive to see this simple interface:

    +

    expander.png

    + + + + +
    SourceALT Swill open a file dialog to find an archive to unpack.
    DestinationALT Dwill open a file dialog to set the destination.
    ExpandALT Ewill start the unpacking. It can be aborted with ALT K.
    +

    You can toggle the display of the file listing by un/checking Show Contents or pressing ALT L.

    +
    Expander can only unpack whole archives.
    +You can't select individual files to expand or add/remove files from the archive.
    +

    Edit | Preferences... or ALT P opens a preference panel that offers some useful settings to adjust Expander's behavior.
    +The options are all self-explanatory:

    +

    expander-preferences.png

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/icon-o-matic.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..78650c658b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/icon-o-matic.html @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ + + + + + + + + + Icon-O-Matic + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + + + + +
    Зміст
    BeOS bitmap vs. Haiku vector icons
    + Icons are attributes
    + Creating icons with Icon-O-Matic
    + Path
    + Shape
    + Style
    + Transformer
    + Saving an icon
    + Tips & Tricks
    + +

    icon-o-matic-icon_64.pngIcon-O-Matic

    + + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/Icon-O-Matic
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/Icon-O-Matic
    + +


    + +

    Before we come to the actual creating of icons in Icon-O-Matic, a few words on Haiku's icons in general.

    + +

    +index +BeOS bitmap vs. Haiku vector icons

    +

    Contrary to the BeOS, Haiku uses vector icons instead of bitmap icons. A special Haiku Vector Icon Format (HVIF) was developed that is highly optimized for small file sizes and fast rendering. That's why our icons are for the most part much smaller than either a bitmap or the widely used SVG format. Also, unlike BeOS' bitmap icons, Haiku isn't limited to an 8bit palette (256 colors).
    +Take this icon of the Terminal, for example:

    + + + + +
    BitmapSVGHVIF
    i-o-m-terminal-bitmap32 i-o-m-terminal-bitmap16terminal-icon_32terminal-icon_32
    1,024 byte
    + 256 byte
    7,192 byte 768 byte
    +

    Note that the BeOS used two versions of an icon, one 16x16 and one 32x32, to achieve good visuals in List and Icon View mode.

    +

    This trick isn't needed with vector icons. Besides only taking up a few hundred bytes in a file, vector icons also scale much better than bitmaps. (Note: BeOS offered only a 16x16 and 32x32 display.)

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    16x1632x3264x64128x128
    Bitmapi-o-m-bitmap16i-o-m-bitmap32i-o-m-bitmap64i-o-m-bitmap128
    Vectori-o-m-vector16i-o-m-vector32i-o-m-vector64i-o-m-vector128
    + +

    +index +Icons are attributes

    +

    Icons are stored as an attribute with their file. However, that doesn't mean that every file has to have this attribute to appear with an icon in a Tracker window: data files inherit their icon from their filetype. To globally change the filetype's icon you use the FileTypes preferences. If you only want to add a special icon to an individual file, you use the FileType Add-On on it instead. See topic Filetypes for more information.

    +
    Being an attribute, it follows that only filesystems supporting metadata can retain a file's individual icon. So, if you move files off your BFS volume, consider zipping them up so you don't lose icons or other attributes.
    + +

    +index +Creating icons with Icon-O-Matic

    +

    Icon-O-Matic is Haiku's icon editor that can save your work as HVIF, SVG or PNG. The icon can also be directly attached as attribute to an existing file or exported as a resource or source file used by developers. Since the application was tailored to the optimized HVIF format, its usage reflects the inner workings of this format.

    +

    Other than your normal vector graphics software, you don't deal with separate objects that each include all their specific properties like path, stroke width, stroke and fill color etc. Rather, you assemble your objects ("shapes") from shared paths and colors ("styles") and set certain properties. This re-using of elements is one secret of HVIF's efficiency. Although that imposes some constraints on the icon designer, there are a few advantages, too.
    +For example, by re-using a path, several objects can be modified together by manipulating this one path. Think of an object and its shadow. Modifying their shared path will change the object itself and automatically its (maybe slightly distorted/translated) shadow.

    + +

    Here's a quick overview of Icon-O-Matic's window:

    +i-o-m-overview.png + +

    To create any visible object on the canvas, you need a shape with a path and a style. Conveniently, you can create one, two or all three of those together from the Shape menu. Every kind of object (Paths, Shapes, Transformers, and Styles) has a menu above its list of elements, offering various commands. Every element has certain options that are set in the Properties view.

    + + +

    +index +Path

    +

    A path consists of several points which are connected with lines or Bezier curves. To add or change points, make sure the path is selected in the path list.

    + +

    Simply clicking in the canvas will set the first point. While setting a point, you decide if the resulting line will be straight or curved: a simple click and release produces a straight line, holding down the mouse button and moving the mouse will drag out the handles for a Bezier curve. Of course, you can also change it all later on.

    + +i-o-m-path-ab + +

    To get from "A" to "B", you have to transform some points from corner-points to curve-points. That's done by holding ALT while clicking on a point and dragging out the handles. This results in a symmetrical Bezier: the second handle follows the movement of the other. If you need to move the handles independently, again click&drag on a Bezier handle while holding ALT.
    +Vice versa, to go from Bezier to a corner-point, hold ALT and click on a point.

    + +

    To move a point, simply click&drag it. To select more than one point, hold down SHIFT and draw a selection rectangle. Selected points are marked with a red border instead of the usual black.
    +To insert a point into a path you click on the connecting line between two points.
    +Selected points are deleted by pressing DEL or by clicking on any point while holding CTRL.

    + +

    The mouse pointer indicates the current mode:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    i-o-m-pointer-move-pathi-o-m-pointer-inserti-o-m-pointer-addi-o-m-pointer-deletei-o-m-pointer-bezieri-o-m-pointer-select
    Move point(s)Insert pointAdd pointDelete point
    CTRL
    Corner↔Bezier
    ALT
    Select points
    SHIFT
    +

    You can invoke a context menu by right-clicking a point or a selection of points:

    + + + + + + +
    Select allALT ASelects all points of the current path.
    TransformTPuts all selected points in a transformation box, so you can move, resize and rotate them together. It works just like with shapes, described a bit further down.
    SplitSplits selected points into two, one sitting on top of the other.
    FlipRotates selected points by 180°. Only has an effect on Bezier points.
    RemoveDELDeletes selected points.
    + +

    Path Menu

    +

    The Path menu offers a few obvious entries to Add Rectangle and Add Circle or to Duplicate or Remove a path. Here are some that may need a bit more explaining:

    + + + + + + +
    ReverseIf your path isn't "closed" (see Path Properties below), a click into the canvas always creates a new point, connecting it with the last one. "Reverse" will reverse this order and your new point will connect to original start point instead.
    Clean UpMost useful with imported SVGs, this function will remove redundant points.
    Rotate Indices RightALT RPractically, this rotates the opening of a path. It's best seen when using a not-closed path with a style and a shape with a stroke transformer. Now, if your path looks like a ⊂ it will rotate like this: ⊂ ∩ ⊃ ∪.
    Rotate Indices LeftALT SHIFT RDoes the same in the other direction.
    + +

    Path Properties

    +

    Properties at the bottom left of the window offers all available settings of the currently selected object. A path only has two: a Name and if it's Closed or not.

    + + +

    +index +Shape

    +

    A shape groups together one or more paths with a style. Practically, it's the object that you'll actually see on the canvas. The grouping is done with the checkboxes in front of the paths and styles: Just select your shape and tick off the desired path(s) and a style.

    +

    A shape defines how a path and style is applied, e.g. if the object is filled or only stroked (which is done by using Transformers on the shape, we'll get to that later). Also, a shape can be moved, rotated or resized without touching the used path. That way, you can re-use a single path and get different, but related, shapes.

    + +i-o-m-shape + +

    When a shape is selected from the list, a rectangle is drawn around it. Depending on where exactly you grab it, the shape is moved, resized or rotated around a point in its center, which itself can be moved. Holding SHIFT will lock direction when moving, limit rotating to 45° angles and restrict the aspect ratio while resizing. The mouse pointer again indicates the current mode:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    i-o-m- move-shapei-o-m-pointer-resizei-o-m-pointer-rotatei-o-m-pointer-move-rotation
    MoveResizeRotateMove
    rotation point
    + +

    Shapes lie on top of each other, each is on its own layer, if you will. To reorder them you drag&drop their entry to a different position in the list.

    + +

    Shape Menu

    +

    The Shape menu offers the before mentioned possibility to Add Empty, With Path/Style/Path&Style and to Duplicate or Remove a shape. Then, there is:

    + + + +
    Reset TransformationReverts all the move, resize and rotate transformations you have applied to the shape.
    Freeze TransformationWhen you transform a shape, its assigned path(s) stay in their original position. This may be intended; maybe more than one shape is using that path, maybe you intentionally used Options | Snap to Grid to set the points at precise pixel borders.
    +If not, "Freeze Transformation" will apply the current shape transformation to the assigned path(s). A future "Reset Transformation" will then return to this new state.
    + +

    Shape Properties

    +

    Besides a Name, the Properties view for a shape has these options:

    + + + + +
    Min LODMinimum Level of Detail
    Max LODMaximum Level of Detail
    + +
    Level of Detail (LOD)
    + + + + + + +
    16x1632x3264x64
    i-o-m-lod-icon_16i-o-m-lod-icon_32i-o-m-lod-icon_64
    +

    See how there are no numbers in the 16px version of the BeVexed icon? That's done with the "Level of Detail" setting of their shapes.
    +With the LOD you control the visibility of a shape depending on its size. That way, you can leave away details of an icon that look good on a bigger icon, but maybe not so much on its smaller version.

    +

    This is how it works: A LOD of 1.0 is defined as a 64px icon size. To get the LOD of a particular icon size you simply divide it by 64, e.g. a 16px icon has a LOD of 16/64 = 0.25. A shape won't be visible below its Min LOD and above its Max LOD.

    +

    So, if you set a shape's Min LOD to 0.0 and the Max LOD to 0.5, this means that the shape will only be visible for icon sizes smaller or equal to 32px. If you wanted to exclude the 32px icon size, you'd have to stay below 0.5, say 0.49.

    +

    The LOD is not only for leaving out detailing shapes, but also to e.g. change the stroke width at different sizes, if you feel that's needed. Simply duplicate a shape, make your changes and set both of their LOD settings to show either one or the other. Here lies the only source of potential confusion, when you unwittingly overlap LODs of shapes, and wonder why at some size both are visible...
    +For example, if Shape 1 were to be shown below 48px and Shape 2 from 48px upward (LOD: 48/64 = 0.75):

    + + + + + + + + +
    OKNot OK!
    Shape 1Min LOD0.00Min LOD0.00
    Max LOD0.74Max LOD0.75
    Shape 2Min LOD0.75Min LOD0.75
    Max LOD4.00Max LOD4.00
    + + +

    +index +Style

    +

    A style can either be a solid color or some type of gradient.
    +Besides the predefined colors under Swatches, you can mix your own by clicking on the current color. Also, note the slider under the color spectrum which sets the alpha-channel (transparency).

    +i-o-m-gradients +

    You quickly create a new style by mixing your color and simply drag&dropping it into the list of styles.

    +

    If you go for a gradient, you set the type (Linear, Radial, Diamond, Cone) and then define the start and end colors. This is done with a drag&drop from a color bucket into the respective color indicator under the gradient.
    +Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. You can also insert more indicators to add more colors by double-clicking into the gradient. Pressing DEL removes the selected indicator.

    +

    You can move, resize and rotate the representing box of a gradient on the canvas until it fits your needs. This works just like with shapes.

    + +

    Style Menu

    +

    The Style menu offers the usual entries to Add, Duplicate or Remove a style and to Reset Transformation.

    + +

    Style Properties

    +

    The Name is the only Properties of a style.

    + + +

    +index +Transformer

    +

    A shape can have Transformers which change its appearance. The effects, however, are more subtle than a truck turning into a battle robot...

    + +

    Transformer Add Menu

    + + + +
    ContourAdds an outline to a shape.
    StrokeStrokes the path of a shape instead of filling it with a style.
    + +

    Depending on the kind of Transformer, you'll get a different set of properties.

    + +

    Transformer Properties

    +

    Besides a Name and the actual Width for the transformer, the Properties view has these (depending on its type slightly differing) options:

    + + + + + +
    CapsStroke only. Defines the end caps of a line: Butt, Square or Round.
    Detect Orient.Contour only. Determines if the contour is to the inside or outside the path.
    JoinsDefines how lines are joint at a point: Miter, Round or Bevel.
    Miter LimitOnly when the above Joins is set to "Miter" this setting influences the looks of the miter joint.
    + + +

    +index +Saving an icon

    +

    There's your usual menu bar at the top, File, Edit, Options. The usage is pretty much self-explaining, so we'll only look at how to save your work.

    +

    File | Save As... will save in a special Icon-O-Matic format that retains additional information like the names of paths, shapes and styles. These will be stripped from the actual icon once you export it to save space. It's a good idea to back-up your work like this, because without named objects everything's named "<path>/<shape>/<style>" which makes specific changes tedious.

    + +

    File | Export As... opens a familiar save panel with a file format dropdown menu at the bottom, offering these choices:

    + + + + + + + + + +
    HVIFHaiku Vector Icon Format
    HVIF RDefSaves as resource used by programmers
    HVIF Source CodeSaves as source code used by programmers
    SVGSaves as SVG
    PNGSaves as a 64px sized PNG
    PNG SetSaves as 16, 32 and 64px sized PNGs
    BEOS:ICON AttributeChoose a file and set its icon attribute directly
    META:ICON AttributeChoose a file and attach the icon as mere meta data
    + + +

    +index +Tips & Tricks

    +

    A few things you should keep in mind when working with Icon-O-Matic and some general tips for its usage:

    +
      +
    • Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.

    • +
    • You should always try to minimize your use of paths, those are the most expensive, file size wise. Re-use paths wherever possible and work with manipulated shapes and their transformers instead. Smart use of gradients can also save space.

    • +
    • Wherever possible, you should activate Snap-to-Grid from the Options menu when editing paths. Path points that align with the 64x64 pixel grid use less storage space. You'll also get the crispest look if points are set on exact pixel borders. For example, it is important to align the most prominent outlines with the 16x16 grid.

    • +
    • Check the preview to see if your icon still looks good in 16x16. You may want to use the Level Of Detail settings described in the Shapes section.

    • +
    • There's an easy way to produce letters, even if Icon-O-Matic doesn't provide such a tool. Just enter the text in a text editor such as StyledEdit, adjust font type and style, and drag&drop or copy&paste the selected text into Icon-O-Matic. This will create the according paths and shapes.

    • +
    • If you assign more than one path to a shape, their overlapping areas will cancel each other out. When one path is completely inside another, it practically creates a hole in the resulting shape.

    • +
    • You can zoom in and out of the canvas with the mouse wheel. Panning is done either by click&drag with the middle mouse button or with a normal left-click&drag while holding SPACE.

    • +
    + + + + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/installer.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/installer.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e468bafc5e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/installer.html @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ + + + + + + + + + Installer + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    installer-icon_64.pngInstaller

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/Installer
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:none
    +


    +

    The Installer is used to copy Haiku onto another volume.
    +Upon launch it displays a start window with important information. It's not a mindless EULA you're used to click away in the blink of an eye, it states:

    +
      +
    • This is alpha-quality software. Make backups or suffer the consequences!

    • +
    • The Installer needs a prepared partition. You may have to use a GParted LiveCD or a similar tool until Haiku's DriveSetup is mature enough to handle this task.

    • +
    • Haiku can be added manually to the bootmanager GRUB. In short, you have add an entry to /boot/grub/menu.lst of your Linux installation, similar to this:

      +
      # Haiku on /dev/sda7
      +title		Haiku
      +rootnoverify	(hd0,6)
      +chainloader	+1
    • +
    +



    +

    Once you acknowledged with Continue, you're presented with the main window:

    +installer.png +

    In the first pop-up menu you choose the source for the installation. It can be a currently installed Haiku or can come from an install CD or USB drive, etc.
    +The second pop-up menu specifies the target for the installation. This target partition/volume will be completely overwritten and has to be set aside beforehand by a partitioning tool like GParted.

    +

    Clicking the little expander widget will Show Optional Packages, if available, that you can choose to install in addition to the basic Haiku.

    +

    You should do a last check if you really picked the right target before starting the installation process. Click on Setup partitions... to open DriveSetup and have a look at the naming and layout of the available volumes and partitions.

    +

    Begin starts the installation procedure, which basically copies everything but the home/ and common/ folder onto the target volume and makes it bootable.

    +

    At the end of the installation procedure, the partition is automatically made bootable. However, it can happen that some other operating system or partitioning tool (accidentally) overwrites the boot sector of your Haiku volume. In this case, boot your installation CD and start the Installer. Select your Haiku boot partition from the Onto: Please Choose Target menu and click Write Boot Sector to make it bootable again.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/magnify.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/magnify.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9a8ea676e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/magnify.html @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ + + + + + + + + + Magnify + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    magnify-icon_64.pngMagnify

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/Magnify
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/Magnify_prefs
    +


    +

    Magnify shows an enlarged version of the area around your mouse pointer.

    +magnify.png +

    At the top you'll find the size and magnification level of the area. "32 x 32 @ 8 pixels/pixel" means that you look at a 32x32 pixel square around your mouse pointer and every pixel is enlarged by a factor of 8.

    +

    Below that is the color of the pixel that's marked by a red outline. Its color is presented as RGB and hex value.
    +You can move the red outline with the CURSOR keys.

    +

    To measure distances and align objects, you can add up to two blue crosshairs with ALT H. Their X/Y coordinates toward the top left corner and, if both are added, their X/Y distance from each other, are displayed at the bottom.
    +They can also be moved with the CURSOR keys. The active crosshair is marked with an "x".

    +

    You can move the mouse pointer pixel by pixel with OPT CURSOR keys.

    +

    Clicking on the pop-up menu gives you a number of options:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Save ImageALT S Saves the current display as a resource file.
    Copy ImageALT C Copies the current display to the clipboard.
    Hide/Show InfoALT T Toggles the display of all the additional information.
    Add a CrosshairALT H Adds a crosshair you can drag around.
    Remove a CrosshairALT SHIFT H Removes the last added crosshair.
    Hide/Show GridALT G Toggles the overlayed grid.
    Freeze/Unfreeze imageALT F Stops/continues updating the magnification area.
    Stick CoordinatesALT I Keeps updating the magnification area, but don't follow the mouse pointer any more.
    Make SquareALT / Reverts back to a square display after resizing the window.
    Decrease Window SizeALT - Shrinks the magnified area around the mouse pointer.
    Increase Window SizeALT + Enlarges the magnified area around the mouse pointer.
    Decrease Pixel SizeALT , Lowers magnification.
    Increase Pixel SizeALT . Increases magnification.
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/mail.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/mail.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8975c65dd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/mail.html @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + + + + + + Mail + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    mail-icon_64.pngMail

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/Mail
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/Mail/BeMail Settings
    +


    +

    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    + +
    +
    + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/mediaplayer.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/mediaplayer.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dac2fdf97e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/mediaplayer.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + + + + + + MediaPlayer + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    mediaplayer-icon_64.pngMediaPlayer

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/MediaPlayer
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/MediaPlayer
    +


    +

    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    + +
    +
    + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/midiplayer.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/midiplayer.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c4ebf33ba5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/midiplayer.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + + + + + + MidiPlayer + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    midiplayer-icon_64.pngMidiPlayer

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/MidiPlayer
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/MidiPlayerSettings
    +


    +

    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    + +
    +
    + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/packageinstaller.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/packageinstaller.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0ffcbc4851 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/packageinstaller.html @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + + + + + + PackageInstaller + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    packageinstaller-icon_64.pngPackageInstaller

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:No entry, normally launched via +double-clicking a supported file.
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/PackageInstaller
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:none
    +


    +

    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    + +
    +
    + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/pe.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/pe.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e524431c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/pe.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + + + + + + + Pe + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    pe-icon_64.pngPe

    + + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/apps/Pe/Pe
    Документація:/boot/apps/Pe/Documentation.html
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/pe/*
    +


    +

    Pe is a sophisticated editor, with its syntax highlighting targeted mainly at programmers and HTML writers. Originally created by Maarten Hekkelmann, it's been open sourced and maintained by Haiku developers. A bugtracker and more information is available at the Pe project page.

    +

    Find out more about Pe's features in its local documentation.

    + +
    +
    + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/people.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/people.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63d9adfe73 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/people.html @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ + + + + + + + + + People + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    people-icon_64.pngPeople

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/People
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/People_data
    +


    +

    People is a simple contact database using the attributes of Haiku's filesystem to store addresses and other contact information. Every contact is saved as one Person file with its data in separate attributes. All are indexed and therefore searchable with a query.

    + +people.png + +

    The Group attribute at the bottom allows assigning a person to one or more groups. Useful for "mass mailing" a number of people who, for example, work on a specific project. The pop-up menu offers all currently existing groups. If a person belongs to more than one group, the group names are delimited with a ",".

    + +

    These Person files are usually all saved in /boot/home/people/. To get a list of all your contacts, just open your people folder and display all attributes of interest. If you choose to organize your Person files in different folders, just use a query to display them all in one window.

    + +people-files.png + +

    You can treat these files like any other: You can sort according to attributes (even a second sorting order by holding SHIFT while clicking) and of course delete, duplicate or rename Person files. Even the contact information can be edited directly: Clicking on an attribute (or ALT E) to edit works just like renaming a file. Once you're in edit mode, TAB and SHIFT TAB will jump from column to column.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/poorman.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/poorman.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..97f7c366af --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/poorman.html @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ + + + + + + + + + PoorMan + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    poorman-icon_64.pngPoorMan

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/PoorMan
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/PoorMan Settings
    +


    +

    PoorMan is a nice little webserver that's extremly easy to set up. Naturally it doesn't offer any advanced features like other heavy duty server software, it's after all only a poor man's webserver.

    +

    Upon its first launch, PoorMan asks for the folder that is about to be served to the web. If you go with the Default, a new folder /boot/home/public_html is created for you. As a start page a HTML file named by default index.html has to be present there.

    +

    PoorMan presents itself with a simple console that logs its activity. Then, there's status information if the server is running, which folder is being served, and a hit counter. Settings are changed with Edit | Settings...: +

    +

    poorman.png

    +

    The settings panel is divided into three tabs:

    +

    In Site you can select another folder to serve, enter another start page and have the option to send a file listing if the start page isn't present.
    +Logging lets you de/activate logging to the console or optionally to a separate logfile.
    +The Advanced tab holds the setting for the maximum simultaneous connections.

    +

    The menu items of the console window are all self-explanatory. With them you can e.g. save (parts) of the console output, clear the console or logging file and start/stop the server or clear the hit counter.

    + +
    If you want to try out if PoorMan's working, choose /boot/apps/BePDF/docs/ as folder and index.html as start page. Then point your browser to the URL 127.0.0.1, which is your local host.
    + +
    +
    + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/screenshot.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/screenshot.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1a787e2ee9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/screenshot.html @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ + + + + + + + + + Screenshot + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    screenshot-icon_64.pngScreenshot

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/Screenshot
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/screenshot
    +


    +

    Besides normal screenshots taken via PRINT, which puts a PNG of the current screen into /boot/home/, this application provides some useful options.

    +

    screenshot.png

    +

    Starting Screenshot will take a screenshot as usual, but offers from its main window controls to set filename, format and folder before saving the image.

    +

    The Options dialog has a few more settings:

    +

    screenshot-options.png

    +

    Besides the obvious, toggle between taking the whole screen or just the active window, including the window border and the mouse pointer, you can enter a delay before a screenshot is taken. Of course, this delay takes only effect if you take a new shot by pressing Take Screenshot.

    + +

    +index +Taking a screenshot from Terminal

    +

    The Screenshot application is also usable from Terminal or a script.
    +Screenshot --help shows the familiar options as parameters:

    + +
    ~> Screenshot --help
    +
    +Screenshot [OPTION]... Creates a bitmap of the current screen
    +
    +OPTION
    +  -o, --options         Show options window first
    +  -m, --mouse-pointer   Include the mouse pointer
    +  -b, --border          Include the window border
    +  -w, --window          Capture the active window instead of the entire screen
    +  -d, --delay=seconds   Take screenshot after specified delay [in seconds]
    +  -s, --silent          Saves the screenshot without showing the app window
    +                        overrides --options, saves to home folder as png
    +
    +Note: OPTION -b, --border takes only effect when used with -w, --window
    +
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/showimage.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/showimage.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a34db9a1ba --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/showimage.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + + + + + + + ShowImage + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    showimage-icon_64.pngShowImage

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:No entry, normally launched via +double-clicking a supported file.
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/ShowImage
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/ShowImage_settings
    +


    +

    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    + +
    +
    + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/soundrecorder.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/soundrecorder.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b81369b7ea --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/soundrecorder.html @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + + + + + + SoundRecorder + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    soundrecorder-icon_64.pngSoundRecorder

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/SoundRecorder
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/???
    +


    +

    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    + +
    +
    + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/stylededit.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/stylededit.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..50edbd7b48 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/stylededit.html @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ + + + + + + + + + StyledEdit + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    stylededit-icon_64.pngStyledEdit

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/StyledEdit
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:none
    +


    +

    StyledEdit is Haiku's simple text editor. Although it saves files in plain text format, additional attributes are written in order to have limited formatting capabilities when viewed with StyledEdit.

    +stylededit.png +

    If you're interested, this is what those additional attributes look like when examined in Terminal with listattr:

    +
    ~> listattr /boot/home/Desktop/test.txt
    +File: /boot/home/Desktop/test.txt
    +  Type         Size                 Name
    +-----------  ---------  -------------------------------
    +     Int-32          4  "be:encoding"
    +MIME String         11  "BEOS:TYPE"
    +     Int-32          4  "wrap"
    +     Int-32          4  "alignment"
    +   Raw Data       1048  "styles"
    +
    +1071 bytes total in attributes.
    +

    As you can see, all the formatting options from StyledEdit's menu are present: line wrapping (on/off) and alignment (left/center/right), each in one attribute. Styles (font, size, color) of each letter mangled into another.

    +
    Because these attributes are a file system feature of BFS, this means that not only other platforms just see a plain text file, it also follows, that the formatting will be lost when a file is stored on a non-BFS partition. The above attributes are simply stripped and what's left is the ordinary, plain text file.
    +

    In any case, it's a nice idea having the possibility of colored text in different fonts and sizes while still being a normal text file. A ReadMe.txt, for example, is therefore readable in a shell on any platform and still has a bit of style when viewed via double-click from Haiku.

    +

    Actually using StyledEdit is so simple, we'll skip explaining every mundane menu item. Just write down your text then select the words you'd like to format and apply font, size and color from the Font menu. Line wrapping and alignment from the Document menu only work on the whole file.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/terminal.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/terminal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9fd8375146 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/terminal.html @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ + + + + + + + + + Terminal + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    terminal-icon_64.pngTerminal

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/Terminal
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/Terminal
    +~/.profile - adds/overrides defaults in /boot/system/etc/profile
    +~/.inputrc - adds/overrides defaults in /boot/system/etc/inputrc
    +


    +

    The Terminal is Haiku's interface to bash, the Bourne Again Shell.

    +

    Please refer to the topic on Scripting for a few links to online tutorials on working in the shell. Here, we'll concentrate on the Terminal application itself.

    + +

    +index +Appearance

    +

    You can open as many Terminals as needed, either each in it's own window by simply launching more Terminals or with ALT N from an already running Terminal. Or you use Terminal's tabbed view and open another tab with ALT T.

    +

    A Terminal window can be resized like any other window or you use the presets from the Settings | Window Size menu. ALT ENTER toggles fullscreen mode.

    +

    Changed window size and text encoding are only kept choosing Settings | Save as default.

    +terminal.png +
    +

    Settings | Preferences opens a panel where you can set font type, font size and the different text and background colors. You can save different settings as separate profiles, which on double-click open an accordingly configured Terminal.
    +Pressing OK will save the current settings as default.

    + +

    +index +Bash customization

    +

    Coming from Unix, there are countless possibilities to customize the bash itself. There are two files that are especially important to the user: .profile and .inputrc
    +Both files can be created in the home/ folder and add or override the system defaults that are defined in /boot/system/etc/.

    + +

    .profile

    +

    The .profile is loaded every time you open a new Terminal. It sets all kinds of aliases and variables that will affect bash's behavior and appearance. You'll find many online resources that will detail all possibilities.

    +

    The Haiku/BeOS Tip Server has quite a few tips to get you started, for example:

    + +

    There are more, have a look.

    + +

    .inputrc

    +

    The .inputrc deals with keybindings. Since Haiku provides useful defaults, you probably don't have to mess with these more involved settings. If you do have special needs here, consult one of the many online resources, e.g. The GNU Readline Library.

    + +

    +index +Keyboard shortcuts

    +

    You'll find a list of useful shortcuts in Shortcuts and key combinations.

    + +

    +index +Hints for working with the Terminal

    +
    • Dragging a file or folder from a Tracker window into the Terminal will insert its path at the location of the cursor. Dragging with the right mouse button offers additional actions in a context menu:

      + + + + + + +
      Insert Path Inserts the location of the file, same as drag&dropping with the left mouse button.
      Change Directory Changes to the folder of the dragged file.
      Create Link Here Creates a link to the dragged file in the current working directory of the Terminal.
      Move Here Moves the dragged file into the current working directory of the Terminal.
      Copy Here Copies the dragged file into the current working directory of the Terminal.
    • +
    • You can open any file with its preferred application with the command open [filename]. This also works with the representation of the current (".") and parent ("..") folder which then open in a Tracker window. So, to open the current working directory, you type:

      +
      open .
      +
    + + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/textsearch.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/textsearch.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bbad0dbdd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/textsearch.html @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + + + + + + TextSearch + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    textsearch-icon_64.pngTextSearch

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:No entry, normally launched via Tracker Add-On
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/TextSearch
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/TextSearch
    +


    +

    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    + +
    +
    + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/tv.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/tv.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..088db95cd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/tv.html @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + + + + + + TV + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    tv-icon_64.pngTV

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/TV
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/???
    +


    +

    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    + +
    +
    + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/vision.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/vision.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..586c5da9d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/vision.html @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + + + + + + + + + Vision + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    vision-icon_64.pngVision

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/apps/Vision{version}/Vision
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/Vision/*
    +


    +

    Vision is an IRC client originally developed for the BeOS. Documentation and a bug tracker are available at the Vision website.

    +
    You can find help from other Haiku users and developers on Haiku channels in various languages.
    +The most frequented is the English speaking #haiku at irc.freenode.org.
    + +
    +
    + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/vlc.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/vlc.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0353589f58 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/vlc.html @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + + + + + + VLC media player + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    vlc-icon_64.pngVLC media player

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/apps/vlc{version}/VLC media player
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/VideoLAN Client/*
    +


    +

    The VLC media player is a port of the widely used multiplatform media player. More information can be found at the VideoLAN website.

    + +
    +
    + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/applications/wonderbrush.html b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/wonderbrush.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c9dc95b640 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/applications/wonderbrush.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + + + + + + + WonderBrush + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    wonderbrush-icon_64.pngWonderBrush

    + + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Додатки(Applications)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/apps/WonderBrush/WonderBrush
    Документація:/boot/apps/WonderBrush/Documentation {мова}
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/WonderBrush
    +


    +

    WonderBrush - це редактор растрової і векторної графіки. Детальну інформацію і семінари можна знайти на сайті YellowBites а також в документації., яка іде з додатком.

    + +
    +
    + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/attributes.html b/docs/userguide/uk/attributes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7eee365309 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/attributes.html @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ + + + + + + + + + Атрибути (Attributes) + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Атрибути (Attributes)

    + +

    Атрибути - це поля даних, які відносятся до файлу, але не є його частиною. Вони не враховуються при підрахунку розміру файлу і можуть бути скопійовані або видалені без зміни самого файлу. Система використовує атрибути для зберігання, наприклад, розміру ,типу файлу, дати його останньої зміни і т.д. Так само яу в інших операційних системах.

    +

    Відмінність полягає в тому, що Ви можете додати будь-який атрибут до будь-якого файлу, потім відобразити і зробити його таким , що можна редагувати у вікні Tracker. Вам потрібно лиш визначити якого типу атрибут Ви бажаєте додати до файлу (наприклад: стрічка, ціле число і час), дати визначення і опис.

    +

    І взагалі файл може не містити жодної інформації. Подивімося на файли контактів наприклад:

    +people.png +
    +

    Як ви бачете усі файли мають нульовий розмір разом з атрибутами і атрибут E-mail в контакта "John Nox" редагується прямо з Tracker'а.

    +

    Якщо проіндексувати атрибути в контактів, листів або звукових файлів, то стане можливим робити пошук за допомогою швидкої системи запитів.

    + +

    +index +Робота з атрибутами в Tracker'i

    +

    у Tracker'і атрибути відображаються, як у базі даних або таблиці. Можна вибрати, які атрибути відображати і відсортувати список файлів за ними

    +

    Відкрийте Tracker, клікніть по пункту меню Атрибути (Attributes) і виберіть атрибути, які вихочете відобразити. Також можна просто клікнути по заголовку колонки і відмітити елементи в контекстному меню. Можна поміняти колонки з атрибутами, якщо потягнути їх за заголовок, або видалити непотрібну колонку, якщо перетягнути її за межі вікна.

    +

    Подвійно клікніть мишкою по лінії, що знаходиться між двома заголовками атрибутів і ширина колонки автоматично зміниться згідно найдовшого атрибута.

    +

    Клікніть по заголовку колонки, щоб відсортувати список. Ви можете встановити вторинне сортування коли утримувати клавішу SHIFT і клікнути по заголовку колонки. Наприклад, відсортуйте файли контактів по компанії і по імені контакту.Вторинне сортування буде відмічене світлим індикатором поряд іззіголовком.

    +

    Редагування атрибутів є такою ж простою операцією як і переіменування файлу: клікніть по стрічці або натисніть ALT E для переміщення по атрибутах використовуйте клавіші TAB and SHIFT TAB. КлавішаESC дозволить вийти з режиму редагування без збереження змін.

    + +

    +index +Робота з атрибутами в Terminal'i

    +

    Якщо Ви надаєте перевагу командній лінії або плануєте працювати з великою кількістю файлів при допомозі скриптів , то існує кілька команд для керування атрибутами в Terminal'i.

    +

    +index +listattr

    +

    listattr - показує список атрибутів, але не їх вміст .

    +
    usage: listattr 'filename' ['filename' ...]
    +

    Приклад:

    +
     ~/people ->listattr Clara\ Botters
    +File: Clara Botters
    +   Type         Size                 Name
    +-----------  ---------  -------------------------------
    +MIME String         21  "BEOS:TYPE"
    +        Text         14  "META:name"
    +        Text          6  "META:nickname"
    +        Text          1  "META:company"
    +
    +        Text         18  "META:address"
    +        Text          8  "META:city"
    +        Text          1  "META:state"
    +        Text          1  "META:zip"
    +        Text          1  "META:country"
    +
    +        Text          1  "META:hphone"
    +        Text         13  "META:wphone"
    +        Text          1  "META:fax"
    +        Text         19  "META:email"
    +        Text          1  "META:url"
    +
    +        Text          5  "META:group"
    +    Raw Data         20  "_trk/pinfo_le"
    + 
    +131 bytes total in attributes.
    +

    Поза всіма "META:*" атрибутами, які зберігають контактну інформацію. є також два , якими керує система:

    +
      +
    • BEOS:TYPE зберігає тип файлу у вигляді MIME стрічки, у нашому випадку "application/x-person".Він визначає іконку по замовчуванню і додаток, який відкриває файл за подвійним кліком по ньому.

    • +
    • "_trk/pinfo_le" при допомозі цього атрибуту Tracker відслідковує місце розташування іконки.

    +
    Зверніть увагу на бекслеш після "Clara". В Terminal'i Ви можете відміняти спеціальні символи такі як '"*\$?!. Пробіл між "Clara" і "Botters" також є таким. Отже бекслеш є насправді попереду пробілу а не після "Clara".
    + +

    +index +catattr

    +

    catattr - виводить вміст вказаного атрибуту файлу.

    +
    usage: catattr [--raw|-r] attr_name file1 [file2...]
    +

    Приклад:

    +
     ~/people ->catattr META:city Clara\ Botters
    +Clara Botters : string : Whelton
    + +

    +index +addattr

    +

    addattr - дозволяє додати атрибут і (або) заповнити його вміст.

    +
    usage: addattr [-t type] attr value file1 [file2...]
    +    or: addattr [-f value-from-file] [-t type] attr file1 [file2...]
    + 
    +         Type is one of:
    +                 string, mime, int, llong, float, double, bool, raw
    +                 or a numeric value (ie. 0x1234, 42, 'ABCD', ...)
    +         The default is "string"
    +

    Припустимо Clara влаштувалась на роботу в Barkelbaer Inc., Ви можете тепер заповнити атрибут "Company", який раніше був пустим наступним чином:

    +
     ~/people ->addattr -t string META:company Barkelbaer\ Inc. Clara\ Botters
    + +

    +index +rmattr

    +

    rmattr - дозволяє повністю видалити атрибут файлу.

    + +
    usage: rmattr [-p] attr filename1 [filename2...]
    +         'attr' is the name of an attribute of the file
    +         If '-p' is specified, 'attr' is regarded as a pattern.
    +

    хоча просто можна би було не заповняти атрибут "Fax" , але ви можете повністю видалити цей атрибут в файлу Clara:

    +
     ~/people ->rmattr META:fax Clara\ Botters
    + +

    +index +copyattr

    +

    copyattr дозволяє зкопіювати атрибути з одного або дікількох файлів на інший. По замовчуванню вміст файлу не \ копіюється.

    +
    Usage: copyattr <options> <source> [ ... ] <destination>
    + +

    Якщо Ви забажаєте скопіювати не тільки атрибути але і вміст файлу слід додати опцію "-d" або "--data".

    + +


    +

    Більше інформації про команди і їх опції можна отримати після введення команди з опцією "-h" або "--help".

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/bash-scripting.html b/docs/userguide/uk/bash-scripting.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2d64fcb0d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/bash-scripting.html @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ + + + + + + + + + Bash і скрипти + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Bash і скрипти

    + +

    "Скриптинг"- це техніка автоматизаціі процедур Terminal by hand.
    +Scripts can range from simply executing a few commands in a specific order to sophisticated pieces of code that solve complex tasks.

    + +

    +index +The Bash

    +

    Since scripts rely naturally a lot on the shell they are interpreted by, you should first familiarize yourself with the BASH that's used by Haiku. There are many resources online as it's a widely used shell. One nice document is Johan Jansson's Introduction to bash - a tutorial for bash under BeOS.

    + +

    +index +The Scripting Bible

    +

    After you've learned a few basics about working in the shell, it's time to slowly ease yourself into the world of scripting. Again, you'll find loads of tutorials and reference material online as well as in bookstores. A very nice introduction that's practically tailor-made for Haiku is the online available Scripting Chapter (PDF, 900kb) of Scot Hacker's BeOS Bible.

    + +

    +indexScripts in Haiku

    +

    In Haiku, the system makes of course also use of scripting. Booting and shutting down are typical scripting procedures. These defined sequences can be augmented by the user with certain user scripts.
    +If they don't exist already, you'll have to create the needed files yourself. Otherwise simply add your commands where in the process you want them to be executed.

    + +

    +index +The UserBootscript

    +

    /boot/home/config/boot/UserBootscript will be executed after the system has finished its boot process. For example, you could launch a number of programs that would then be automatically started on every boot up:

    +
    # Start LaunchBox
    +/boot/system/apps/LaunchBox &
    +
    +# Start Workspaces Applet
    +/boot/system/apps/Workspaces &
    +

    Remember to end a command with an "&" to start it as a background process, or the script will halt until that command has finished (in this case: the launched app was closed again).

    + +

    A simple alternative to the above for launching applications at boot up is to put links to them in the /boot/home/config/boot/launch directory. This can be done simply by right-clicking on the application you wish to have started automatically, going to Create Link and then navigating to the above directory.

    + +

    +index +The UserShutdownScript

    +

    /boot/home/config/boot/UserShutdownScript will be executed as the first step in the shutdown process. If the script returns a non-zero exit status, the shutdown is aborted.

    + +

    +index +The UserShutdownFinishScript

    +

    /boot/home/config/boot/UserShutdownFinishScript is executed as the last step in the shutdown process. Note, that most parts of the system have terminated by the time this script is executed.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/bootloader.html b/docs/userguide/uk/bootloader.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb373b020a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/bootloader.html @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ + + + + + + + + + Boot Loader + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Boot Loader

    + +

    Haiku's Boot Loader can help when you experience hardware related problems or want to choose which Haiku installation to start, if you have more than one (maybe on an installation CD or USB stick).
    +It's also handy after you installed a software component that acts up and prevents you from booting the system to remove it again. The Disable user add-ons option that's mentioned below, will start Haiku without loading user installed components, e.g. a driver.

    +

    To enter the Boot Loader options, you have to press and keep holding the SHIFT key before the beginning of Haiku's boot process. If there's a boot manager installed, you can start holding SHIFT before invoking the boot entry for Haiku. If Haiku is the only operating system on the machine, you can begin holding the key while still seeing boot messages from the BIOS.

    +


    +

    Once it's there, you're offered three menus:

    + + + + +
    Select boot volume Choose which Haiku installation to start.
    Select safe mode options
    +
     There are several options to try in case of hardware related trouble. When moving the selection bar to an option, a short explanation appears at the bottom of the screen. +

    - Safe mode
    +- Disable user add-ons
    +- Disable IDE DMA
    +- Use fail-safe video mode
    +- Don't call the BIOS
    +- Disable APM
    +- Disable ACPI
    +- Disable IO-APIC
    +- Enable serial debug output
    +- Enable on screen debug output +

    Select fail safe video mode If you had to activate the option Use fail-safe video mode, you can set resolution and color depth.
    +


    +

    After activating one or more options, you return to the main menu and continue booting, which presents you with this boot screen:

    +boot-screen.png + +

    If everything works OK, one symbol after another quickly lights up.
    +The different symbols roughly correspond to these boot stages:

    + + + + + + + + +
    Atom Initializing modules.
    Disk + magnifier Creating rootfs (/) and mounting devfs (/dev).
    Plug-in card Initializing device manager.
    Boot disk Mounting boot disk.
    Chip Loading CPU specific modules.
    Folder Final initialization of subsystems.
    Rocket Boot script starting the system.
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/contents.html b/docs/userguide/uk/contents.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3dbd10438c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/contents.html @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ + + + + + + + + + "Настанова користувача Haiku" - Зміст + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Вітаємо у "Настанові користувача Haiku"

    + +

    Нижче Ви знайдете документацію про найважливіші аспекти Haiku. Документація знаходиться у стадії розробки. Якщо Ви знайшли помилки, або бажаєте дещо запропонувати, чи навіть хочете зробити свій вклад, ознайомтесь зі списком розсилки документації. Якщо Ви зацікавлені допомогти з перекладом - зверніться сюди.

    +


    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Boot LoaderВстановлює опції безпечної загрузки для вирішення конфігураційних проблем.
    Filesystem layoutУява про ієрархію файлової системи і знайомство з важливими папками і файлами.
    Haiku's GUILearn about the basic elements of the graphical user interface.
    WorkspacesUse virtual desktops for an uncluttered work environment.
    TwitcherSwitch between running applications.
    Team MonitorKill unresponsive applications or system components.
    TrackerLearn all about navigating, working with files and folders and how to configure Haiku's file manager.
    Shortcuts and key combinationsThe most common shortcuts to speed up your workflow.
    DeskbarUse and configure Haiku's version of the "Start" menu and taskbar.
    FiletypesSet default applications, change file types and create your own.
    AttributesOne of Haiku's main features lets you manage and add any kind of data to any file.
    IndexUse indexing to be able to search for attributes.
    QueriesUse Haiku's lightning fast queries to quickly find what you're looking for.
    Workshop: Filetypes, Attributes, Index and QueriesLearn to use some of Haiku's key features by organizing your DVDs.
    ApplicationsLearn how to un/install applications in general and how work with the ones that come with Haiku.
    Desktop AppletsSimple tools to install on your Desktop and Deskbar.
    PreferencesConfiguring and setting up your system.
    Bash and ScriptingLearn of some interesting scripts used by the system and about online resources for working in the shell and scripting.
    + +
    +
    + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/demos.html b/docs/userguide/uk/demos.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7971e0b962 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/demos.html @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ + + + + + + + + + Демки (Demos) + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Демки (Demos)

    + +

    Тут є кілька маленьких гарних ігор і демо додатків для вашої розваги. Більшість з них призначені показати розробникам можливості коду цих додатків, які як і вся Haiku є з повністю відкритим кодом.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BSnow Просто падає сніг!
    Chart Мандруємо серед зірок і галактик.
    Clock Аналоговий годинник.
    Cortex Показує media_server у всій красі.
    FontDemo Слайд-шоу всіх Ваших шрифтів.
    GLDirectMode Демонстрація OpenGL.
    GLTeapot Обертання чайника оброблене при допомозі OpenGL .
    Gradients Демонстрація градієнтів API .
    Mandelbrot Обчислення фрактолів.
    Pairs Гра з пошуку пар одинакових зображень.
    Playground Демонстрація API малювання.
    Pulse Показує завантаженість процесора Вашого ком'пютера.
    Sudoku "Solitair" цього сторіччя.
    + +
    +
    + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/deskbar.html b/docs/userguide/uk/deskbar.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..33a472c659 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/deskbar.html @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ + + + + + + + + + Deskbar + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + + + + +
    Зміст
    + The Deskbar Menu
    + The Tray
    + The list of running programs +
    + +

    Deskbar

    + +

    Deskbar - це маленька панель, що по замовчуванню розташована у верхньому кутку екрана . Вона є аналогом меню Пуск у Віндовс і містить меню з якого ви можете запустити необхідні додатки, настройки, а також трей з годинником. і список запущених додатків внизу.

    +positions +

    You can move the Deskbar to any corner or as a bar along the upper or lower border of the screen by gripping the knobbly area on one side of the tray and drag&drop it into the new position. You can also fold it into a more compact layout by drag&dropping the knobbly area onto the Deskbar menu.

    + +

    +index +The Deskbar Menu

    +

    A menu opens when you click on the Deskbar's top:

    +deskbar.png +
      +
    • About This System... - Shows some basic information of the system, licenses and the credits of the Haiku project.

    • + +
    • Find... - Opens the Query dialog.

    • +
    • Show Replicants - Shows/hides the little Replicant widget you use to drag it around, remove or access its context menu.

    • +
    • Mount - Offers the same options as when invoked by right-clicking the Desktop (see Mounting Volumes).

    • +
    • Deskbar Preferences... - Opens a panel to configure the Deskbar (see below).

    • +
    • Shutdown - Offers options to either Restart System or Power Off.

    • +
    • Recent Documents, Folders, Applications - List of the last recently opened documents, folders and applications (see Deskbar Preferences below).

    • +
    • Applications, Demos, Deskbar Applets, Preferences - List of installed applications, demos, applets and preferences (see Deskbar Preferences below).

    • +
    + +

    +indexDeskbar Preferences

    +configure.png +
      +
    • Menu
      +Here you can set the number of recent documents, folders and applications that are shown in their menu in the Deskbar, or if you want to see them at all.
      +The button Edit Menu... opens the folder /boot/home/config/be/. In it you'll find the files and folders that appear in the Deskbar, by default these are Applications, Demos, Deskbar Applets, and Preferences.
      +You can delete or add entries like links to applications, documents or even queries by simply copying/deleting them to/from this folder.

      +

      It's even easier to simply drag a file, folder or saved query and drop it where you want it into the Deskbar.

    • +
    • Window

      + + + +
      Always on Top The Deskbar always stays above all other windows.
      Auto Raise The Deskbar pops to the front if the mouse pointer touches it.
    • +
    • Applications

      + + + + + +
      Sort Running Applications Sorts the list of running programs alphabetically.
      Tracker always First Even if you sort alphabetically, the Tracker entry always stays first in the list.
      Show Application Expander Provides a small widget to show/hide all windows of a program directly under its entry in the Deskbar.
      Expand New Applications Newly launched programs have their windows automatically expanded under their entry in the Deskbar.
    • +
    • Clock

      + + + + + +
      24 Hour Clock Toggles between 24 and 12 hour clock.
      Show Seconds Adds the display of seconds to the clock.
      European Date Shows the date in European format: day-month-year
      Full Date Shows a long version of the date. Only available when the Deskbar is placed as a bar along the top or bottom edge of the screen.
    • +
    + +

    +index +The Tray

    +calendar.png +

    Among other things, the tray is housing the clock. Left-click it to toggle between date and time. Right-click it to hide/show it or launch the Time preferences to set it.
    +Here you can also launch a calendar that also appears, when you hold down the left mouse button on the clock for a little time.

    +

    Any program can install an icon in the tray to provide an interface to the user. The email system, for instance, shows a different symbol when there's unread mail and offers a context menu to e.g. create or check for new mail. ProcessController is another example that uses its icon in the tray to provide information (CPU/memory usage) and to offer a context menu.

    + +

    +index +The list of running programs

    +list-of-apps.png +

    You can change to a specific running application by clicking on its entry in the Deskbar and choosing (one of) its windows, from the submenu. By right-clicking you can minimize or close a window or the entire application.

    +

    If you activated Expanders in the Deskbar settings, you can expand/collapse the list of windows directly under an application's entry.

    +

    In front of every application's windows is a symbol providing info on its state. A bright symbol means a window is visible, a dark one that it's minimized. Three lines in front of a symbol shows that it's not on the current workspace.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/desktop-applets.html b/docs/userguide/uk/desktop-applets.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b5ec8d1c8f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/desktop-applets.html @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + + + + + + Desktop Applets + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Desktop Applets

    + +

    Haiku provides a few useful tools that can be installed on the Desktop or the Deskbar via their Replicants.

    + + + + + + + + + +
    iconLaunchBox Shortcuts to your favorite applications.
    iconNetworkStatus Is your connection up?
    iconProcessController See and control every running app and service.
    iconWorkspaces A miniature version of all workspaces.
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/desktop-applets/launchbox.html b/docs/userguide/uk/desktop-applets/launchbox.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ec51dd1afc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/desktop-applets/launchbox.html @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ + + + + + + + + + LaunchBox + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    launchbox-icon_64.pngLaunchBox

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Desktop Applets
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/LaunchBox
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/LaunchBox/*
    +

    One or more LaunchBox applets can be started to organize shortcuts to your favorite applications or documents. You decide if each is shown on all or just the current workspace. They can also serve to quickly open a document in a specific application. For example, you could drag&drop a HTML file onto a text editor in a LaunchBox to open it in the editor instead of its preferred application, the browser.

    +launchbox.png +

    All options are reached from the context menu:

    + + + + + + + +
    Add Button Here Adds an empty button.
    Clear Button Empties a button.
    Remove Button Removes a button.
    Settings
    +- Horizontal Layout
    +- Icon size
    +- Ignore Double-click
    +- Show Window Border
    +- Auto Raise
    +- Show On All Workspaces
     
    +Aligns the buttons horizontally.
    +Sets the icon size between 16 and 64 pixel.
    +Launches the object only once, even when you (accidentally) double-click.
    +Shows the window border.
    +LaunchBox pops up if the mouse is near the screen edge.
    +Shows the LaunchBox on every workspace.
    Pad
    +- New
    +- Clone
    +- Close
     
    +Add a new pad.
    +Duplicate the current pad.
    +Close the current pad.
    LaunchBox
    +- About...
    +- Quit
     
    +Shows the About window.
    +Quits all LaunchBox pads.
     
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/desktop-applets/networkstatus.html b/docs/userguide/uk/desktop-applets/networkstatus.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cf4e75fde4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/desktop-applets/networkstatus.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + + + + + + + + NetworkStatus + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    networkstatus-icon_64.pngNetworkStatus

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Desktop Applets
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/NetworkStatus
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:none
    +

    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/desktop-applets/processcontroller.html b/docs/userguide/uk/desktop-applets/processcontroller.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..065fa32651 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/desktop-applets/processcontroller.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + + + + + + ProcessController + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    processcontroller-icon_64.pngProcessController

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Desktop Applets
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/ProcessController
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:none
    +

    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/desktop-applets/workspaces.html b/docs/userguide/uk/desktop-applets/workspaces.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9522bab5a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/desktop-applets/workspaces.html @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ + + + + + + + + + Робочий простір (Workspaces Applet) + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +

    workspaces-icon_64.pngWorkspaces

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Desktop Applets
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/apps/Workspaces
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    +~/config/settings/Workspaces_settings - зберігає панелі позиції вікна .
    +


    +workspaces.png +

    Ви знайдете цей придаток в меню Desktop Applets Deskbar'a. Це мініатюрна версія всіх робочих столів. Декілька опцій доступні під контекстним меню цього придатку.
    +Зміна робочого столу... відкриє настройки Screen , де можна встановити кількість робочих столів і їх розташування

    +

    Оскільки придаток є Реплікантом Ви можете змінити розмір вікна і розмістити його на екрані (переконайтесь, що опція Show Replicants активована у меню Deskbar).

    + +

    +index +Moving windows between workspaces

    +

    To move a window, you grab it in the Workspaces applet and simply drag it to another workspace. This has the advantage, that you can move it without leaving your current desktop. Of course, that only works well when there aren't too many windows in a workspace and your target isn't obscured by other windows. Another possibility is to grab a window by its tab and just holding on to it while switching workspaces with ALT Fx.

    +

    For more information on workspaces in general and more keyboard shortcuts, see topic Workspaces.

    + +

    +index +Special functionality

    +

    The Workspaces applet provides some additional functionality when clicking on a window while holding certain modifier keys:

    + + + + +
    CTRLBrings the window to the front.
    CTRL SHIFTMinimizes the window.
    OPTSends the window to the back.
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/filesystem-layout.html b/docs/userguide/uk/filesystem-layout.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49de693128 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/filesystem-layout.html @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ + + + + + + + + + Filesystem layout + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Filesystem layout

    + +

    Haiku's filesystem layout is quite transparent, trying to always use non-cryptic names for files and folders, that don't leave the user guessing. Files and folders that are important for the system to function properly, are protected from accidental tempering by showing one of these alerts:

    +achtung-user.png  +achtung-system.png +

    The second alert pops up if you try to rename or delete something in the system hierarchy. Here, the "Do it" button will only become clickable when you're holding down the SHIFT key.

    +

    Generally, there are three separate branches springing from the root folder of the boot volume:

    + + + + +
    /boot/system/ belongs to the system. Don't touch!
    /boot/common/ holds files that are shared between users.
    /boot/home/ is your personal folder where you keep your data and settings.
    + +

    +index +The system folder - /boot/system/

    +

    Under Haiku's predecessor BeOS, this folder was named /boot/beos/. You may still find it in some older documentation (e.g. in the original BeBook).
    +Whatever it's named, you should not alter what's inside. Every update of Haiku can add, remove or overwrite anything within it. If you want to add functionality, maybe with other Tracker Add-Ons or Translators or maybe another hardware driver, you install these things under your own /boot/home/ hierarchy or, if it's supposed to be for every user, under /boot/common/. As long as Haiku isn't multi-user, this distinction has no apparent effect, as there's only one user with one home folder. But since there will be support for more users than one eventually, it makes sense to learn the right way from the start.

    +

    So, let's say you want to install a new Translator for the latest image format, you don't simply copy it into the respective system folder. Remember: Don't touch!
    +Instead, you put it into the mirrored hierarchy under /boot/common/ or /boot/home/config/.

    +

    In our example the location for Translators in the system folder would be

    +

    /boot/system/add-ons/Translators/

    +

    So, the user "mirror" folder is either

    +

    /boot/home/config/add-ons/Translators/
    +or
    +/boot/common/add-ons/Translators/

    +

    This has another advantage: If the component you have installed messes things up (which is possible as you install hardware drivers like this, too) you are able to choose "Disable User Add-Ons" from the Boot Loader menu and are thus always able to boot without the offending component.

    +

    Most of the time, however, you won't have to deal with these things at all, since every software that comes from a trusted source should include an installation routine that handles these things.
    + +

    + +

    +index +The common folder - /boot/common/

    +

    Haiku is not a multi-user system yet. Once it is though, every user has her own home folder that is not accessible to anyone else. Every application or added component like Tracker Add-Ons, Translators etc. as well as any data that's supposed to be shared between different users, has to be put under /boot/common/.

    + +

    +index +The home folder - /boot/home/

    +

    This folder belongs to you. Here you can create and delete files and folders as you wish. However, you shouldn't mess too much with the ~/config/ directory and its subfolders. You could delete e.g. the ~/config/settings/ folder without damaging the operating system itself, but who wants to lose all his configurations and application settings? In any case, the system warns you with the at the top mentioned alert.

    +

    Besides the ~/config/add-ons/ folder, which mirrors the system's add-ons folder for additional components as described above, there are a few other folders of interest. (By the way, the tilde ("~") is a shortcut for your home folder, so you don't always have to write "/boot/home/" in Terminal.)

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ~/mail By default, this is where your mails are kept.
    ~/queries Queries are stored, by default temporarily for 7 days, in this folder.
    ~/config/be/ Again from our BeOS legacy, the be folder contains what's shown in the Deskbar menu. You can add and remove items by putting files, folders, links or queries into this folder.
    ~/config/bin/ Complements the system's /boot/system/bin/ folder and holds all your command line programs.
    ~/config/boot/ This folder is the place for User Scripts that are executed before or after the system boots up or shuts down.
    ~/config/boot/launch/ Links to programs or documents in this folder are automatically launched on every boot-up.
    ~/config/fonts/ Simply copy a TrueType or Postscript font into this folder and its usable right away.
    ~/config/settings/ This folder contains the settings to all applications and a few configurations for the system. Some applications manage their settings in their own subfolders, others simply put their configuration file in there.
    ~/config/settings/beos_mime/ In this MIME database Haiku keeps track of all the different filetypes and their settings.
    ~/config/settings/kernel/drivers/ There's one settings file that may be of interest: kernel offers some low level configurations like disabling SMP, activating serial debugging or enabling advanced power management. You activate a configuration line by removing the commentary symbol "#". Be careful here!
    ~/config/settings/Tracker/ Besides the various settings files for Tracker, there are some interesting subfolders:
    DefaultFolderTemplate/Show and arrange all attributes and the window size to your liking. Every new folder you create will use it as a template.
    DefaultQueryTemplates/You can define the layout of query result windows for certain filetypes. See topic Query: The result window.
    Go/Put links to your favorite locations in here to make them available e.g. in open and save panels. See topic Haiku's GUI: Favorites and recent folders.
    Tracker New Template/Add a template for any filetype that's then available from Tracker's File | New... menu. See topic Tracker: Working with files.
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/filetypes.html b/docs/userguide/uk/filetypes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..792a02eddd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/filetypes.html @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ + + + + + + + + + Filetypes + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Filetypes

    + +

    Other than Windows, Haiku doesn't rely on the 3-letter file extension for a file type (e.g. .txt, .jpg, .mp3). This method is only a last resort fallback. Haiku uses MIME types just like it's custom on the internet.

    +
    While there's no reason to use file extensions in Haiku, remember to add them to files you want to share with users of other operating systems, e.g. over email, uploading to a server or via exchange of an USB drive. Otherwise their system may not recognize the file type.
    + +

    index +Setting the filetype of a specific file

    +

    You can change the type of a specific file, its icon and the associated application. Select the file and invoke the Add-Ons | Filetype add-on from the right-click context menu.

    +filetype-addon.png + +

    +index +The File Type

    +

    The above is a PNG file, it's MIME string image/png. Let's say you definitely know that it's not a PNG but a GIF. You can change that either by entering the correct MIME string by hand or with one of the two buttons below the textbox:

    + + + +
    Select... shows a hierarchical list of filetypes where you navigate to image | GIF Image.
    Same as... opens a file dialog where you choose any file that already has the filetype you're looking for.
    + +

    +index +The Preferred Application

    +

    This pop-up menu shows a list of all applications that can handle this particular filetype. From here you can choose which program should open this specific file when it's double-clicked. You could, for example, change a HTML file's preferred application from the browser to a text editor while you're working on it. Every other HTML file still opens in the browser, only this particular one starts in your text editor.

    + +

    The Default Application is the one that's set globally for that filetype. If you don't find the program you want to associate with this file in the pop-up menu, you'll again find the buttons Select... and Same As... which do the similar thing described under "The File Type" above.

    + +

    +index +The Icon

    +

    If you're wondering why the icon well on the top right is empty: Icons are normally inherited from the system default for that filetype. You can open the Filetype Add-On of a file that contains an icon and drag&drop it into your file's icon well. Or you double-click the icon well and create or edit your own icon. For more info on icons and how to create your own, see topic Icon-O-Matic.

    + +

    +index +Special settings for applications

    +

    If you invoke the Filetype Add-On on an executable (here: StyledEdit), you'll get a different dialog:

    +filetype-addon-stylededit.png +

    On top, you'll see, instead of a standardized MIME string, the unique application signature. With it, the system finds the program wherever it's installed.

    +

    Below it are several flags, controlling the app's behaviour:

    + + + + + + +
    Single Launch Only one instance of the app can be running per executable file. If you have two copies of that app, however, they can run side by side.
    Multiple Launch Many instances of the app can run simultaneously.
    Exclusive Launch Really only one instance with that app's signature is allowed to run at a time.
    Args Only Indicates the app doesn't respond to messages.
    Background App The app won't appear in Twitcher or the list of running apps of the Deskbar.
    +

    Then there's the list of supported filetypes. You can add (and remove) filetypes if you think the application can handle them. As a consequence, the app will appear in the menu for preferred applications or Tracker's Open with... context menu when you right-click on a file of that type.

    +

    At the bottom are version and copyright information. Like the application signature, they are filled in by the app's author and shouldn't be altered.

    + +

    +index +Global settings with the FileTypes Preferences

    +

    The FileTypes preferences don't deal with individual files but with global settings of filetypes. You can change default icons and preferred applications or add, remove, or alter attributes of whole filetypes. You can even create your own filetype from scratch.

    +

    All filetypes and their configurations are stored in /boot/home/config/settings/beos_mime/. Before you start experimenting, it may be prudent to make a backup of that folder...

    +

    To learn more about the FileTypes preferences see the workshop: Filetypes, Attributes, Index and Queries.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/gui.html b/docs/userguide/uk/gui.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9c7b858995 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/gui.html @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ + + + + + + + + + Haiku's GUI + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Haiku's GUI

    + +

    Haiku's graphical user interface is an integral part of the system. Unlike Unix-based operating systems, there's no separate window manager and booting just into a command line shell is not possible. Haiku's focus being on the desktop user, this is just not considered necessary.

    +

    As you probably have experience with other graphical environments, let's skip over the standards like menus, right-click context menus, drag&drop etc. Let's have a look at the few unique aspects of Haiku's GUI instead.

    +gui.png +

    There are only a few things in Haiku's GUI that aren't obvious and deserve an explanation.

    +
      +
    1. The Deskbar is Haiku's "Start" menu and taskbar, if you will. See topic Deskbar.

    2. +
    3. The yellow tab offers more than just a program's name or a document's filename: +
      • You can move it by holding the SHIFT key while dragging it to another position, enabling you to stack a number of windows and conveniently access them by their named tab.
      • +
      • You minimize a window with a double-click on its tab (or with CTRL ALT M). A such hidden window can be accessed by its entry in the Deskbar or the Twitcher.
      • +
      • You can send a window to the back with a right-click on its tab (or its border).
    4. +
    5. The close button.

    6. +
    7. The "zoom" button (or CTRL ALT Z). In most applications, this will expand a window to maximum size. It doesn't have to, however. Tracker windows, for example, will resize to best fit the contents.

    8. +
    9. The resize corner. Dragging anywhere else on a window's border will move the window.

    10. +
    +
    While holding CTRL ALT, you can click anywhere into a window to move it with the left mouse button; the right mouse button sends it to the back.
    + +

    +index +Open and save panels

    +

    When opening or saving a file from any application, a panel like this opens:

    +open-save.png +

    It has all the usual things: A list of files of the current folder to choose from, in case of a save panel, a text field to enter a filename and a pop-up menu for different file formats and their settings.
    +You can enter parent folders with the pop-up menu above the file listing.

    +

    If you already have a Tracker window with the location for a file open, you can simply drag either any file or the folder-representation (i.e. the symbol to the far right in its menu bar) into the panel. This changes the panel to that new location.

    + +

    +index +Keyboard shortcuts

    +

    Many shortcuts in open and save panels are the same used in Tracker. Besides the commands that are also available through the File menu, there are a few not that obvious:

    + + + + + + + +
    ALT N Creates a new folder.
    ALT E Lets you rename the selected entry.
    ALT Moves into the parent folder.
    ALT or ENTER Moves into the selected folder.
    ALT D Takes you to your Desktop.
    ALT H Takes you to your Home folder.
    + +

    +index +Favorites and recent folders

    +

    The Favorites menu in open and save panels provides recently visited folders and favorite locations that you can set up yourself. As indicated by the little arrow, you can also use these locations to navigate further down the hierarchy via submenus.

    +favorites.png +

    To add a Favorite, you simply navigate to your destination and choose Favorites | Add Current Folder. From now on it will appear in every open/save panel. To remove a Favorite, choose Favorites | Configure Favorites... and delete its entry.
    +All Favorites are kept in /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/Go/. So you might as well add and remove links to files and folders there directly.

    + +

    +index +Replicants

    +

    Replicants are small self-contained parts of applications that can be integrated into other programs. Provided Deskbar's option to Show Replicants is activated, you'll recognize a replicantable part of an application by its small handle, normally in the bottom right corner:

    +replicant.png +

    The most prominent place that accepts Replicants is the Desktop: You simply drag&drop the little handle onto it. From now on it's part of the Desktop and the Replicant's originating app doesn't have to be started for it to work.
    +A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originating app's About window and to Remove Replicant.

    +
    Should you experience difficulties with a Replicant on the Desktop and just can't get rid of it, delete ~/config/settings/Tracker/tracker_shelf. Unfortunately, this will remove all Replicants from the Desktop.
    +

    Examples for replicatable applications are the graphs of the ActivityMonitor, the Workspaces applet or DeskCalc.

    +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/activitymonitor.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/activitymonitor.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..94ee224e90 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/activitymonitor.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/cdplayer.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/cdplayer.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..07e941933d Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/cdplayer.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/charactermap.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/charactermap.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a5542f3831 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/charactermap.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/codycam.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/codycam.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5679698b76 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/codycam.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/diskprobe-about-attr.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/diskprobe-about-attr.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a7bee6b197 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/diskprobe-about-attr.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/diskprobe.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/diskprobe.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8f4f2a1762 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/diskprobe.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/diskusage.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/diskusage.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6b7f86709d Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/diskusage.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/drivesetup-create.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/drivesetup-create.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d91486def3 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/drivesetup-create.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/drivesetup-initialize.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/drivesetup-initialize.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8c02ea1b90 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/drivesetup-initialize.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/drivesetup.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/drivesetup.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f14d571b05 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/drivesetup.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/expander-preferences.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/expander-preferences.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3288945617 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/expander-preferences.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/expander.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/expander.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7411bb8bf2 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/expander.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/i-o-m-gradients.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/i-o-m-gradients.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..db2823f143 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/i-o-m-gradients.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/i-o-m-overview.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/i-o-m-overview.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6429bbb7eb Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/i-o-m-overview.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/installer.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/installer.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..84f3360482 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/installer.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/magnify.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/magnify.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6fea1ac224 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/magnify.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/people-files.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/people-files.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f82758f20c Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/people-files.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/people.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/people.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6b7854f0dc Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/people.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/poorman.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/poorman.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a0bd249627 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/poorman.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/screenshot-options.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/screenshot-options.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..91e14b2798 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/screenshot-options.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/screenshot.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/screenshot.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e94dc708aa Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/screenshot.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/stylededit.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/stylededit.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4ebd7e2643 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/stylededit.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/terminal.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/terminal.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..61c0d77e32 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/apps-images/terminal.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/attributes-images/people.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/attributes-images/people.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..df7892c6c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/attributes-images/people.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/deskbar-images/calendar.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/deskbar-images/calendar.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b805afaee5 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/deskbar-images/calendar.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/deskbar-images/configure.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/deskbar-images/configure.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b466b8ea23 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/deskbar-images/configure.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/deskbar-images/deskbar.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/deskbar-images/deskbar.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4cfdabf076 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/deskbar-images/deskbar.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/deskbar-images/list-of-apps.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/deskbar-images/list-of-apps.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9f9cd34f7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/deskbar-images/list-of-apps.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/desktop-applets-images/launchbox.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/desktop-applets-images/launchbox.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..16d43d404b Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/desktop-applets-images/launchbox.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-system.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-system.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f24c253bc8 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-system.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9a77cfbb9d Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/filesystem-layout-images/achtung-user.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/filetypes-images/filetype-addon-stylededit.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/filetypes-images/filetype-addon-stylededit.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b05808341d Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/filetypes-images/filetype-addon-stylededit.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/filetypes-images/filetype-addon.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/filetypes-images/filetype-addon.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15180be2d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/filetypes-images/filetype-addon.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/gui-images/favorites.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/gui-images/favorites.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cf9f5f3be5 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/gui-images/favorites.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/gui-images/gui.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/gui-images/gui.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8db8ae9cc3 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/gui-images/gui.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/gui-images/open-save.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/gui-images/open-save.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..662bedc2ae Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/gui-images/open-save.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/appearance-antialiasing.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/appearance-antialiasing.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b57d708a5a Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/appearance-antialiasing.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/appearance-colors.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/appearance-colors.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a3e2391c2c Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/appearance-colors.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/backgrounds.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/backgrounds.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ed757967dc Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/backgrounds.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/datatranslations.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/datatranslations.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c7ea18a396 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/datatranslations.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-filter-header.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-filter-header.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9e6839c9c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-filter-header.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-filter-spam.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-filter-spam.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b88579c8f Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-filter-spam.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-in.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-in.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d42bb21b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-in.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-mailbox.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-mailbox.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cf1f31f78d Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-mailbox.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-new-account.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-new-account.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e510cdc0e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-new-account.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-out.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-out.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ed6eecb6c Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-out.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-settings.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..00c0e34085 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/e-mail-settings.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/fonts.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/fonts.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fbf879455d Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/fonts.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/keyboard.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/keyboard.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d7ead8e810 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/keyboard.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/keymap.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/keymap.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b502b82adc Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/keymap.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/mouse.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/mouse.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bdf8151f99 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/mouse.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/network.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/network.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0cb30f816f Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/network.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/screen.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/screen.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c94255db29 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/screen.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/screensaver-fade.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/screensaver-fade.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e177d5668c Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/screensaver-fade.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/screensaver-modules.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/screensaver-modules.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ea9dccc2cd Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/screensaver-modules.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/sounds.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/sounds.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e89cb8a52a Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/sounds.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/time-time.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/time-time.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4b60a7136d Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/time-time.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/time-timezone.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/time-timezone.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4ddf6df643 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/time-timezone.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/virtualmemory.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/virtualmemory.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19f66bcb1c Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/virtualmemory.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/queries-images/basic-query.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/queries-images/basic-query.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4fb4306de2 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/queries-images/basic-query.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/queries-images/formula-query.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/queries-images/formula-query.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..23f94c790d Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/queries-images/formula-query.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/queries-images/query-window-filled.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/queries-images/query-window-filled.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a11ac49515 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/queries-images/query-window-filled.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/queries-images/query-window.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/queries-images/query-window.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6d38e807ee Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/queries-images/query-window.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/queries-images/result-window.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/queries-images/result-window.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a45f9a70fd Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/queries-images/result-window.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/teammonitor-images/teammonitor.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/teammonitor-images/teammonitor.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5523946063 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/teammonitor-images/teammonitor.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/drill-down.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/drill-down.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74d1e1caf6 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/drill-down.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/get-info.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/get-info.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fc9e493c82 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/get-info.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/mount-settings.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/mount-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fbf85dd2b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/mount-settings.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/new-menu.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/new-menu.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..09189af74b Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/new-menu.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/open-with-preferred.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/open-with-preferred.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..869ef8da90 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/open-with-preferred.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/open-with.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/open-with.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..42715557a1 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/open-with.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/tracker-preferences-navigator.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/tracker-preferences-navigator.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..58d8c6e298 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/tracker-preferences-navigator.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/transaction-status.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/transaction-status.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8799bc6af7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/transaction-status.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/window-drill-down.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/window-drill-down.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fb0103d6db Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/window-drill-down.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/window-menu.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/window-menu.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cffa41cd33 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/window-menu.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/window-type-ahead.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/window-type-ahead.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9197002fe0 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/tracker-images/window-type-ahead.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/workshop-filetypes+attributes-images/filetype-extra-attribute.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/workshop-filetypes+attributes-images/filetype-extra-attribute.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d957d697cf Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/workshop-filetypes+attributes-images/filetype-extra-attribute.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/workshop-filetypes+attributes-images/filetypes-dvddb-empty.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/workshop-filetypes+attributes-images/filetypes-dvddb-empty.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d9e5b8bcce Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/workshop-filetypes+attributes-images/filetypes-dvddb-empty.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/workshop-filetypes+attributes-images/filetypes-dvddb.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/workshop-filetypes+attributes-images/filetypes-dvddb.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5411fdfe99 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/workshop-filetypes+attributes-images/filetypes-dvddb.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/workshop-filetypes+attributes-images/filetypes-new-file-type.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/workshop-filetypes+attributes-images/filetypes-new-file-type.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..97e926f72b Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/workshop-filetypes+attributes-images/filetypes-new-file-type.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/workshop-filetypes+attributes-images/query-dvddb.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/workshop-filetypes+attributes-images/query-dvddb.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7897ca38df Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/workshop-filetypes+attributes-images/query-dvddb.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/images/workspaces-images/workspaces.png b/docs/userguide/uk/images/workspaces-images/workspaces.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eca9fdc0da Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/userguide/uk/images/workspaces-images/workspaces.png differ diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/index.html b/docs/userguide/uk/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce233fdf22 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ + + + + + + + + + Зміст + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Зміст

    + +

    Attributes and Queries are key features of Haiku. While attributes are useful on their own, to display additional information on a file, for a query on them, they need to be indexed. It puts them into a lookup table, which in turn makes queries lightning fast.
    +The index is part of the filesystem and is kept for every volume/partition separately.

    + +

    +Indexing commands in Terminal

    +

    There are several commands to manage the index:

    +
      +
    • lsindex - Displays the indexed attributes on the current volume/partition.
      +These are the attributes that are indexed by default:
    • +
    +
     ~ ->lsindex 
    +BEOS:APP_SIG 
    +MAIL:account 
    +MAIL:cc 
    +MAIL:chain 
    +MAIL:draft 
    +MAIL:flags 
    +MAIL:from 
    +MAIL:name 
    +MAIL:pending_chain 
    +MAIL:priority 
    +MAIL:reply 
    +MAIL:status 
    +MAIL:subject 
    +MAIL:thread 
    +MAIL:to 
    +MAIL:when 
    +META:address 
    +META:city 
    +META:company 
    +META:country 
    +META:email 
    +META:fax 
    +META:group 
    +META:hphone 
    +META:name 
    +META:nickname 
    +META:state 
    +META:url 
    +META:wphone 
    +META:zip 
    +_signature 
    +_status 
    +_trk/qrylastchange 
    +_trk/recentQuery 
    +be:deskbar_item_status 
    +last_modified 
    +name 
    +size 
    +
    +
      +
    • mkindex - Adds an attribute to the index of a volume/partition.
    • +
    +
    Usage: mkindex [options] <attribute> 
    +Creates a new index for the specified attribute. 
    + 
    +  -d, --volume=PATH     a path on the volume to which the index will be added, 
    +                        defaults to current volume. 
    +  -t, --type=TYPE       the type of the attribute being indexed.  One of "int", 
    +                        "llong", "string", "float", or "double". 
    +                        Defaults to "string". 
    +      --copy-from       path to volume to copy the indexes from. 
    +  -v, --verbose         print information about the index being created 
    +
    +
    +

    Only new files with that attribute come automatically into the index!
    +Existing files have to be added manually by copying them and deleting the originals after that. Alternatively you can use the command reindex. +

    +
      +
    • reindex - Puts the attributes of existing files into the newly created index of a volume/partition.
    • +
    +
    Usage: reindex [-rvf] attr <list of filenames and/or directories> 
    +  -r    enter directories recursively
    +  -v    verbose output
    +  -f    create/update all indices from the source volume,
    +        "attr" is the path to the source volume
    +
    +
    +
      +
    • rmindex - Removes an attribute from the index of a volume/partition.
    • +
    +
    Usage: rmindex [OPTION]... INDEX_NAME 
    + 
    +Removes the index named INDEX_NAME from a disk volume.  Once this has been 
    +done, it will no longer be possible to use the query system to search for 
    +files with the INDEX_NAME attribute. 
    + 
    +  -d, --volume=PATH     a path on the volume from which the index will be 
    +                         removed 
    +  -h, --help            display this help and exit 
    +  -p, --pattern         INDEX_NAME is a pattern 
    +  -v, --verbose         print information about the index being removed 
    + 
    +INDEX_NAME is the name of a file attribute. 
    + 
    +If no volume is specified, the volume of the current directory is assumed.
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/keyboard-shortcuts.html b/docs/userguide/uk/keyboard-shortcuts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..26e4975690 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/keyboard-shortcuts.html @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ + + + + + + + + + Shortcuts and key combinations + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Shortcuts and key combinations

    + +

    By default, Haiku's shortcut key, to invoke commands from menus for example, is not the usual CTRL key, but ALT instead. This has historical reasons, because the BeOS was inspired somewhat by MacOS. After you get used to it, it actually has advantages as e.g. ALT C and ALT V integrate seamlessly into the bash shell of the Terminal, where CTRL C quits the running process.

    +

    In any case, you can switch to the maybe more familiar CTRL key in the Keymap preferences. The user guide will always describes the default configuration with the command key being ALT.

    +

    If you're in doubt which keys are the OPT or MENU keys on your particular keymap/keyboard-layout, again use the Keymap preferences. There you can see what keystroke is sent when you press a key on your keyboard.

    + +

    +index +General shortcuts

    +

    Here's a table of many of the most commonly used shortcuts that are always available, even if there isn't a corresponding menu:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ALT FxSwitches to Workspace X (Fx is the function key corresponding to that workspace). Take the active window with you by adding SHIFT
    CTRL ALT ///Navigates spatially the rows/columns of the available workspaces. Add SHIFT to take the active window with you.
    CTRL TABHold down to bring up the Twitcher.
    CTRL ALT DELOpens the Team Monitor.
    ALT ESCEnters the menu bar (leave with ESC).
    ALT CCopies the selection to the clipboard.
    ALT XCuts the selection to the clipboard.
    ALT VPastes the clipboard's contents.
    ALT WCloses the active window.
    CTRL ALT ZZooms a window to an alternative size (maximum size for most applications).
    CTRL ALT MMinimizes the active window.
    CTRL ALT HHides (minimizes) all windows of the active application.
    CTRL ALT FPulls the active window to the front (only applicable with the mouse setting Focus Follows Mouse).
    CTRL ALT BSends the active window to the back.
    ALT QQuits an application.
    + +

    +index +Shortcuts for Tracker navigation

    +

    Additionally to the general shortcuts, here are some more for navigating with Tracker:

    + + + + + + + +
    ALT Opens the parent folder.
    ALT or ENTEROpens the selected folder.
    OPTHolding it while opening a folder will automatically close the parent folder. This also works when navigating with the mouse.
    MENUOpens the Deskbar menu (leave with ESC).
    ALT ZUndo last action. The undo history is only limited by the available memory. Note, this only works for actions on the file itself, changed attributes and permission settings can't be undone with this. Also, once a file is removed from Trash it's gone for good.
    ALT SHIFT ZRedo the action you just reverted with ALT Z.
    + +

    +index +Shortcuts in Terminal

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ALT NOpens another Terminal session in a new window.
    ALT TOpens another Terminal session in a new tab.
    ALT 1, 2, 3...Switches to the corresponding tab.
    SHIFT /Switches to the previous/next tab.
    ALT TABSwitch to the next Terminal window.
    ALT +, -Increase/Decrease font size.
    ALT ENTEREnter/leave fullscreen mode.
    SHIFT /Scrolls the Terminal output up/down one line.
    SHIFT PageUP/PageDOWN Scrolls the Terminal output up/down one page.
    TABTab-completion. After entering a few letters, press TAB once to auto-complete a filename or path. If there is more than one match, it stops where the name starts to differ and you have to provide some more letters to further distinguish them. You can also press TAB twice to have all matches listed.
    /Moves up or down in a history of all previously entered commands.
    CTRL RBash history. All the commands you enter +are stored in the file ~/.bash_history. Press CTRL R and start to enter a command and you'll be provided with the first match from the bash history. Keep pressing CTRL R until you find the right command line and press ENTER to execute it.
    CTRL CStops the currently running command.
    CTRL DCloses the current Terminal session.
    + +

    +index +Other key combinations

    +

    You can add or remove items to/from a selection by holding down a modifier key while clicking on a entry (or file in case of Tracker).

    + + + +
    SHIFTThis will select everything between the first selected item and the one you click on.
    ALTAdds or removes the item you're clicking on from the selection.
    +

    In a Tracker window, if you just start typing, Tracker scrolls to and selects the file that best fits your incremental search. If there's no file starting with your typed letters, files that contain the search string anywhere in their name or other displayed attributes are selected. This search is not case-sensitive.
    +The letters you type appear at the bottom-left, where normally the number of items is listed. After a second it reverts back and you could start a new incremental search.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5fa86b7330 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences.html @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ + + + + + + + + + Preferences + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Preferences

    + +

    While a key philosophy of Haiku is to cut down on options and have sensible defaults instead, there are some things that have to be configured or can be set to individual preference. You find all panels in Deskbar's Preferences menu.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    iconAppearance Configure certain aspects of the graphical interface.
    iconBackgrounds Set a color or image as background of the Desktop or any other folder.
    iconDataTranslations Settings for all supported file formats.
    iconDeskbar Configure the Deskbar.
    iconE-mail Configure your email accounts.
    iconFileTypes Add, remove and configure filetypes.
    iconFonts Set your system fonts.
    iconKeyboard Configure repeat delay and rate.
    iconKeymap Set the mapping of your keyboard.
    iconMedia Audio and video settings like in/output devices and the system's audio mixer.
    iconMouse Configure your mouse.
    iconNetwork Configure your network.
    iconPrinters Add, remove and configure printers.
    iconScreen Configure resolution, depth, refresh rate and number of used Workspaces.
    iconScreenSaver Add, remove and configure a screen saver.
    iconSounds Assign sounds to different system events.
    iconTime Set time, date and timezone.
    iconTracker Configure Haiku's file manager.
    iconVirtualMemory Set the amount of swap space.
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/appearance.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/appearance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..22a9d322b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/appearance.html @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ + + + + + + + + + Вигляд (Apperance) + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    appearance-icon_64.pngВигляд (Appearance)

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Appearance
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/system/app_server/appearance
    +

    За допомогою панелі настройки Вигляд (Appearance) Ви отримуєте можливість змінити деякі властивості зовнішнього вигляду Haiku.

    + +

    +index +Кольори (Colors)

    +appearance-colors.png +

    IНа першій вкладці, Кольори (Colors), Ви зможете міняти колір різних елементів інтерфейса.Метод drag&drops дозволить Вам вказати потрібний колір з інших програм, наприклад,WonderBrush, Icon-O-Matic або з панелі Тло (Backgrounds).

    + +

    +index +Зглажування (Antialiasing)

    +appearance-antialiasing.png +

    Друга панель, Зглажування (Antialiasing), дозволяє настроїти відображення тексту на екрані.

    + +

    +index +Уточнення начерку (Glyph hinting)

    +

    Включений режим Уточнення (Glyph hinting) Вирівнює символи таким чином, що їх вертикальні і горизонтальні межі будуть розташовані між двома пікселями. Результатом чого стане відмінна контрасність символів, особливо чорного тексту на білому фоні. Текст стає надзвичайно чітким.Також цей режим використовують Виключно для моноширинних шрифтів (Monospaced Fonts Only, що особливо корисно для пристроїв з малою роздільчою здатністю, наприклад, нетбуків. Дрібні шрифти стануть виглядати непогано особливо в текстових редакторах і Terminal'i.

    +

    Помітити перевагу, що надає Уточнення начерку можна на двох збільшених знімках екрану:

    + + +
    appearance-glyph-off.png
    Уточнення: вимкнене
    appearance-glyph-on.png
    Уточнення: включене
    +

    Слід відмітити, що текст у всіх вікнах Magnify на цій сторінці відображається зрозуміло з різними параметрами Уточнення. Тобто Ви можете порівняти результати настройки на реальному прикладі: Заголовок вікна, що набрано напівжирним шрифтом або напис "35 x 15 @ 8 pixels/pixel".

    + +

    +index +Тип зглажування

    +

    Іншою технікою покращення відображення графіки і тексту єЗглажування (Antialiasing), Яке підтримує однаково добре як векторну графіку так і текст.Лінії зглажуються за рахунок зміни кольору деяких пікселів. Використовують два методи зглажування:

    +

    Відтінки сірого (Grayscale) змінює інтенсивність кольору пікселя на межі.
    +Субпіксельне зглажування (LCD subpixel)Дуже ефективне особливо на РК-моніторах . При такому зглажуванні змінюється не інтенсивність кольору пікселя, а відтінок, що встановлює межу елемента на долі пікселя, за рахунок того, що РК-монітори використовують червону, зелену і синю компоненту для зображення кожного пікселя .

    +

    Порівняємо два цих методи на збільшених знімках екрану

    + + +
    appearance-glyph-off.png
    Відтінки сірого: увімкнені, Уточнення виключено
    appearance-subpixel.png
    Субпіксельне зглажування:увімкнене, Уточнення: виключено
    +

    Субпіксельне зглажування додає кольорові артефакти на межах об'єктів, що наврядчи сподобаєтьбся будь-кому. Haiku дозволяє Вам одночасно використовувати обидва методи зглажування і вибрати оптимальне їх співвідношення переміщуючи бігунок

    +
    Субпіксельне зглажування в комбінації з уточненням поки що проходять перевірку патентної чистоти програмного забезпечення тому цей режим не є доступним по замовчуванню. В залежності від місця проживання Ви можете отримати розблоковану версію. Вибачте, звяжіться з Вашим представником.
    +

    Якщо Ви активуєте Уточненняз субпіксельним зглажуванням шляхом модифікації і перекомпіляції вихідного коду, то зможете порівняти результат зі зглажуванням відтінками сірого:

    + + +
    appearance-glyph-on.png
    Відтінки сірого і Уточнення увімкнені
    appearance-glyph-on-subpixel.png
    Субпіксельне зглажування і Уточнення увімкнені
    +


    +

    У нижній частині панелі розташовані дві кнопки:

    + + + +
    По замовчуванню (Defaults) Скинути всі настройки до значень по замовчуванню.
    Повернути (Revert) Повернути настройки, що були встановлені до запуску панелі Вигляд (Apperance).
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/backgrounds.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/backgrounds.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..73fe1bcfa2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/backgrounds.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + + + + + + + Тло (Backgrounds) + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    backgrounds-icon_64.pngТло (Backgrounds)

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Backgrounds
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    +~/config/settings/Backgrounds settings - зберігає позиції вікна панелі настройок
    +

    Ви можете призначити будь-який колір або зображення у якості фона для кожного робочого столу або папки.

    +


    +backgrounds.png +

    Меню у верхній частині панелі настройки дозволяє визначити, Бажаєте Ви застосувати настройки, що провели до біжучого робочого столу або до всіх, до певної папки чи до всіх папок, що знову створюються.

    +

    Під ним Ви можете призначити зображення або вибрати None , коли бажаєте залишити тільки кольорове тло. Зображення також можна перемістити мишкою у вікно попереднього перегляду (Preview) зліва.

    +

    Після вибору зображення необхідно призначити йому місце розташування:

    + + + + + +
    Вручну (Manual) дозволяє ввести координати вручну. Ви можете переміщати зображення у вікні попереднього перегляду (Preview) або ввести координати X and Y вручну.
    По центру (Center) розташовує зображення по центру екрану.
    Підігнати (Scale to fit) підганяє зображення до роздільчої здатності столу, не зважаючи на його розміри.
    ЗаповнитиTile заповнює робочий стіл зображеннями , що повторюються. +
    +

    Активація Контурний текст іконок (Icon label outline) додає тонкий контур довкола тексту іконок.

    +

    Яким буде фактичний колір тексту іконок (білим чи чорним) залежить від настройок кольору тла. При темному кольорі тла, колір текста стає білим, при світлому - чорним. (Або ж активуйте контури тексту як вказано вище).
    +Вибраний колір відобразится і в аплеті керування робочими столами (Workspases applet), що ігнорує зображення як тло.

    + + + +
    Повернути (Revert) Повертає настройки ,що були встановлені до запуску панелі Тло (Backgrounds).
    Застосувати (Apply) застосувати встановлені настройки.
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/datatranslations.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/datatranslations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c9545aaaf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/datatranslations.html @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ + + + + + + + + + DataTranslations + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    datatranslations-icon_64.pngDataTranslations

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/DataTranslations
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/* - Every Translator creates its own settings file here after you've changes its defaults.
    +~/config/settings/system/DataTranslations settings - Stores the panel's window position.
    +

    Every application has the ability to open and save every file format for which there's a Translator installed. The settings for these Translators are configured in the DataTranslations preferences.

    +


    +datatranslations.png +

    Depending on its capabilities, each Translator offers different settings. At least you'll get an Info... button that opens a window with the credits and the installation path.
    +The following table gives an overview of the default Translators and their most useful options.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BMP Images24bit, uncompressed, no transparency
    EXR ImagesILM's high dynamic-range (HDR) format
    GIF Images8bit, lossless compression, transparency
    +You can reduce the filesize by limiting the number of used colors and the palette.
    +You can write images with transparency, either by automatically using the alpha channel or by setting the RGB value that will be transparent by hand.
    JPEG2000 Images24bit, compressed, no transparency
    +Here, you normally only care about the output quality.
    JPEG Images24bit, compressed, no transparency
    +Besides the output quality you can also set a smoothing that will lessen compression artefacts but can blur the picture a little.
    PCX Images24bit, uncompressed, no transparency, PC Paintbrush Exchange format
    PNG Images32bit, lossless compression, transparency
    PPM Images24bit, uncompressed, no transparency, Portable PixMap format
    RAW Imagesup to 48bit, uncompressed, no transparency
    RTF Text FilesFormatted text
    SGI Images24bit, optional lossless compression, transparency
    StyledEdit FilesFormatted text
    TGA Images32bit, optional lossless compression, transparency
    TIFF Images24bit, optional lossless compression, layers, transparency
    WonderBrush Images32bit, layers, transparency, vector/pixel data
    +


    +
    Screenshots, charts, black&white drawings and other images with few used colors, as well as small pictures are best saved as GIF (up to 256 colors) or PNG (millions of colors). JPEG, for example, introduces compression artefacts without gain in smaller filesize.
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/deskbar.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/deskbar.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b1b6a00de --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/deskbar.html @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ + + + + + + + + + Deskbar + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    deskbar-icon_64.pngDeskbar

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Deskbar
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/Deskbar_settings
    +~/config/settings/Deskbar_security_code
    +


    +

    Настройки Deskbar також доступні в меню самого Deskbar'a. Опис настройок розглянутий в темі Deskbar - Панель задач.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/e-mail.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/e-mail.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..64125adee8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/e-mail.html @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ + + + + + + + + + E-mail + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + + + + +
    Зміст
    + Creating a new e-mail account
    + Setting up incoming e-mail
    + Setting up outgoing e-mail
    + Setting up e-mail filters
    + Setting up the Mail Service +
    + +

    e-mail-icon_64.pngE-mail

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/E-mail
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/Mail/*
    +

    Haiku provides a system that retrieves e-mail regularly via a Mail Service (also known as mail_daemon) and saves each mail as a single text file. It parses the mail and fills its attributes with all necessary header information, like from, to, subject and its unread status. Now it can be queried by you or any application. This system also makes switching e-mail clients easy as all the data and your configuration stays the same.
    +The configuration is done in the E-Mail preference panel.

    + +

    +index +Creating a new e-mail account

    +

    Let's go through the process of setting up an e-mail account.
    +You start by clicking the Add button to create a new, unnamed account. This opens a panel where you fill in your account info:

    +e-mail-new-account.png +

    First, declare the Account Type which is either Receive Mail Only, Send Mail Only, or the most usual type, Send and Receive Mail. Then you set how you get your mail, via POP3 or IMAP.

    +

    Now you enter your E-mail Address, Login Name and Password, give an Account Name under which it will be known under Haiku and your Real Name.

    +

    If your account is from a major e-mail provider, Haiku already knows all technical details like server IP addresses and the following information is already filled in automatically. If that is not the case, just follow this guide and fill in the details to your e-mail account accordingly.

    + +

    +index +Setting up incoming e-mail

    +

    Click on Incoming under your account's name to set up how e-mails are received.

    +e-mail-in.png +

    From the pop-up menu you choose the protocol used by your provider. IMAP and POP3 are supported.

    +

    Next is the Mail Server address for incoming mails. If your provider needs you to log into a specific port, you add that to the address, separated by a colon. For example, pop.your-provider.org:1400.

    +

    Then you enter your login information, Username and Password, and if necessary change the Login Type from the default Plain Text to APOP for authentication.

    +

    If you use POP3 and retrieve mails of this account from different computers, you may want to activate the option to Leave mail on server and only Remove mail from server when deleted locally.

    +

    If you use IMAP instead, you have the option to Remove mail from server when deleted locally. You can specify a Top Mailbox Folder to only synchronize with a specific folder and its subfolders.

    +

    The New Mail Notification offers different methods to announce the arrival of new mail. Try different settings to see what works best for you.

    +

    You can change the Location of your inbox (default: /boot/home/mail/in/), which is useful if you'd like to separate the mails from different accounts into their own folders. However, queries let you sort things out just as well.

    +

    Last on this page, you can opt to only Partially download messages that are larger than a certain size. This will only get the header and you can decide if you want to download the rest of the message plus possible attachments after seeing the subject and who sent it. Useful if you have a slow connection.

    + +

    +index +Setting up outgoing e-mail

    +

    Click on Outgoing under your account's name to set up how e-mails are sent.

    +e-mail-out.png +

    As with incoming mail, you can also change the Location of your outbox (default: /boot/home/mail/out/).

    +

    Next is the SMTP Server address for outgoing mails. As with the incoming server before, you can use a specific port if needed, e.g. mail.your-provider.org:1200.

    +

    If you need to login, you change the Login Type to ESMTP and enter username and password above. The other type is used for providers that need you to check for mail with POP3 before SMTP for identification.

    + +

    +index +Setting up e-mail filters

    +

    If you want to filter your incoming email, you click on E-Mail Filters under your account's name to set up automatic sorting. You can add any number of filters that are applied one after the other. You can rearrange them by drag&dropping them to their new position.
    +Besides the R5 Daemon Filter that's used for backward compatibility, there are two other Incoming Mail Filters you can add.

    + +

    +index +Spam Filter

    +e-mail-filter-spam.png +

    The spam filter uses statistical methods to classify a mail as unwanted spam. It assigns a value between 0 and 1 to it and you can decide what are the limits for a genuine mail and what will be considered spam.
    +You can have that spam rating added to the start of the subject.
    +Also, the spam filter can learn from all incoming e-mail. Of course, you'll have to teach it by sorting out the false positives, mails that were mistakenly marked as spam. You'll find more on that when we discuss the application Mail.

    +

    Together with the following Match Header filter, you're able to automatically sort out detected spam mails.

    + +

    +index +Match Header

    +e-mail-filter-header.png +

    This filter compares a header to a search pattern and performs some action when it matches.
    +With the first text field you specify which header to check against. These are available:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Name the name of the sender
    From the e-mail address of the sender
    To your e-mail address (different for each e-mail account)
    Reply To the e-mail address replies are sent to
    When the date and time the mail was received
    Subject the subject line
    Cc addresses of anyone receiving a carbon copy (Cc)
    Account the name of the e-mail's account
    Status The current status of the e-mail. Normally, this can be "Read", "Replied", "Sent", "Forwarded", "New", or anything you have defined yourself. However, unless you change it yourself in a filter, it will always be "New" after the Mail Service fetched the mail.
    Priority is set by the sender's e-mail program (e.g. "urgent")
    Thread essentially the same as "Subject", but without things like Re: or Fwd:
    Classification Group depending on what the spam filter classified it as, this will either be empty (if uncertain) or contain the word "Genuine" or "Spam"
    Spam/Genuine Estimate this is a numerical estimate that the spam filter assigned to the e-mail. They are shown in scientific notation, where 1.065e-12 translates to 1.065 divided by 10 to the 12th power, which in this case translates to 0.000000000001065.
    +

    The second text field holds your search pattern. It accepts regular expressions which gives it great flexibility, while unfortunately complicating things a bit. Read up on it a bit, it's well worth it and simple search patterns aren't that complicated at all.

    +

    With the pop-up menu below it, you assign an action when the pattern matches. You can move or delete a mail, set the status to "Read" or anything else or set the e-mail account you'll reply with.

    + +

    +index +Outgoing Mail Filters

    +

    At this moment, there's only one filter that deals with outgoing mail: fortune. +
    It will attach a randomly chosen funny or wise "fortune cookie" to the end of every mail before it's sent out. You can do a dry run by issuing the command fortune in a Terminal.

    + +

    +index +Setting up the Mail Service

    +

    Now that your incoming and outgoing mail servers (and maybe some filters, too), are configured, you have to tell the Mail Service that does all the actual checking and fetching how to do its job.

    +e-mail-settings.png +

    Under Mail Checking you configure the interval at which the account's mail server is probed for new mail.
    +If you're on a dial-up connection, you may want to do that Only When Dial-Up is Connected and also Schedule Outgoing Mail When Dial-Up is Disconnected to avoid dialing automatically in regularly only to check for mail.

    +

    The Mail Service has a status window which you can set to show up Never, While Sending, While Sending and Receiving or Always.

    +

    Make sure to Start Mail Services on Startup or there will be no mail_daemon running to do your bidding...

    +e-mail-mailbox.png +

    Edit Mailbox Menu... will open the folder /boot/home/config/Mail/Menu Links/. All folders or queries (!) or their links put into this folder will appear in the context menu of the mailbox icon of the Mail Services in the Deskbar tray.

    +

    From that menu, you can also Create New Message..., Check For Mail Now or Edit Preferences....

    +

    The mailbox icon itself shows if there are unread messages (status "New") when there are envelopes inside.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/filetypes.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/filetypes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bc4e196b0c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/filetypes.html @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + + + + + + + + + Типи файлів (FileTypes) + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    filetypes-icon_64.pngТипи файлів (FileTypes)

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/FileTypes
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/FileTypes settings
    +~/config/settings/beos_mime/* - Зберігає всі MIME -типи.
    +

    Зверніться до теми Filetypes і семінару на тему Filetypes, Attributes, Index and Queries, що містять опис цієї панелі настройок.

    + +
    +
    + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/fonts.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/fonts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab9dc858df --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/fonts.html @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ + + + + + + + + + Fonts + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    fonts-icon_64.pngFonts

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Fonts
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/system/app_server/fonts
    +~/config/settings/Font_settings - Stores the panel's window position.
    +


    +fonts.png +

    Haiku defines three standard fonts for different purposes. You set plain, bold and fixed font types and sizes that will be used throughout the system. Besides these, there's also a separate setting for the font used in menus.

    + + + +
    По замовчуванню (Defaults) Скинути всі настройки до значень по замовчуванню.
    Повернути (Revert) brings back the settings that were active when you started the Fonts preferences.
    + +

    +index +Installing new fonts

    +

    You install new fonts by copying them into their respective user folder, i.e. /boot/common/fonts/ or /boot/home/config/fonts/ (see topic Filesystem layout).

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/keyboard.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/keyboard.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b631e80f7b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/keyboard.html @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + + + + + + Keyboard + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    keyboard-icon_64.pngKeyboard

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
    +


    +keyboard.png +

    Set the repeat rate and the delay until a held down key starts to repeat. You can test your settings in the text field at the bottom.

    + + + +
    По замовчуванню (Defaults) Скинути всі настройки до значень по замовчуванню.
    Повернути (Revert) brings back the settings that were active when you started the Keyboard preferences.
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/keymap.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/keymap.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d952dfcfc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/keymap.html @@ -0,0 +1,373 @@ + + + + + + + + + Keymap + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    keymap-icon_64.pngKeymap

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Keymap
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/Keymap/* - Location of user modified keymaps.
    +~/config/settings/Key_map
    +


    +keymap.png +

    To the right, the Keymap window shows a representation of your keyboard. When you press a key, the corresponding key is darkened and the assigned symbol is entered into the Sample and Clipboard text field at the bottom. From there you can also copy and paste it into a document.
    +Thus, the Keymap preferences are not only for configuring your local keymap, but are also useful when looking for a special symbol used in other languages. For example, you can switch the keymap to "French", find the "ç" and copy it into your mail to François. (Though you'll find the "cedil" also in other keymaps...)

    +

    Pressing modifier keys like SHIFT, CONTROL or OPTION changes the displayed keyboard accordingly.

    +

    Then there are the keys that are marked with a blue background. These keys are called Dead Keys that can change the key you press after that. If you click on such a blue key with your mouse, those changeable keys light up yellow. Click again and everything's back to normal. Examples are é, ñ, ó or ë.

    +

    Below the keyboard representation are two more options:

    + + + +
    Select Dead Keys for setting the above mentioned blue keys.
    Switch Shortcut Key... for using the shortcut key in Windows/Linux mode, i.e. CONTROL (normally CTRL) or Haiku mode, i.e. COMMAND (normally ALT).
    +

    The lists on the left offer the available pre-configured keymaps of the system, and below that, if available, user-defined maps. You can change a keymap via drag&drop in the keyboard representation: a left-click-drag copies a key, a right-click-drag exchanges the two keys.
    +When you're done you can save the result from the menu File | Save.... Your modified map will only appear in the user-defined list if it's stored in ~/config/settings/Keymap/. Otherwise you'll have to manually load it via File | Open....

    +

    To better match the Keymap panel to your physical keyboard, there are several different settings available from the Layout menu.

    +

    The font used in the keyboard representation is set from the Font menu. Note, that it may or may not contain all symbols for a specific keymap.

    +

    Finally, there's a Revert button to bring back the settings that were active when you started the Keymap preferences.

    + +

    +index +Advanced keymap manipulation

    +

    There's another method to customize your keymap besides the Keymap preference panel. It involves editing a text file containing loads of hex values, which may appear daunting on first sight, but isn't really that impossible to grasp.

    +

    You can dump the current keymap with a command in Terminal:

    +
    keymap -d MyKeymap
    +

    The generated text file can then be opened in a text editor. Make sure to use a fixed font in that editor or you'll never grok that file...
    +At the beginning of that file, you'll find a legend of a stylized keyboard with the hex value corresponding to each key. Below that are the actual assignments of every value. You can do all the customizing that's also available from the Keymap preference panel, and then some. If you happen to have some special keys on your keyboard, you may be able to activate them. That is, use them as ordinary keys or like an option or control key. You won't be able to, for example, have your multimedia keys de/increase the volume or start some application. For this you can use e.g. SpicyKeys.

    +

    When you're finished, you'll save the file and have your system load the modified keymap with this command:

    +
    keymap -l MyKeymap
    +

    This is the dumped file (the rightmost keys of the stylized keyboard are cut-off for a nicer display on this page):

    + +
    #!/bin/keymap -l
    +#
    +#	Raw key numbering for 101 keyboard...
    +#                                                                                    
    +#                                                                                    
    +# [esc]       [ f1] [ f2] [ f3] [ f4] [ f5] [ f6] [ f7] [ f8] [ f9] [f10] [f11] [f12]
    +#  0x01        0x02  0x03  0x04  0x05  0x06  0x07  0x08  0x09  0x0a  0x0b  0x0c  0x0d
    +#
    +# [ ` ] [ 1 ] [ 2 ] [ 3 ] [ 4 ] [ 5 ] [ 6 ] [ 7 ] [ 8 ] [ 9 ] [ 0 ] [ - ] [ = ] [bck]
    +#  0x11  0x12  0x13  0x14  0x15  0x16  0x17  0x18  0x19  0x1a  0x1b  0x1c  0x1d  0x1e
    +#
    +# [tab] [ q ] [ w ] [ e ] [ r ] [ t ] [ y ] [ u ] [ i ] [ o ] [ p ] [ [ ] [ ] ] [ \ ]
    +#  0x26  0x27  0x28  0x29  0x2a  0x2b  0x2c  0x2d  0x2e  0x2f  0x30  0x31  0x32  0x33
    +#
    +# [cap] [ a ] [ s ] [ d ] [ f ] [ g ] [ h ] [ j ] [ k ] [ l ] [ ; ] [ ' ] [  enter  ]
    +#  0x3b  0x3c  0x3d  0x3e  0x3f  0x40  0x41  0x42  0x43  0x44  0x45  0x46     0x47   
    +#
    +# [shift]     [ z ] [ x ] [ c ] [ v ] [ b ] [ n ] [ m ] [ , ] [ . ] [ / ]     [shift]
    +#   0x4b       0x4c  0x4d  0x4e  0x4f  0x50  0x51  0x52  0x53  0x54  0x55       0x56 
    +#
    +# [ctr]             [cmd]             [  space  ]             [cmd]             [ctr]
    +#  0x5c              0x5d                 0x5e                 0x5f              0x60
    +#
    +#	NOTE: On a Microsoft Natural Keyboard:
    +#			left option  = 0x66
    +#			right option = 0x67
    +#			menu key     = 0x68
    +#	NOTE: On an Apple Extended Keyboard:
    +#			left option  = 0x66
    +#			right option = 0x67
    +#			keypad '='   = 0x6a
    +#			power key    = 0x6b
    +Version = 3
    +CapsLock = 0x3b
    +ScrollLock = 0x0f
    +NumLock = 0x22
    +LShift = 0x4b
    +RShift = 0x56
    +LCommand = 0x5d
    +RCommand = 0x60
    +LControl = 0x5c
    +RControl = 0x00
    +LOption = 0x66
    +ROption = 0x5f
    +Menu = 0x68
    +#
    +# Lock settings
    +# To set NumLock, do the following:
    +#   LockSettings = NumLock
    +#
    +# To set everything, do the following:
    +#   LockSettings = CapsLock NumLock ScrollLock
    +#
    +LockSettings = 
    +# Legend:
    +#   n = Normal
    +#   s = Shift
    +#   c = Control
    +#   C = CapsLock
    +#   o = Option
    +# Key      n        s        c        o        os       C        Cs       Co       Cos     
    +Key 0x00 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x01 = 0x1b     0x1b     0x1b     0x1b     0x1b     0x1b     0x1b     0x1b     0x1b     
    +Key 0x02 = 0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     
    +Key 0x03 = 0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     
    +Key 0x04 = 0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     
    +Key 0x05 = 0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     
    +Key 0x06 = 0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     
    +Key 0x07 = 0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     
    +Key 0x08 = 0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     
    +Key 0x09 = 0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     
    +Key 0x0a = 0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     
    +Key 0x0b = 0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     
    +Key 0x0c = 0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     
    +Key 0x0d = 0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     
    +Key 0x0e = 0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     
    +Key 0x0f = 0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     
    +Key 0x10 = 0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     0x10     
    +Key 0x11 = '^'      0xc2b0   ''       ' '      ''       '^'      0xc2b0   ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x12 = '1'      '!'      ''       ' '      ''       '!'      '1'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x13 = '2'      '"'      ''       0xc2b2   ''       '"'      '2'      0xc2b2   ''       
    +Key 0x14 = '3'      0xc2a7   ''       0xc2b3   ''       0xc2a7   '3'      0xc2b3   ''       
    +Key 0x15 = '4'      '$'      ''       ' '      ''       '$'      '4'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x16 = '5'      '%'      ''       ' '      ''       '%'      '5'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x17 = '6'      '&'      ''       ' '      ''       '&'      '6'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x18 = '7'      '/'      ''       '{'      ''       '/'      '7'      '{'      ''       
    +Key 0x19 = '8'      '('      ''       '['      ''       '('      '8'      '['      ''       
    +Key 0x1a = '9'      ')'      ''       ']'      ''       ')'      '9'      ']'      ''       
    +Key 0x1b = '0'      '='      ''       '}'      ''       '='      '0'      '}'      ''       
    +Key 0x1c = 0xc39f   '?'      ''       '\\'     ''       '?'      0xc39f   '\\'     ''       
    +Key 0x1d = 0xc2b4   '`'      ''       ' '      ''       0xc2b4   '`'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x1e = 0x08     0x08     0x08     0x08     0x08     0x08     0x08     0x08     0x08     
    +Key 0x1f = 0x05     0x05     0x05     0x05     0x05     0x05     0x05     0x05     0x05     
    +Key 0x20 = 0x01     0x01     0x01     0x01     0x01     0x01     0x01     0x01     0x01     
    +Key 0x21 = 0x0b     0x0b     0x0b     0x0b     0x0b     0x0b     0x0b     0x0b     0x0b     
    +Key 0x22 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x23 = '/'      '/'      '/'      '/'      '/'      '/'      '/'      '/'      '/'      
    +Key 0x24 = '*'      '*'      '*'      '*'      '*'      '*'      '*'      '*'      '*'      
    +Key 0x25 = '-'      '-'      '-'      '-'      '-'      '-'      '-'      '-'      '-'      
    +Key 0x26 = 0x09     0x09     0x09     0x09     0x09     0x09     0x09     0x09     0x09     
    +Key 0x27 = 'q'      'Q'      0x11     '@'      ''       'Q'      'q'      '@'      ''       
    +Key 0x28 = 'w'      'W'      0x17     ' '      ''       'W'      'w'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x29 = 'e'      'E'      0x05     0xe282ac ''       'E'      'e'      0xe282ac ''       
    +Key 0x2a = 'r'      'R'      0x12     ' '      ''       'R'      'r'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x2b = 't'      'T'      0x14     ' '      ''       'T'      't'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x2c = 'z'      'Z'      0x1a     ' '      ''       'Z'      'z'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x2d = 'u'      'U'      0x15     ' '      ''       'U'      'u'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x2e = 'i'      'I'      0x09     ' '      ''       'I'      'i'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x2f = 'o'      'O'      0x0f     ' '      ''       'O'      'o'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x30 = 'p'      'P'      0x10     ' '      ''       'P'      'p'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x31 = 0xc3bc   0xc39c   0x1b     ' '      ''       0xc39c   0xc3bc   ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x32 = '+'      '*'      0x1d     '~'      ''       '*'      '+'      '~'      ''       
    +Key 0x33 = '#'      '\''     0x1c     ' '      ''       '\''     '#'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x34 = 0x7f     0x7f     0x7f     0x7f     0x7f     0x7f     0x7f     0x7f     0x7f     
    +Key 0x35 = 0x04     0x04     0x04     0x04     0x04     0x04     0x04     0x04     0x04     
    +Key 0x36 = 0x0c     0x0c     0x0c     0x0c     0x0c     0x0c     0x0c     0x0c     0x0c     
    +Key 0x37 = 0x01     '7'      0x01     0x01     '7'      0x01     '7'      0x01     '7'      
    +Key 0x38 = 0x1e     '8'      0x1e     0x1e     '8'      0x1e     '8'      0x1e     '8'      
    +Key 0x39 = 0x0b     '9'      0x0b     0x0b     '9'      0x0b     '9'      0x0b     '9'      
    +Key 0x3a = '+'      '+'      '+'      '+'      '+'      '+'      '+'      '+'      '+'      
    +Key 0x3b = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x3c = 'a'      'A'      0x01     ' '      ''       'A'      'a'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x3d = 's'      'S'      0x13     ' '      ''       'S'      's'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x3e = 'd'      'D'      0x04     ' '      ''       'D'      'd'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x3f = 'f'      'F'      0x06     ' '      ''       'F'      'f'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x40 = 'g'      'G'      0x07     ' '      ''       'G'      'g'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x41 = 'h'      'H'      0x08     ' '      ''       'H'      'h'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x42 = 'j'      'J'      0x0a     ' '      ''       'J'      'j'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x43 = 'k'      'K'      0x0b     ' '      ''       'K'      'k'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x44 = 'l'      'L'      0x0c     ' '      ''       'L'      'l'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x45 = 0xc3b6   0xc396   ''       ' '      ''       0xc396   0xc3b6   ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x46 = 0xc3a4   0xc384   ''       ' '      ''       0xc384   0xc3a4   ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x47 = 0x0a     0x0a     0x0a     0x0a     0x0a     0x0a     0x0a     0x0a     0x0a     
    +Key 0x48 = 0x1c     '4'      0x1c     0x1c     '4'      0x1c     '4'      0x1c     '4'      
    +Key 0x49 = ''       '5'      ''       ''       '5'      ''       '5'      ''       '5'      
    +Key 0x4a = 0x1d     '6'      0x1d     0x1d     '6'      0x1d     '6'      0x1d     '6'      
    +Key 0x4b = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x4c = 'y'      'Y'      0x19     ' '      ''       'Y'      'y'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x4d = 'x'      'X'      0x18     ' '      ''       'X'      'x'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x4e = 'c'      'C'      0x03     ' '      ''       'C'      'c'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x4f = 'v'      'V'      0x16     ' '      ''       'V'      'v'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x50 = 'b'      'B'      0x02     ' '      ''       'B'      'b'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x51 = 'n'      'N'      0x0e     ' '      ''       'N'      'n'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x52 = 'm'      'M'      0x0d     0xc2b5   ''       'M'      'm'      0xc2b5   ''       
    +Key 0x53 = ','      ';'      ','      ' '      ''       ';'      ','      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x54 = '.'      ':'      '.'      ' '      ''       ':'      '.'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x55 = '-'      '_'      ''       ' '      ''       '-'      '_'      ' '      ''       
    +Key 0x56 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x57 = 0x1e     0x1e     0x1e     0x1e     0x1e     0x1e     0x1e     0x1e     0x1e     
    +Key 0x58 = 0x04     '1'      0x04     0x04     '1'      0x04     '1'      0x04     '1'      
    +Key 0x59 = 0x1f     '2'      0x1f     0x1f     '2'      0x1f     '2'      0x1f     '2'      
    +Key 0x5a = 0x0c     '3'      0x0c     0x0c     '3'      0x0c     '3'      0x0c     '3'      
    +Key 0x5b = 0x0a     0x0a     0x0a     0x0a     0x0a     0x0a     0x0a     0x0a     0x0a     
    +Key 0x5c = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x5d = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x5e = ' '      ' '      0x00     ' '      ' '      ' '      ' '      ' '      ' '      
    +Key 0x5f = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x60 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x61 = 0x1c     0x1c     0x1c     0x1c     0x1c     0x1c     0x1c     0x1c     0x1c     
    +Key 0x62 = 0x1f     0x1f     0x1f     0x1f     0x1f     0x1f     0x1f     0x1f     0x1f     
    +Key 0x63 = 0x1d     0x1d     0x1d     0x1d     0x1d     0x1d     0x1d     0x1d     0x1d     
    +Key 0x64 = 0x05     '0'      0x05     0x05     '0'      0x05     '0'      0x05     '0'      
    +Key 0x65 = 0x7f     ','      0x7f     0x7f     ','      0x7f     ','      0x7f     ','      
    +Key 0x66 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x67 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x68 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x69 = '<'      '>'      ''       '|'      ''       '<'      '>'      '|'      ''       
    +Key 0x6a = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x6b = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x6c = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x6d = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x6e = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x6f = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x70 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x71 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x72 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x73 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x74 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x75 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x76 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x77 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x78 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x79 = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x7a = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x7b = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x7c = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x7d = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x7e = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Key 0x7f = ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       ''       
    +Acute ' '       = 0xc2b4   
    +Acute 'A'       = 0xc381   
    +Acute 'E'       = 0xc389   
    +Acute 'I'       = 0xc38d   
    +Acute 'O'       = 0xc393   
    +Acute 'U'       = 0xc39a   
    +Acute 'Y'       = 0xc39d   
    +Acute 'a'       = 0xc3a1   
    +Acute 'e'       = 0xc3a9   
    +Acute 'i'       = 0xc3ad   
    +Acute 'o'       = 0xc3b3   
    +Acute 'u'       = 0xc3ba   
    +Acute 'y'       = 0xc3bd   
    +Acute ''        = ''       
    +Acute ''        = ''       
    +Acute ''        = ''       
    +AcuteTab = Normal Shift Option Option-Shift CapsLock CapsLock-Shift CapsLock-Option CapsLock-Option-Shift 
    +Grave ' '       = '`'      
    +Grave 'A'       = 0xc380   
    +Grave 'E'       = 0xc388   
    +Grave 'I'       = 0xc38c   
    +Grave 'O'       = 0xc392   
    +Grave 'U'       = 0xc399   
    +Grave 'a'       = 0xc3a0   
    +Grave 'e'       = 0xc3a8   
    +Grave 'i'       = 0xc3ac   
    +Grave 'o'       = 0xc3b2   
    +Grave 'u'       = 0xc3b9   
    +Grave ''        = ''       
    +Grave ''        = ''       
    +Grave ''        = ''       
    +Grave ''        = ''       
    +Grave ''        = ''       
    +GraveTab = Normal Shift Option Option-Shift CapsLock CapsLock-Shift CapsLock-Option CapsLock-Option-Shift 
    +Circumflex ' '       = '^'      
    +Circumflex 'A'       = 0xc382   
    +Circumflex 'E'       = 0xc38a   
    +Circumflex 'I'       = 0xc38e   
    +Circumflex 'O'       = 0xc394   
    +Circumflex 'U'       = 0xc39b   
    +Circumflex 'a'       = 0xc3a2   
    +Circumflex 'e'       = 0xc3aa   
    +Circumflex 'i'       = 0xc3ae   
    +Circumflex 'o'       = 0xc3b4   
    +Circumflex 'u'       = 0xc3bb   
    +Circumflex ''        = ''       
    +Circumflex ''        = ''       
    +Circumflex ''        = ''       
    +Circumflex ''        = ''       
    +Circumflex ''        = ''       
    +CircumflexTab = Normal Shift Option Option-Shift CapsLock CapsLock-Shift CapsLock-Option CapsLock-Option-Shift 
    +Diaeresis ' '       = 0xc2a8   
    +Diaeresis 'A'       = 0xc384   
    +Diaeresis 'E'       = 0xc38b   
    +Diaeresis 'I'       = 0xc38f   
    +Diaeresis 'O'       = 0xc396   
    +Diaeresis 'U'       = 0xc39c   
    +Diaeresis 'Y'       = 0xc5b8   
    +Diaeresis 'a'       = 0xc3a4   
    +Diaeresis 'e'       = 0xc3ab   
    +Diaeresis 'i'       = 0xc3af   
    +Diaeresis 'o'       = 0xc3b6   
    +Diaeresis 'u'       = 0xc3bc   
    +Diaeresis 'y'       = 0xc3bf   
    +Diaeresis ''        = ''       
    +Diaeresis ''        = ''       
    +Diaeresis ''        = ''       
    +DiaeresisTab = Normal Shift Option Option-Shift CapsLock CapsLock-Shift CapsLock-Option CapsLock-Option-Shift 
    +Tilde ' '       = '~'      
    +Tilde 'A'       = 0xc383   
    +Tilde 'O'       = 0xc395   
    +Tilde 'N'       = 0xc391   
    +Tilde 'a'       = 0xc3a3   
    +Tilde 'o'       = 0xc3b5   
    +Tilde 'n'       = 0xc3b1   
    +Tilde ''        = ''       
    +Tilde ''        = ''       
    +Tilde ''        = ''       
    +Tilde ''        = ''       
    +Tilde ''        = ''       
    +Tilde ''        = ''       
    +Tilde ''        = ''       
    +Tilde ''        = ''       
    +Tilde ''        = ''       
    +TildeTab = Normal Shift Option Option-Shift CapsLock CapsLock-Shift CapsLock-Option CapsLock-Option-Shift 
    + +
    +
    + + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/media.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/media.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3077e6a1b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/media.html @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + + + + + + Media + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    media-icon_64.pngMedia

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Media
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/Media/*
    +~/config/settings/System Audio Mixer
    +~/config/settings/MediaPrefs Settings - Stores the panel's window position.
    +

    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/mouse.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/mouse.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..acbe6f4a8a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/mouse.html @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ + + + + + + + + + Mouse + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    mouse-icon_64.pngMouse

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Mouse
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/Mouse_settings
    +


    +mouse.png +

    Set your type of mouse: 1, 2 or 3 button mouse. You can simulate the 2nd (=right) mouse button by holding down CTRL while left-clicking. For the 3rd (=middle) mouse button, it's CTRL ALT and a left-click. A middle-click is also simulated by clicking left and right button together. Useful for notebooks, which mostly don't have a 3rd button.

    +

    You can rearrange the mouse buttons by clicking on them and choosing their new meaning from the pop-up menu.

    +

    With the sliders to the right, you adjust double-click speed, mouse speed and acceleration.

    +

    Focus follows mouse means, that you don't have to click into a window to activate it. There are three modes:

    + + + + +
    Enabled The window under the mouse pointer is always activated automatically, but doesn't pop to the front.
    Warping Choosing a window from Deskbar or the Twitcher will have the mouse pointer glide smoothly toward it.
    Instant-Warping Choosing a window from Deskbar or the Twitcher will have the mouse pointer jump instantly toward it.
    +

    All settings are immediately applied.

    + + + +
    По замовчуванню (Defaults) Скинути всі настройки до значень по замовчуванню.
    Повернути (Revert) brings back the settings that were active when you started the Mouse preferences.
    + +
    +
    + + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/network.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/network.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86ea92b946 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/network.html @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ + + + + + + + + + Network + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    network-icon_64.pngNetwork

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Network
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:/boot/common/settings/network/resolv.conf
    +


    +network.png +

    At the top, you choose which network adapter to configure.

    +

    Then you specify if you get your network automatically (via DHCP) or if you're using static addresses. If it's the latter, you'll have to fill out IP Address, Netmask, Gateway and DNS Servers yourself. Otherwise the panel will show the addresses currently set with DHCP.

    + + + +
    Повернути (Revert) brings back the settings that were active when you started the Network preferences.
    Застосувати (Apply) sets the entered configuration.
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/printers.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/printers.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9ee28e2090 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/printers.html @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + + + + + + Printers + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    printers-icon_64.pngPrinters

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Printers
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/printers/*
    +

    Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/screen.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/screen.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a5f19697e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/screen.html @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + + + + + + Screen + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    screen-icon_64.pngScreen

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Screen
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
    +~/config/settings/kernel/drivers/vesa - Only when running in VESA mode.
    +~/config/settings/Screen_data - Stores the panel's window position.
    +

    Each of your workspaces can have its own resolution and color depth.

    +screen.png +

    The top menu specifies if your changes are applied only to the current or to all workspaces. Depending on your graphics card, the other two menus contain all supported resolution and depth settings.

    +

    After clicking on Apply, the graphics mode is changed and an alert appears, asking you to keep or cancel the changes. If you don't answer that alert, the graphics mode reverts after 12 seconds to the previous setting. Maybe you couldn't see the alert because your monitor didn't support the setting.

    +

    To the left, you can set the number of workspaces and arrange them in columns and rows and open the Backgrounds preferences.

    +

    Revert brings back the setting that was active when you started the Screen preferences.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/screensaver.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/screensaver.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e7d74c36f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/screensaver.html @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ + + + + + + + + + ScreenSaver + + + + + + + + +
    +
    +

    screensaver-icon_64.pngScreenSaver

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Screensaver
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/ScreenSaver_settings
    + +

    The panel of the ScreenSaver preferences is split into two tabs: +

    + +

    +index +Fade

    +screensaver-fade.png +
    +

    The top checkbox enables/disables the screen saver.
    +With the slider below it, you control after how long an idle time the screen saver kicks in. +

    +

    The next two sliders are only usable after you activated their checkboxes:
    +One slider determines after how many minutes the screen is powered off.
    +The other, after how many minutes you need a password to unlock your machine. +

    +

    By clicking into different corners of the two screens at the bottom, you tell the system when to immediately start the screen saver or when to prevent it from kicking in when you rest the mouse in the indicated corner. Click in the middle of the screens to disable that feature again. +

    + +

    +index +Modules

    +screensaver-modules.png +
    +

    The second tab shows a list of all installed screen saver modules and their individual settings. You can test your settings with the Test button below the list and add modules with the Add... button beside it. Other ways to install new screen savers is by a simple drag&drop into the list. Of course, you can also copy/delete a module's file in its respective user folder, i.e. /boot/common/add-ons/screensavers/ or /boot/home/config/add-ons/screensavers/ (see topic Filesystem layout). +

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/sounds.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/sounds.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ca568c239 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/sounds.html @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ + + + + + + + + + Sounds + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    sounds-icon_64.pngSounds

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Sounds
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/Media/MMediaFilesManager
    +


    +sounds.png +

    You can assign sounds to certain events in the system. Just select the event from the list and choose a sound from the pop-up menu below.

    + + +
    None will silence an event.
    Other... will open a file panel to find a new sound that isn't yet in the menu.
    +

    You can use any format that's supported by the system. If MediaPlayer can deal with it, so can any other program.
    +You can "pre-hear" an event's sound by selecting it and using the Play and Stop buttons.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/time.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/time.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..89d9252bf6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/time.html @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ + + + + + + + + + Time + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    time-icon_64.pngTime

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Time
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/RTC_time_settings
    +~/config/settings/timezone - A link to the current timezone in /boot/system/etc/timezones/*/*
    +~/config/settings/Time_settings - Stores the panel's window position.
    +

    The panel of the Time preferences is split into two tabs:

    + +

    +index +Date & Time

    +time-time.png +

    On the left side, you can set the day of the month by simply clicking on it in the calendar. You change the month and year by clicking on it and using the up/down arrows to the right or the cursor keys on your keyboard.

    +

    Similarly, you set the time. There are two modes for the clock:

    + + + +
    Local Time to display your local time.
    GMT to display Greenwich Mean Time.
    + +

    +index +Timezone

    +time-timezone.png +

    Simply find and choose your location from the pop-up menu and the list of cities and press Set Time Zone to set your zone.

    +

    Revert brings back the settings that were active when you started the Time preferences.

    + +
    +
    + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/tracker.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/tracker.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..329f6a4f3f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/tracker.html @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + + + + + + + + + Tracker + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    tracker-icon_64.pngTracker

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/Tracker
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/Tracker/TrackerSettings
    +


    +

    The Tracker preference panel is also available from every Tracker window with the menu Window | Preferences....
    +Its functions are discussed in the topic on Tracker.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/virtualmemory.html b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/virtualmemory.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bd15238161 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/preferences/virtualmemory.html @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + + + + + + VirtualMemory + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    virtualmemory-icon_64.pngVirtualMemory

    + + + + +
    Розташування в Deskbar:Настройки (Preferences)
    Розташування в Tracker:/boot/system/preferences/VirtualMemory
    Настройки розташовані за адресою:~/config/settings/kernel/drivers/virtual_memory
    +~/config/settings/VM_data - Stores the panel's window position.
    +

    Virtual memory let's the system swap out memory to harddisk, if the RAM can be used more sensibly for other things. So, even if you have lots of RAM, providing virtual memory is never a bad idea.

    +virtualmemory.png +

    You can set the size to even more than your physical memory size if needed. With today's huge harddisks, assigning the physical memory size shouldn't be a problem. Still, you can quickly adjust the size if your free space ever runs low. In that case you should also have a look at DiskUsage to find out what's eating up your diskspace.

    +

    Normally, the swap file's written to your boot partition. If you often run into disk thrashing due to the virtual memory system swapping memory in and out, you can try to use a separate harddisk for you swap file. Simply another partition on the same harddisk with your system/data won't help.
    +Upgrading your RAM is of course the most effective way to go...

    + + + +
    По замовчуванню (Defaults) Скинути всі настройки до значень по замовчуванню.
    Повернути (Revert) brings back the settings that were active when you started the VirtualMemory preferences.
    + +
    +
    + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/queries.html b/docs/userguide/uk/queries.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..78f3d0ea7e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/queries.html @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ + + + + + + + + + Queries + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + + + + + +
    Зміст
    + The Find window
    + Basic queries - "by Name"
    + Advanced queries - "by Attribute"
    + Even more advanced queries - "by Formula"
    + The result window
    + Query Templates +
    + +

    Queries

    + +

    A query is a file search based on file attributes and can be performed within Tracker or in Terminal. Queries are saved in /boot/home/queries/ and by default last seven days before being purged. Note, these aren't static result lists of your search, but are the query formulas which trigger a new search whenever you open them.
    +Even better, you don't have to double-click to re-do a query. You can drill down a saved query just like any folder by right-clicking on it and navigating through the submenus.

    + +

    +index +The Find window

    +

    You start a query by invoking the Find... menu either from the Deskbar menu or any Tracker window or the Desktop (which is actually a fullscreen Tracker window). The shortcut is ALT F. You're presented with the Find window:

    +basic-query.png +
      +
    1. Select recent or saved queries or save the current search parameters as Query Template.

    2. +
    3. Narrow down your search from All files and folders to specific file types.

    4. +
    5. Define the search method:
        +
      • by Name - a basic search by file or folder name
      • +
      • by Attribute - an advanced search, you specify search terms for one or more attributes
      • +
      • by Formula - an even more advanced search, you can fine-tune a complex query term
    6. +
    7. Select which drives to search on.

    8. +
    9. Enter the search term.

    10. +
    11. The expander hides/unhides the additional options.

    12. +
    13. Uncheck the Temporary checkbox if you don't want this query self-destruct after 7 days.

    14. +
    15. Check if your query is supposed to Include trash.

    16. +
    17. Optionally, enter a name for this query if you want to save it.

    18. +
    19. You can drag&drop the icon anywhere to save a query. Doing that with the right mouse button, offers the option to save as template.

    20. +
    + +

    +index +Basic queries - "by Name"

    +

    If you simply want to find all files and folders on your mounted disks that match a certain pattern, simply leave the search method at by Name, enter the search term into the text box and press ENTER.

    + +

    +index +Advanced queries - "by Attribute"

    +

    You can create more advanced queries by searching within the attributes of specific file types. For that to work, these attributes have to be indexed.

    +query-window.png +

    You start by setting the filetype from All files and folders to, for example, Text | E-mail and change the search method to by Attribute.

    +

    This adds a pop-up menu to the left of the textbox and the buttons Add and Remove under that. From the menu you choose which attribute to query. With Add and Remove you can query additional attributes or remove them again. These attributes can be logically linked with AND/OR.

    +

    Let's do an email query as an example:

    +query-window-filled.png +

    This is your Find window when you're looking for all emails Clara Botters has sent to you in the last two months that had in the subject "vibraphone" or "skepticality".
    +As you see, searching through time-based attributes supports some useful phrases: besides for the "last 2 months", you could also use "today", "yesterday", "Monday" or "last Monday" (which would be the Monday last week), or "last 2 minutes/hours/days/weeks".
    +A good way to cut down the number of search results.

    + +

    +index +Even more advanced queries - "by Formula"

    +

    Typing in a formula query by hand is daunting and really quite unpractical. It still has its uses.

    +

    Take the above query by attribute of Clara's mails concerning vibraphones etc. If you have all the attributes and their search terms set, try switching to by Formula mode and be overwhelmed by this one line query string:

    +formula-query.png +

    Once more as text, edited for readability:

    +
    (((((MAIL:from=="*[cC][lL][aA][rR][aA] [bB][oO][tT][tT][eE][rR][sS]*")
    +       &&(MAIL:when>=%2 months%))
    +       &&(MAIL:subject=="*[vV][iI][bB][rR][aA][pP][hH][oO][nN][eE]*"))
    +       ||(MAIL:subject=="*[sS][kK][eE][pP][tT][iI][cC][aA][lL][iI][tT][yY]*"))
    +       &&(BEOS:TYPE=="text/x-email"))
    +

    What's the use?

    +
      +
    • You could copy and paste the string into an email, forum or IRC for others to use or debug.

    • +
    • You can use this method to construct a query in Attribute mode and then switch to Formula mode, to comfortably generate a search string to use for a query in Terminal or a script.

    • +
    • You can fine tune your query by inserting parenthesis where needed, make parts case-sensitive or negate logical combinations by changing. e.g. "==" to "!=" for a NOT AND. All you need is a basic understanding of regular expressions and maybe some scripting basics.

    • +
    + +

    +index +The result window

    +

    After you start a search, the Find window will be replaced by a result window. Here is an example that queried for "server":

    +result-window.png +

    Besides the gray background, result windows work exactly like any other Tracker window. Some things are worth noting:

    +
      +
    • You can open the location of a file or folder by double clicking on its path attribute.

    • +
    • With File | Edit Query or ALT G you get back to your Find window to refine your query.

    • +
    • A query is live, i.e. if a file that matches your search criteria appears or disappears from your system, this change is reflected in your results in real-time.

    • +
    +

    You can assign a sensible attribute layout for query results of a specific filetype. Open a folder containing files of the filetype you'd like to create a template for and arrange the attributes how you'd like to have query results presented. Copy this layout with Attributes | Copy Layout.

    +

    Open /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/DefaultQueryTemplates, create a new folder named group/filetype, replacing the slash with an underscore, e.g. "audio_x-mp3". Open the new folder and paste in the previously copied layout with Attributes | Paste Layout.

    + + +

    +index +Query Templates

    +

    If you double click a saved query, the file search is at once started and the result window opens immediately. However, you may not want to search with these exact search parameters, but use it as starting point to only slightly tweak the formula.
    +By using the Save Query as Template menu item (see (1) in screenshot at the top) or drag&dropping the icon (10) anywhere with the right mouse button, you can create just such a template. Double clicking it won't open a result window, but the Find panel, giving you the opportunity to quickly change search strings or add/remove attributes.

    +

    Wherever you choose to save query templates, they'll be listed in the Find panel's menu of recent queries.

    +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/teammonitor.html b/docs/userguide/uk/teammonitor.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fbbfd9fe7e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/teammonitor.html @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + + + + + + Team Monitor + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Team Monitor

    + +

    With CTRL ALT DEL you invoke the Team Monitor which lists all currently running programs.

    +teammonitor.png +

    Programs that were launched by the system are blue, those started by the user black.
    +Applications that are unresponsive, which is often a sign the program has crashed, are marked red. You can kill a program by selecting it and pressing the Kill Application button.

    +

    You can summon a Terminal with OPT ALT T.

    +

    If your Tracker or Deskbar crashed or froze, a new button appears (you may have to kill the offending team first): Restart the Desktop will restart Tracker and/or Deskbar for you.

    + +
    +
    + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/tracker-add-ons.html b/docs/userguide/uk/tracker-add-ons.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..69bd1b22a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/tracker-add-ons.html @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ + + + + + + + + + Tracker Add-Ons + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Tracker Add-Ons

    + +

    Applications can install add-ons so they can be invoked easily on a selection of files from Tracker. Only the add-ons that can handle a specific filetype are presented under Add-Ons from the context menu or the File menu of a Tracker window. Some add-ons don't necessarily need a file to work on and are thus always present.

    +

    Tracker Add-Ons, or links to applications that can act as add-ons, can be installed in three different locations (see topic Filesystem layout):

    + + + + +
    /boot/system/system/add-ons/Tracker/    for system provided add-ons.
    /boot/common/add-ons/Tracker/    for add-ons available to every user.
    /boot/home/config/add-ons/Tracker/    for add-ons only available to yourself.
    +

    The file name of an add-on can be suffixed with a dash and capital letter, and is then available via keyboard shortcut. For example, Open Target Folder-T opens with ALT OPT T.
    +Of course, you have to take care of possible shortcut collisions when deciding on a shortcut. You can't have the same for different add-ons.

    + +

    Haiku's Tracker Add-Ons

    +

    These Tracker Add-Ons come with every Haiku installation:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Background-BOpens the Background preferences to change the color or image of the Desktop or any folder. Invoked on an image file the Background panel is launched with that image already loaded as a potential background.
    DiskUsage-IStarts the DiskUsage application with the according folder as basis.
    FileType-FInvoked on a file, opens its specific FileType panel, otherwise the general FileTypes preferences are launched.
    Open Target Folder-OCan only be used on a linked file and opens the folder that file lives in.
    TextSearch-GStarts the TextSearch application to look for a string in the selected folder (and its subfolders).
    ZipOMatic-ZA selection of files will be added to a zip archive, invoked without a selection opens a panel to create an archive via drag&drop.
    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/tracker.html b/docs/userguide/uk/tracker.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9f9950b6c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/tracker.html @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ + + + + + + + + + Tracker + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + + + + + +
    Зміст
    + Mounting volumes
    + Navigating
    + Appearance
    + Tracker preferences
    + Working with files
    + Transaction status +
    + +

    Tracker

    + +

    The Tracker is the graphical interface to all your files. It let's you create new files and folders or find, launch or rename as well as copy or delete existing ones.

    +

    Being an application like any other (the Desktop with its icons is really just a fullscreen window in the background), Tracker appears with its windows in the Deskbar and can be quit and restarted. The easiest way to quit and restart a crashed or frozen Tracker (or a wayward Deskbar) is to call the Team Monitor.

    + +

    +index +Mounting Volumes

    +

    In order to access a harddisk, CD, USB stick etc., you first have to mount the volume, that is, let the system know it's there. This is done with a right-click on the Desktop or an already mounted volume (like the boot disk) and choosing the volume from the Mount submenu. You find the same Mount menu in the Deskbar.

    +drill-down.png +

    There are also Mount Settings so you don't have to mount everything manually after every bootup.
    +The above settings will automatically mount any storage device you connect/insert and also mount all disks on bootup that were mounted previously.

    +
    Before you disconnect e.g. a harddrive or USB stick, make sure you have successfully unmounted the volume. This guarantees that all data transfer has finished. Otherwise you may lose data or corrupt the disk!
    + +

    +index +Navigating

    +

    By default, when you double-click a folder, Tracker opens a new window while leaving the parent window open. This can quickly lead to an overcrowded desktop.
    +You can prevent that by holding down the OPT key, which automatically closes the parent window.
    +This is also true for keyboard navigation. For more on that, see topic Shortcuts and key combinations.

    +

    Moving through your folders is one of Trackers main purposes, just like the file managers on other platforms. Haiku's Tracker has some unique features that will help you doing that efficiently.

    + +

    +indexDrilling down the submenus

    +

    Instead of double-clicking your way down folder after folder, there's a better way to drill down:

    +drill-down.png + +

    Right-click onto a folder, and at the top of the usual context menu you'll find a submenu of the current folder that let's you navigate down a level. Just move down the hierarchy until you find the file or folder you're looking for and click on it to open it. The above shows the contents of the folder /boot/home/config/.
    +If you do the above while dragging a file with you, it will be moved to where you eventually drop it.

    +

    A similar method can be used from any Tracker window:

    +window-drill-down.png +

    Click on the area in the lower left, where the number of items is listed, and you'll get submenus for every level above your current location. From there you can drill down through the folders as usual.

    +

    Note, that the Desktop is always the topmost level as that is where Tracker shows mounted volumes. So, if you want to go to another disk, you first have to navigate to the top (Desktop) and cross over to your other disk from there.


    +

    You'll get the same submenu-navigating when you drag a file over a folder. After a short while of hovering, a submenu pops up and you can drill down to your destination. If you initiated the drag with the right mousebutton, you can choose between copying, moving or linking the file when you release the mouse.

    + +

    +index +Jumping to files with type-ahead

    +

    You may be familiar with the concept from file managers of other operating systems: typing the first few letters of a filename will jump to the first file matching these starting characters. Haiku took the idea a step further. If there isn't a file starting with those letters it will jump to the first file including the string anywhere in its name. And if there's nothing with the string in its filename, the attributes are searched next.

    +window-type-ahead.png +

    In the above example, there are many files starting with "Haiku logo", rendering simpler approaches to typing ahead quite useless. In Haiku however, typing "web" jumps right to its first occurence in "Haiku logo - website". The characters you enter appear in the bottom left corner where you normally find the item count of all files in the folder. A second after entering a character, the display jumps back to normal and you're ready for a new type ahead search.

    + +

    +index +Appearance

    +window-menu.png +

    Tracker windows offer three different viewing modes from the Window menu:

    +
      +
    • Icon View (ALT 1) - Big icons, you can change the size from the submenu or in/decrease their size with ALT +/ALT -.

    • +
    • Mini Icon View (ALT 2) - Small icons.

    • +
    • List View (ALT 3) - A detailed list of your files enabling you to show/hide available attributes. (See topic Attributes.)

    • +
    +

    The Window menu offers a number of other functions:

    +
      +
    • Resize Window (ALT Y) - Resizes the window to its ideal size.

    • +
    • Clean Up (ALT K) - Aligns all icons to an invisible grid. Hold down SHIFT and the menu becomes Clean Up All which additionally sorts all icons alphabetically.

    • +
    • Select... (SHIFT ALT A) - Select files according to a regular expression.

    • +
    • Close (ALT W) - Closes the window. Hold down SHIFT and the menu becomes Close All which closes every Tracker window.

    • +
    • Close All in Workspace (ALT Q) - Closes every Tracker window in the current workspace. A useful shortcut if you forgot to hold the OPT key while clicking through folders and all those still open Tracker windows clutter your workspace.

    • +
    +

    Sometimes you just want to rearrange a few icons without doing a complete Clean Up (ALT K). In that case, you select these icons and start to drag them to their new location. Before you drop them there, keep ALT pressed. This will align the icons to the invisible grid.

    +

    The rest of the functions are pretty self-explanatory, leaving the Tracker preferences.

    + +

    +index +Tracker preferences

    +

    Window | Preferences... opens a panel that offers a number of settings that, where not obvious, should become clear once tried out. Since all settings are applied live, you'll immediately see the changes. +
    So, in short, the not so obvious settings:

    +
      +
    • Desktop - Decide if all mounted disks appear directly on the Desktop or in a window after clicking a single Disk icon sitting on the Desktop.

    • +
    • Windows - You can set Single Window Navigation, i.e. a double-clicked folder doesn't open in its own window, but inside the already open window instead, replacing the view of it's parent folder. This is not the same as clicking while holding the OPT key, as described above, because you'll lose the per window saved position and size. +

      +tracker-preferences-navigator.png +

      +

      Before you switch Tracker to Single Window Navigation mode, because that may feel more familiar to you, we recommend giving the menu based browsing a try first, as that may actually work much faster for you after getting used to. On the other hand, single window browsing offers a Navigator where you can enter or copy&paste a path name and use back, forward and up buttons.

    • +
    • Date and Time - Set date and time formats.

    • +
    • Trash - Set the behavior when deleting a file.

    • +
    • Volume Icons - Set the color of an optional indicator of free space that's shown besides a disk's icon.

    • +
    +

    This panel, by the way, is also available as Tracker from Deskbar's Preferences.

    + +

    +index +Working with files

    +

    When invoked on a selected file, most of the File menu commands are also offered in the context menu by right-clicking that file.

    +

    As usual the commands are pretty clear.

    +
      +
    • Find... - Find a file or folder. See topic Query for more info.

    • +
    • New - Create a new folder or any other file based on a template. +

      +new-menu.png +

      +

      Choosing Edit Templates... opens the folder /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/Tracker New Templates. Creating a file in that folder will offer its filetype with the file's name and other attributes as template in the New menu. Here, there's a file "Text" with the filetype text/plain. See topic Filetypes for more info.

    • +
    • Open With... - A submenu offers all applications that can handle this filetype. +

      +open-with.png +

      +

      The preferred application that would open the file when double-clicked, is checkmarked. This submenu lists first those applications that can handle the exact filetype, in this case it's a text file, the type text/plain. Next come all applications that can handle that supertype in general, here text/*. Last in the list are those that can deal with any file. If you don't click on an app in the submenu, but on the Open With... entry instead, a panel opens:

      +

      +open-with-preferred +

      Here you'll again find the programs that were listed in the submenu. By selecting one and clicking the Open and Make Preferred button, you changed the preferred application for every file of that filetype, here text/plain.

    • +
    • Get Info +

      +get-info +

      The panel presents info on the selected file and lets you set the default application and, after you expanded that part of the panel, permissions and owner. Clicking on the path will open it in a Tracker window.

    • +
    • Edit Name, Duplicate and Move to Trash - lets you rename or duplicate a file or put the selected file(s) to the trash.

    • +
    • Move to, Copy to and Create Link - lets you move, copy or link the selected file(s) using the submenu navigating method. Holding SHIFT while invoking the menu offers the option to create a relative link.

    • +
    • Cut, Copy and Paste - lets you cut, copy and paste files using the clipboard. By holding SHIFT while invoking the menu you can Copy/Cut more files, maybe from another folder that you can paste somewhere else later. Also, while holding SHIFT you can paste the copied files in the clipboard as links.

    • +
    • Identify - will sniff out and set the type of files if they didn't have one before, e.g. if you transferred a file with wget which doesn't set a filetype itself. Holding SHIFT while invoking the menu changes the item to Force Identify which identifies the filetype and corrects it if it was false before.

    • +
    • Add-Ons - offers you every generic Tracker add-on and those that can handle the selected file(s). See topic Tracker Add-ons for more information.

    • +
    + +

    +index +Transaction status

    +

    When you copy, move or delete files, Tracker shows its progress with a status window. If you initiate more than one transaction, each job gets its own status display.

    +transaction-status.png +

    To the right are two buttons to pause or stop a transaction entirely. Sometimes it can be useful to temporarily pause a large transaction. For example, you may need to quickly launch a large application. Copying large amounts of data chokes your harddisk's IO bandwidth and thus delays your workflow.

    + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/twitcher.html b/docs/userguide/uk/twitcher.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..548ea9f50a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/twitcher.html @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ + + + + + + + + + Twitcher + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Twitcher

    + +

    The Twitcher is a task switcher to jump between running applications and their windows.

    +twitcher.png +

    Just tap CTRL TAB to switch between the current and the last application/window. Tapping CTRL TAB very quickly will switch between all applications. Or press and hold CTRL TAB to go through all running applications by repeatedly hitting TAB or /. If you need to get to a specific window of a program, move to its icon as described and then go through its open windows with the / keys.

    +

    You cycle through all an applications visible windows on the current workspace with CTRL ~ (which, depending on the keymap you're using, is the key below ESC).

    +

    It's also possible to invoke the Twitcher with CTRL TAB and then use the mouse to choose the application/window you'll jump to when releasing the CTRL key.

    +

    The Twitcher also offers a few more advanced keyboard shortcuts:

    + + + + +
    ESCAborts the twitching and returns to the formerly active window.
    QQuits the selected application.
    HHides all windows of the selected application.
    + +
    +
    + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html b/docs/userguide/uk/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48632cb265 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/workshop-filetypes+attributes.html @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ + + + + + + + + + Workshop: Filetypes, Attributes, Index and Queries + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + + + + + +
    Зміст
    + Preparations
    + Creating a custom filetype
    + Icon
    + File recognition
    + Description
    + Preferred Application
    + Extra Attributes
    + Indexing
    + Filling in the data
    + Querying the database +
    + +

    Workshop: Filetypes, Attributes, Index and Queries

    + +

    This is a workshop to show the use of Attributes, Queries, the Index and custom Filetypes. As an example, we build a database to keep track of our DVD library.

    + +

    +index +Preparations

    +

    Let's first decide what filetype and attributes would serve our needs. Originally, I wanted to use a Bookmark file with a link to the movie's IMdB page, but Haiku doesn't have a "bookmarkable" browser like BeOS' NetPositive at the moment, so I came up with this: The file itself will be a JPEG image for the movie cover.
    +To that we add a couple of attributes. Here we have to decide if we want to query it later (then we have to add it to the index) and if so, what type of attribute it should be. Numbers (int, float) can be evaluated differently than text (</=/> vs. is/contains/starts with).

    +

    Here are the attributes I'd like to see for my DVDs:

    +
      +
    • Movie title
    • +
    • Genre
    • +
    • URL to e.g. IMdB
    • +
    • Director/Cast
    • +
    • Plot
    • +
    • My rating from 1 to 10
    • +
    • Coordinates in my shelf, e.g. A2, B3, so I find the DVD also in Real Life :)
    • +
    • If so, who's borrowed the disk...
    • +
    + +

    +index +Creating a custom filetype

    +

    Start the Filetypes preferences, and click on the Add... button below the hierarchical list on the left. A small dialog opens and you specify in which MIME Group your new filetype will reside. You can also create a completely new group. Let's put it into "applications" and set the "Internal Name" to DVDdb.

    +filetypes-new-file-type.png +

    Now, a panel for your new DVDdb filetype opens:

    +filetypes-dvddb.png + +

    +index +Icon

    +

    Double-click the icon well to open Icon-O-Matic to design an icon for your filetype. You can also drag&drop an icon from the icon well of another type, maybe as starting point for a modified version.

    + +

    +index +File Recognition

    +

    You can add suffixes like .txt, .jpg, .mp3 to recognize files by their extention. Useful when working with files from systems without MIME typing. We don't need that for our example.

    + +

    +index +Description

    +
      +
    • Type Name - Appears e.g. in the Attribute menu of Tracker windows and the "Kind" attribute of a file.
    • +
    • Description - A bit more detailed description.
    • +
    + +

    +index +Preferred Application

    +

    This pop-up menu shows a list of all applications that can handle this particular filetype. From here you can choose which program should open this specific file when it's double-clicked.

    + + + +
    Select... opens a file dialog where you choose the application to open with this filetype. Here, we set ShowImage to display the DVD's cover.
    Same as... opens a file dialog where you choose any file that already has the preferred application set that you're looking for.
    + +

    +index +Extra Attributes

    +

    Here we enter all the custom attributes we decided on in our preparations. Clicking the Add... button opens a panel:

    +filetype-extra-attribute.png +
      +
    • Attribute Name - Appears e.g. as the column heading in Tracker windows.

    • +
    • Internal Name - Is used for indexing and querying the attribute.

    • +
    • Type - Defines the value the attribute can hold and therefore how it can be queried. +
        +
      • String for normal text
      • +
      • Boolean for binary data: 0 or 1
      • +
      • Integer for integer numbers with different ranges: +
          +
        • 8 bit: ± 255
        • +
        • 16 bit: ± 65,535
        • +
        • 32 bit: ± 4,294,967,295
        • +
        • 64 bit: ± 18,446,744,073,709,551,615
        • +
        +
      • +
      • Float for floatingpoint numbers, single precision
      • +
      • Double for floatingpoint numbers, double precision
      • +
      • Time for time and date format
      • +
      +
    • +
    +
      +
    • Visible - This checkbox determines if the attribute is visible in a Tracker window at all. Since the Tracker will be the interface to our DVD database, we check it and define its appearance with:
        +
      • Display As - Leave on "Default". In the future more option will become available, e.g. a bar or stars for a rating etc.
      • +
      • Editable - Determines if the attribute shall be editable in Tracker.
      • +
      • Width - The default width of that attributes column in a Tracker window.
      • +
      • Alignment - The attribute can be displayed left, center, or right aligned.
      • +
    +

    Now, insert all the info for our attributes:

    + + + + + + + + + + +
    Internal NameAttribute typeindexed?Description
    DVDdb:title text yes Movie title
    DVDdb:genre text yes Genre
    DVDdb:url text no URL
    DVDdb:cast text yes Director/Cast
    DVDdb:plot text no Plot
    DVDdb:rating int-32 yes Rating 1 to 10
    DVDdb:coord text no Shelf
    DVDdb:lent text yes Lent to
    + +

    +index +Indexing

    +

    Before we start entering data in our little DVD database, we should add certain attributes to the Index. Only indexed attributes can use Haiku's fast Queries.
    +So, what will we be searching in the future? We probably won't ask "What's in the B4 coordinate in my shelf?" or "Does the IMdB URL or the plot of the movie contain the word 'pope-shenooda'?".

    +

    This leaves these attributes:

    + + + + + + +
    Internal NameAttribute type
    DVDdb:titletext
    DVDdb:genretext
    DVDdb:casttext
    DVDdb:ratingint-32
    + +

    To index them, we open a Terminal and simply add one attribute after the other:

    +
    mkindex -t string DVDdb:title
    +mkindex -t string DVDdb:genre
    +mkindex -t string DVDdb:cast
    +mkindex -t int DVDdb:rating
    +

    The -t option defines the type of attribute, which is "string" for all but the rating, which is an integer number.

    + +

    +index +Filling in the data

    +

    Now, everything's set and we can begin putting some data into our base.
    +Since our basic file is a cover image, we go to some online resource like IMdB, look for our first movie and save the cover or movie poster in a new folder where we want to keep our DVDdb files.

    +

    Opening that folder we see a typical Tracker window with one JPEG in it. Right-clicking it, we change its filetype to application/DVDdb with the Filetype Addon. There's more info on this in the Filetypes document.

    +

    Now, we activate all our DVDdb attributes from the Attributes menu of the Tracker window and rearrange the columns to our taste:

    +filetypes-dvddb-empty.png +

    By clicking on a yet empty attribute (or pressing ALT E) we enter editing mode and fill each attribute. With TAB and SHIFT TAB you can navigate between attributes.

    +

    In our example, we usually start with a downloaded JPG cover and change its type to applications/DVDdb. There's another elegant way to produce a file to work with. Just copy an empty file of our filetype to /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/Tracker New Templates and rename it to DVDdb.

    +

    Right-clicking into a Tracker window, you'll find a new entry under New... besides the default "New folder".

    + +

    +index +Querying the database

    +

    Several hours of grunt work later, we have a nice little database that you can query to find all your Christina Ricci movies that have a 7+ rating... :)

    +

    You can assign a sensible attribute layout for query results of a specific filetype.
    +Open the folder containing your DVDdb files and arrange the attributes how you'd like to have query results presented. Copy this layout with Attributes | Copy Layout.

    +

    Open /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/DefaultQueryTemplates, create a new folder and rename it to group/filetype, replacing slashes with underscores; in our case "applications_DVDdb".

    +

    Open the new folder and paste in the layout with Attributes | Paste Layout. Voilà:

    +query-dvddb.png + +
    +
    + + + + + diff --git a/docs/userguide/uk/workspaces.html b/docs/userguide/uk/workspaces.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..65d0f8804d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/userguide/uk/workspaces.html @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + + + + + + Workspaces + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +

    Workspaces

    + +

    Workspaces are virtual desktops, complete with their own resolution, color depth and background. Up to 32 of these workspaces can be set from the Screen preferences.

    + +workspace_overviewpng.png + +

    +index +Switching workspaces

    +

    You switch between workspaces by either clicking into the Workspaces applet (which is seen in the above image) or by using the keyboard shortcut ALT Fx, where "x" is the workspace number. It's a good idea to arrange your workspaces in rows of four to mimick the layout of the Fx keys on the keyboard.
    +Also, clicking on an application or one of its windows in the Deskbar will send you to the workspace it's in.

    +

    Another very convenient way is to use CTRL ALT /// to navigate spatially the rows/columns of the available workspaces. If you additionally hold down SHIFT, the active window will move with you to the new workspace.

    +

    You can switch back and forth between two workspaces with ALT ` (the actual key depends on the keymap you're using - it is the key below ESC). Again, holding SHIFT will take the active window with you.

    + +
    +
    + + + + +